Electrical and

Electronic
Application and
Installation
Guide
C-10, C-12, C15, C-16 Truck Engines
2002 Model Year

LEBT9010-03 01-02
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Table Of Contents
Engine Functions .............................................................................................................................6
Engine Monitoring ............................................................................................................................6
Engine Component Overview ....................................................................................................11
Engine Control Module (ECM) ........................................................................................................15
Boost Pressure Sensor .......................................................................................................................15
Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ...........................................................................................................15
Oil Pressure Sensor ...........................................................................................................................15
Coolant Temperature Sensor ............................................................................................................15
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor .........................................................................................17
Fuel Temperature Sensor ..................................................................................................................17
Engine Speed/Timing Sensors ..........................................................................................................17
Power and Grounding Requirements and Considerations .........................................................18
Engine Connection To Vehicle Battery Ground ...............................................................................19
ECM Negative Battery Connections .................................................................................................20
Air Starter Equipped Vehicles ..........................................................................................................20
Sensor Common Connections ...........................................................................................................20
Suppression Of Voltage Transients ..................................................................................................21
ECM Positive Battery Connections ..................................................................................................22
Voltage Requirements and Considerations ..................................................................................22
Ignition Key Off Current ..................................................................................................................22
Welding on a Vehicle Equipped with a C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 Engine ...................................23
Connectors and Wiring Harness Requirements ..........................................................................24
ECM Connector ................................................................................................................................24
ECM Connector Wire Gauge Size ....................................................................................................24
ECM Connector Terminals and Sealing Plugs .................................................................................24
Sealing Splices and Ring Terminals .................................................................................................27
OEM Harness Routing ......................................................................................................................27
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector ..................................................................................28
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensors ...............................................................................................29
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Electrical Specifications ............................................................30
ECM +8V Cab Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Supply ..............................................................30
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor for Remote PTO Applications ...................................................31
Remote Accelerator Position Sensor PWM Input ............................................................................33
Vehicle Speed Circuit .....................................................................................................................34
General Vehicle Speed Source Requirements ..................................................................................34
Passive Magnetic Vehicle Speed Sensor Electrical Requirements ...................................................35
Passive Magnetic Vehicle Speed Circuit Options ............................................................................35
Vehicle Speed Connections To Automatic Transmissions with Electronic Vehicle Speed Source .36
General Requirements for J1939 Transmission Output Shaft Speed Based Vehicle Speed Source 37
J1939 ABS Wheel Speed Based Vehicle Speed Source ...................................................................37
ECM Speedometer and Tachometer Outputs ..............................................................................38
Speedometer And Tachometer ..........................................................................................................38
Speedometer And Tachometer Output Electrical Specifications and Connections ..........................39
Connection Of Devices Other Than A Speedometer/Tachometer ....................................................40
Speedometer and Tachometer Output Accuracy ..............................................................................40
Lamp Outputs .................................................................................................................................41
Electrical Specifications ...................................................................................................................41

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year ___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 1
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Table Of Contents
Check Engine Lamp Operation .........................................................................................................42
Warning Lamp Operation .................................................................................................................43
Output #1 ..........................................................................................................................................44
Output #9 ..........................................................................................................................................44
Engine Monitoring and OEM Requirements ...............................................................................44
Coolant Level Sensor ......................................................................................................................44
Coolant Level Sensor Environmental Compatibility ........................................................................44
Coolant Level Sensor Mounting Guidelines .....................................................................................45
Four Pin Coolant Level Sensor Electrical Specifications .................................................................45
Idle Shutdown and Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Installation............................................47
Idle Shutdown Timer ........................................................................................................................47
Ambient Air Temperature Sensor .....................................................................................................48
OEM Installed Switch Inputs ........................................................................................................49
Switch to Sensor Common Electrical Specifications .......................................................................49
Sensor Common Connections ...........................................................................................................49
Preset Switch to Sensor Common Inputs ..........................................................................................49
Cruise Control ...................................................................................................................................50
Additional Switch to Sensor Common Inputs ..................................................................................52
Diagnostic Enable .............................................................................................................................52
Two-Speed Axle On/Off Switch .......................................................................................................53
PTO Switches ...................................................................................................................................54
Switch-to-Battery Electrical Specifications ......................................................................................54
Ignition Key Switch to Positive Battery ...........................................................................................55
Programmable Switch to Positive Battery Inputs .............................................................................55
Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #2 Function ............................................................................55
Transmission Neutral Switch ............................................................................................................56
Extended Idle ...................................................................................................................................57
J1939 Based Switch Messages ........................................................................................................58
J1939 Cruise Switch Inputs ..............................................................................................................58
Service Brake Switch ........................................................................................................................59
Clutch Switch ....................................................................................................................................59
Fan Override Switch .........................................................................................................................59
Retarder Off/Low/Med/High Switch ................................................................................................60
Engine Diagnostic Switch .................................................................................................................60
PTO Enable Switch ...........................................................................................................................60
Remote PTO Set Switch ...................................................................................................................60
Remote PTO Resume Switch ...........................................................................................................60
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A Input ...............................................................................................60
Dedicated PTO Operation ..............................................................................................................61
Advantages of PTO Configurations ..................................................................................................61
PTO Inputs ........................................................................................................................................61
Sensor Common for PTO Applications ............................................................................................61
PTO Parameter and Switch Function ................................................................................................62
PTO Interlocks ..................................................................................................................................65
PTO Customer Access Connector ....................................................................................................65
PTO Configurations ..........................................................................................................................66
PTO Configuration - Remote Switches ............................................................................................72

2 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Table Of Contents
PTO Configuration - Remote Throttle ..............................................................................................76
Multiple Speed PTO Operation ........................................................................................................79
Engine Retarder ..............................................................................................................................88
Engine Retarder Control ...................................................................................................................88
Engine Retarder Solenoid Selector Switch .......................................................................................88
Retarder Solenoid Operation ............................................................................................................89
Auto Retarder in Cruise ....................................................................................................................89
Engine Retarder Delay ......................................................................................................................89
Programmable Outputs ..................................................................................................................91
Output #2, Output #3, Output #4, Output #6 and Output #7 Electrical Specifications ....................91
Output #5 Electrical specifications ...................................................................................................91
Output #6 Electrical Specifications ..................................................................................................91
Engine Running Output ....................................................................................................................92
Engine Shutdown Output ..................................................................................................................92
Starting Aid Output ...........................................................................................................................93
Auxiliary Brake .................................................................................................................................94
Governor Type ................................................................................................................................96
Full Range Governor ........................................................................................................................96
Min / Max Governor .........................................................................................................................96
Cooling Fan .....................................................................................................................................97
Cooling Fan Output Operation with Fan Control Type Programmed to On-Off .............................98
Cooling Fan Output Operation with Fan Control Type Programmed to Three Speed Fan ..............99
Air Conditioning High Pressure Switch ...........................................................................................101
Fan Control Connections .................................................................................................................103
Transmissions ..................................................................................................................................104
Allison ATEC Series ........................................................................................................................105
Allison WTEC Series ........................................................................................................................105
Allison AT/MT/HT Series ................................................................................................................105
Eaton CEEMAT ................................................................................................................................105
Eaton Autoshift .................................................................................................................................105
Eaton Top 2 Transmissions ...............................................................................................................106
Meritor Engine Syncro Shift (ESS) Transmissions ..........................................................................107
Meritor SureShift Transmissions ......................................................................................................107
ABS and Traction Control .............................................................................................................108
Data Links .......................................................................................................................................108
SAE J1587/J1708 Data Link .............................................................................................................108
Service Tools and Diagnostics ..........................................................................................................110
ECM Software Changes ....................................................................................................................111
Information Available Via SAE J1587/J1708 Using SAE J1587 Escape Parameter .......................111
Engine Totals ....................................................................................................................................111
Trip Data ...........................................................................................................................................111
Customer Parameter Cross Check ....................................................................................................113
ECM Wireless Communication Enable ............................................................................................113
Economy Model ................................................................................................................................113
Maintenance Indicator Data ..............................................................................................................113
Engine Snapshot Recorder ................................................................................................................114
Quick Stop Recorder .........................................................................................................................114

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year ___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 3
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Table Of Contents
SAE J1587 Data Link Broadcast Parameters ....................................................................................115
Bit Code Definitions .........................................................................................................................118
SAE J1922/J1708 Data Link ..........................................................................................................119
SAE J1922 Data Link Broadcast Parameters ....................................................................................119
SAE J1922 Status Definitions ...........................................................................................................120
SAE J1922 Override Modes: ............................................................................................................121
SAE J1939 Data Link .....................................................................................................................121
SAE J1939 Broadcast Messages ....................................................................................................122
SAE J1939 Received Messages ......................................................................................................141
Customer Specified Parameters ....................................................................................................155
Customer Parameter Worksheet ...................................................................................................199
ECM Date/Time Clock ...................................................................................................................203
ECM Diagnostic Clock ...................................................................................................................203
ECM Vehicle Harness Connector Terminal Assignments and Loads .......................................204
Diagnostic Code Quick Reference: ................................................................................................207

4 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE

Electronic engine controls have been developed for heavy duty diesel truck engines to improve performance and
fuel consumption. Caterpillar developed an electronic control system and fuel system with electronically controlled
unit injectors for the C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 truck engines. A description of that system follows.
This document is intended to provide necessary information for correct electrical & electronic application and
installation of the C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 truck engines into an on-highway truck, bus, motor coach or
vocational chassis. Caterpillar expects there will be some additions and modifications to this document as the
engine program development continues, and as OEM requests for information not currently addressed are added.
The information contained in this version of the document reflects the Caterpillar design for production engines
built as of the publication date with JAN 02 Personality Module Software.

The information hereon is the property of Caterpillar Inc. and/or its subsidiaries without
written permission, any copying, transmittal to others, and any use except that for
which it is loaned is prohibited.

New features Included in this software release:

1. MIN / MAX Governor - This electronic governor eases shifting when using automatic transmissions and is recommended
for all automatic transmissions.
2. Switch input messages sourced from the SAE J1939 data link including: -- Cruise Switches, Cruise Pause Switch, Service
Brake, Clutch, Exhaust Brake Switch, Diagnostic Enable and Fan Override switch
3. Enhanced PTO features - PTO active output and maximum PTO enable engine rpm
4. Vehicle Speed - ABS sourced vehicle speed input (J1939)
5. Vehicle Speed Calibration - supports ABS vehicle speed input from J1939

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 5
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

General Electronic Engine Operation

1.0 Engine Functions
1.1 Electronic Governing
Two engine speed range electronic governors are available for use. These electronic governors are selectable
through a programmable parameter. Refer to “Governor Type” on page 96 for additional information.
1.2 Fuel/Air Ratio Control
The control system has full authority over engine fuel delivery. The mechanical fuel/air ratio control is eliminated.
Electronic control of the fuel/air ratio provides optimum performance while limiting emissions.
1.3 Injection Timing Control
Injection timing is varied as a function of engine operating conditions to optimize engine performance for
emissions, noise, fuel consumption, and drivability.
1.4 Torque Rise Shaping
Electronic controls provide increased flexibility to tailor the torque curve over a wide speed range.
1.5 Engine Monitoring
The control system includes an Engine Monitoring feature which monitors engine oil pressure, engine coolant
temperature and intake manifold air temperature. Coolant Level is also available as an OEM installed option. All
C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 engines are shipped with the Caterpillar oil pressure sensor, coolant temperature
sensor and intake manifold air temperature sensor installed. There are three Customer Programmable Levels for
the Engine Monitoring system:
1) Warning
2) Derate
3) Shutdown
1.5.1 Engine Monitoring Coolant Level Sensor
The OEM is responsible for providing, installing, and programming the ECM to monitor the optional coolant level
sensor. The coolant level sensor will respond to the programmed level of Engine Monitoring System. Coolant Level
is selected/programmed through a separate Customer Programmable Parameter “Coolant Level Sensor” with a
default factory setting of No (Not Installed). For installation guidelines, programming options, and sensor electrical
requirements refer to “11.0 Coolant Level Sensor”on page 44.
1.5.2 Engine Monitoring Programmed to “Warning”
If Engine Monitoring is programmed to Warning, the ECM monitors oil pressure, coolant temperature, intake
manifold air temperature, and coolant level (if a coolant level sensor is installed). The following table and graph
indicate the diagnostic codes available, their trip point, and their effect on engine performance when active. The
Check Engine Lamp will flash and the Warning Lamp will illuminate as indicated in the table when the diagnostic
code is active.

PID- Code Description C-10 and C-12 C-15 and C-16 Warning Derate
FMI Trip Points Trip Point Lamp

100-01 Low Oil Pressure Warning See Figure1 See Figure1 SOLID NONE
100-11 Very Low Oil Pressure See Figure1 See Figure1 SOLID NONE

105-00 High Intake Manifold Air Temp. Warning 195°F (91°C) 195°F (91°C) SOLID NONE

105-11 Very High Intake Manifold Air Temp. 229°F (109°C) 229°F (109°C) SOLID NONE
110-00 High Coolant Temp. Warning 218°F (103°C) 227°F (108°C) SOLID NONE
110-11 Very High Coolant Temperature 224°F (107°C) 233°F (112°C) SOLID NONE

6 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

111-01 Low Coolant Level Warning See Figure 2 See Figure 2 SOLID NONE

111-11 Very Low Coolant Level See Figure 2 See Figure 2 SOLID NONE

Oil Pressure (psi)

Oil Pressure (psi)
25.0 45.0
40.0
20.0 35.0
Low Oil Pressure
30.0
15.0 Low Oil Pressure
25.0
20.0 Very Low Oil Pressure
10.0
Very Low Oil Pressure 15.0
10.0
5.0
5.0
0.0
0.0
600 1000 1500 2000 500 700 1200 1600 2100
Engine rpm Engine rpm
C-10 & C-12 Engine Monitoring Oil Pressure Graph C-15 & C-16 Engine Monitoring Oil Pressure Graph

Figure 1 - Low Oil Pressure Graphs

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 7
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Start/Restart
Warning Tripped
Derate
Maximum rate will not
exceed 10% per second
30 Second

Debounce
Delay

Warning
160 hp (119 kW)

Power
45 mph (72.5 km/h)

Shutdown

0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Time (seconds)

Figure 2 - Low and Very Low Coolant Level Graph

1.5.3 Engine Monitoring Programmed to “Derate” or “Shutdown”

If Engine Monitoring is programmed to Derate or Shutdown the ECM will alter engine performance when operating
parameters are exceeded. Whenever the engine is derated, the Check Engine Lamp (due to active diagnostic) and
Warning Lamp will flash. For the DERATE column in the following table, mph indicates vehicle speed is limited
(maximum speed is 45 mph [72.5 km/h]), “pwr”indicates engine power is limited (maximum derate is 160 hp [119
kW]), and rpm indicates engine speed is limited (maximum derate is 1350 rpm). For operating conditions causing
these codes see the appropriate section for the sensor under consideration.

PID- Code Description C-10 and C-12 C-15 and C-16 Warning Derate
FMI Trip Points Trip Point Lamp
100-01 Low Oil Pressure Warning See Figure1 See Figure1 SOLID NONE
100-11 Very Low Oil Pressure See Figure1 See Figure1 FLASH mph,
pwr, rpm
105-00 High Intake Manifold Air Temp. Warning 195°F (91°C) 195°F (91°C) SOLID NONE
105-11 Very High Intake Manifold Air Temp. 229°F (109°C) 229°F (109°C) SOLID NONE
110-00 High Coolant Temperature Warning 218°F (103°C) 227°F (108°C) FLASH mph, pwr

110-11 Very High Coolant Temperature 224°F (106°C) 233°F (112°C) FLASH mph, pwr
111-01 Low Coolant Level Warning See Figure 2 See Figure 2 SOLID NONE

111-11 Very Low Coolant Level See Figure 2 See Figure 2 FLASH mph, pwr

8 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

1.5.4 Engine Monitoring Time to Shutdown

The following table indicates active diagnostic codes capable of shutting down the engine when the ECM is
programmed to Shutdown. The “Time to Shutdown” column indicates the minimum time before the engine will
shutdown if the engine has already been running for at least 30 seconds. “Start/Restart Time” is running time if the
code is active when the engine starts, or following an Engine Monitoring caused shutdown. “NO”indicates the code
will not shutdown the engine. Note these times assume the condition causing the code exists continuously and is
not intermittent.

PID-FMI Code Description Time To Shutdown Start/Restart Time

100-01 Low Oil Pressure Warning NO NO

100-11 Very Low Oil Pressure 30 SEC. 18 SEC.

105-00 High Intake Manifold Air Temperature Warning NO NO

105-11 Very High Intake Manifold Air Temperature NO NO

110-00 High Coolant Temperature Warning NO NO
110-11 Very High Coolant Temperature 20 SEC. 60 SEC.
111-01 Low Coolant Level Warning NO NO
111-11 Very Low Coolant Level 30 SEC. 80 SEC.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 9
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

SAE J1587 Data Link

Electronic
SAE J1922 Data Link
Control
Module
SAE J1939 Data Link

3 Retarder Solenoids
BATTERIES
Cruise Control On/Off & Set/Resume Switches

Engine Retarder Level Switches

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor

6 Electronic Unit Injectors

Clutch and Service Brake Switches
Caterpillar Installed

OEM Installed
Coolant Level Sensor

Check Engine & Warning Lamps

Crankshaft Position Sensor

Speedometer & Tachometer
15

Camshaft Position Sensor M

k m
P
/
H
h
5

RPM X 10 0 30
25

Cooling Fan
1.5 A
Atmospheric Pressure Sensor

Vehicle Speed Sensor

Oil Pressure Sensor

Boost Pressure Sensor A/C High Pressure Switch

Coolant Temperature Sensor Remote Accelerator Position Sensor

Fuel Temperature Sensor 2, 0.3A Outputs

Ignition Key Switch

7 Switch Inputs
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor
3, 1.0A Outputs
2 Passive Temperature
Sensor Inputs
3, 1.5A Outputs

Figure 3 - C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 Component Diagram

10 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

2.0 Engine Component Overview

Electronic Unit Intake Manifold Air

Injector Connector Temperature Sensor
Boost Engine
Pressure Ground
Sensor Stud

Camshaft
Position
Engine
Sensor
Control
Module
(ECM)

OEM
Vehicle
Harness
Connector
J1/P1

Engine
Harness
Connector
J2/P2
Crankshaft
Position Engine
Sensor Ground
Atmospheric Oil Stud
Pressure Pressure
Sensor Sensor Left Side View

Figure 4 - C-15 and C-16 Left Side View

Coolant
Temperature
Sensor
Intake
Manifold Air
Temperature
Sensor

Fuel
Temperature
Sensor Top View

Figure 5 - C-15 and C-16 Right Side and Front View

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 11
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Fuel Electronic Unit Atmospheric

Temperature Injector Connector Pressure
Oil Sensor Sensor Engine
Pressure Ground
Sensor
Stud

Electronic
Camshaft Control
Position Module
Sensor (ECM)

OEM
Vehicle
Harness
Crankshaft Connector
Position J1/P1
Sensor
Engine
Harness
Connector
J2/P2
Engine
Ground
Left Side View
Stud

Figure 6 - C-10 and C-12 Left Side View

Coolant Intake Manifold Boost

Temperature Air Temperature Pressure
Sensor Sensor Sensor

Atmospheric
Front Right Side View Front Top View Pressure
Sensor
Figure 7 - C-10 and C-12 Right Side and Top View

12 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 CIRCU ITS WITH IN TH IS AREA ARE RECOMME NDATION S
TO +B ATTERY
N/O
RELAY

TO VEH ICLE
COMPONEN TS CH ECK EN GIN E LAMP P2 J2
L994-YL
0.3A CU RREN T LIMIT
OFF C WA RN ING LA MP L994-YL 28 CH ECK EN GINE LA MP
B ON 659-PK 659-PK
S 29 WARN IN G LAMP
0.3A CU RREN T LIMIT K 998-BU 30 OU TP UT #1
STA RT G880-PK 31 OU TP UT #9
R J906-BR 70 IGN ITION KEY SWITCH
NOTE B G881-BU 62 IN PU T #12
KE Y SWITCH G882-WH 64 IN PU T #13
S PEEDOMETER C974-PU 61
S G SIGN AL+
C974-PU 36 SPE EDOMETE R POSITIVE
NOTE E
SIGN AL- C973-GN C973-GN 37 SPE EDOMETE R N EGATIVE
BAT MTR NOTE H
E 718-PK 10 OU TPU T #2
ALTE RN ATOR S TARTER E 991-GY 12 OU TPU T #3
MOTOR G836-WH 13 OU TPU T #4
NOTE B
GROU ND (12V) 15
450-YL 16
TACH OMETER SIGN AL+
450-YL 38 TA CH OMETER POSITIV E
N OTE E
SIGN AL- 451-BR 451-BR 39 TA CH OMETER NE GATIVE
CA B DIAGN OS TIC TOOL CONN ECTOR N OTE H
NOTE D G837-YL 11 OUTPU T #5
NOTE D +BATTE RY C G838-BR 19 OUTPU T #6
-BATTERY E COOLIN G FAN S OLEN OID G839-BU 20 OUTPU T #7
D G840-PU 21 OUTPU T #8
- 12V+ - 12V+ - 12V+ F 57
J1587 DL NE GATIVE B 100mA
E 793-B U E 793-BU 9 J1587 DATA LIN K N EGATIVE
J1587 DL POSITIVE A 100mA
E 794-YL E 794-YL 8 J1587 DATA LIN K P OSITIVE
BATTERY 3 B ATTE RY 2 B ATTERY 1 TO J1939 DATA LIN K CON N ECTOR A 249-BK 42 J1939 DATA LIN K S HIELD (N OTE K & N OTE M)
N OTE H
TO J1939 DATA LIN K CON N ECTOR K 990-GN 34 J1939 DATA LIN K N EGATIVE (NOTE K & N OTE M)
TO J1939 DATA LIN K CON N ECTOR K 900-YL 50 J1939 DATA LIN K P OSITIVE (N OTE K & N OTE M)
N OTE J N OTE H
TO J1922 DATA LIN K CON N ECTOR E 721-WH 1 J1922 DATA LIN K P OSITIVE (N OTE M)
TO J1922 DATA LIN K CON N ECTOR E 720-PK 14 J1922 DATA LIN K N EGATIVE (NOTE M)
48
E NGIN E 43
14 AWG GXL
B LOCK 101-RD 52 UN SWITCH ED +BATTERY (NOTE D)
14 AWG GXL
20A 101-RD 53 UN SWITCH ED +BATTERY (NOTE D)
14 AWG GX L 229-BK 65 -BATTERY
14 AWG GX L
229-BK 67 -BATTERY
G933-YL 27 IN PU T #9
C453-YL 26 IN PU T #10
SET/RE SU ME 993-BR 3 IN PU T SEN SOR COMMON #2
F713-OR 17 IN PU T #14
C978-BR 6.5mA C978-BR 35 SE T
H 795-PK 6.5mA
C979-OR C979-OR 44 RESU ME
CRUISE CON TROL ON /OFF K999-GN 56 IN PU T #1 (NOTE L)
K980-PK 58 IN PU T #2 (NOTE L)
H 795-P K 6.5mA
C975-WH C975-WH 59 CRU ISE CONTROL ON /OFF SWITCH
K982-YL 60 INPU T #3 (N OTE L)
SERVICE BRAK E PEDAL P OSITION N/C G841-GN 7 INPU T #4 (N OTE L)
H 795-P K C992-P U 6.5mA C992-P U 45 SERVICE B RA KE PEDAL P OSITION SWITCH
(P EDAL RELE ASED POSITION) L901-GY 18 INPU T S ENS OR COMMON #1
G842-GY 47 INPU T #5 (N OTE L)
CLUTCH PE DA L POSITION N /C G843-OR 6 INPU T #6 (N OTE L)
G844-PK 46 INPU T #7 (N OTE L)

45.5mA MAX
H 795-PK C977-BU 6.5mA C977-BU 22 CLU TCH PEDAL P OSITION SWITCH
(PEDAL RE LEAS ED POSITION ) RETA RDER SOLEN OID ON/OFF SWITCH 63
LO
E716-GY E716-GY 23 RE TARDE R SOLEN OID LOW/HI SWITCH
13mA N OTE H MED
H 795-P K G879-OR 2 +5V
HI EN GIN E RETA RDER C983-WH 49 EN GIN E COOLA NT LEVEL N ORMA L (N OTE G)
LO SOLEN OID SELECTOR SWITCH C984-YL 54 EN GIN E COOLA NT LEVEL LOW (N OTE G)
MED
E717-GN E 717-GN 40 RETARDER S OLEN OID MED/HI S WITCH
HI
A/C H IGH PRESS . SWITCH N /C 51
55
6.5mA N OTE H H 795-PK E971-GN E971-GN 41 INP UT #11 (N OTE L)
G834-P U 24 INP UT #15 POSITIV E
PASS IVE G835-OR 25 IN PU T #15 N EGATIVE
NOTE C MAGNE TIC G808-BU 1 G808-BU 32 V EH ICLE SPE ED IN POSITIVE (N OTE F)
NOTE F VEH ICLE SP EED G809-GN 2 G809-GN 33 V EH ICLE SPE ED IN N EGATIVE
SE NS OR 69
G845-PU 68 IN PU T #8 (N OTE L)
ACCELERATOR PEDAL SEN SOR/SWITCH SEN SOR COMMON BK B H 795-PK H 795-PK 5 ACCELERATOR PEDAL SEN SOR/SWITCH SE NS OR COMMON
RD A C985-BU 40mA C985-BU 4 +8V
+8 V
5mA

Figure 8 - C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 Vehicle Harness Wiring Diagram
ACCELERATOR PEDAL P OSITION WH C C986-BR C986-BR 66 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
J403 P403
ACCELERATOR PEDAL P1 J1

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

POS ITION SE NS OR
VEHICLE H ARNESS CONNECTOR
COMPONE NTS WITH IN TH IS AREA ARE CATERPILLAR P ROVIDED

N OTE B: FOR SPEE DOME TERS OR TACH OMETERS WITH A SIN GLE SIGN AL IN PU T N OTE E: TH E E CM SPEE DOME TE R A ND TACH OME TER OU TP UT SIGNA L LIN E N OTE F: IF AN ELECTRON IC SIGN AL IS PROVIDED IN PLACE OF A PAS SIVE
TERMIN AL, E ITH ER ON E OF TH E TWO SIGN AL OUTPU T LIN ES FROM VOLTAGES ARE ZERO-CROSSING S QU ARE WAV ES. THE S PEEDOMETER MA GN ETIC S EN SOR, CON N ECT TH E ELECTRON IC SIGNA L INP UT TO
THE ECM CA N BE U SED. LE AVE THE REMAIN IN G LIN E DIS CONN ECTED, SIGN ALS AT J1-37 AN D J1-36 A RE COMPLE ME NTS OF EACH OTH ER. TH E +SIGN AL PIN , TH E -SIGNA L PIN SH OU LD NOT BE CON NE CTED
DO NOT CON NE CT TO GROU ND THE TACH OMETER SIGN ALS AT J1-38 AN D J1-39 ARE COMPLEMEN TS OR GROU N DED WITH ELECTRONIC S IGNAL INPU TS
OF EACH OTH ER. MAXIMUM SIGN AL AMPLITUDE OF J1-36, J1-37,
N OTE C: "SIN GLE" WIN DIN G MAGNE TIC P ICKU P S EN SOR RECOMMEN DED J1-38, AN D J1-39 IS +/- 10 VOLTS. A MP LITU DE WILL B E+/- 5 VOLTS N OTE H : TH IS IS A N OPTION AL FEATURE N OT AVA ILABLE ON ALL SYS TE MS
OR GREATER IF LOAD CU RREN T IS LE SS TH AN 4mA .
(S EE OTH ER PAGE FOR ADDITIONA L N OTES)
N OTE D: TH ES E CON N ECTION S ARE U N SWITCH ED, DIRECT CON NE CTION
TO THE B ATTERY IS N OT REQUIRED

13
 14
EN GIN E H ARN ESS CON N ECTOR
P 2 J2
J300 P 300
L983 -WH 12 L983 -WH 44 IN JE CTOR COMMON CYLIN DERS 1 & 2
L984 -OR 10 L984 -OR 45 IN JE CTOR COMMON CYLIN DERS 3 & 4
L985 -YL 8 L985 -YL 46 IN JE CTOR COMMON CYLIN DERS 5 & 6
A706 -GY 6 A706 -GY 55 IN JE CTOR CYLIN DE R 6
A705 -BU 5 A705 -BU 54 IN JE CTOR CYLIN DE R 5
A704 -GN 4 A704 -GN 39 IN JE CTOR CYLIN DE R 4
A703-BR 3 A703 -BR 38 IN JE CTOR CYLIN DE R 3
A702-PU 2 A702 -PU 37 IN JE CTOR CYLIN DE R 2
A701-GY 1 A701 -GY 36 IN JECTOR CYLIN DE R 1
J7 00-BR 11 J700-BR 10 RETARDER S OLEN OID MED/H I
J7 01-GN 9 J701-GN 11 RETARDER S OLEN OID LOW/H I
IN JECTOR IN JECTOR IN JE CTOR IN JECTOR IN JECTOR IN JE CTOR J7 02-BK 7 J702-BK 9 RETARDER S OLEN OID COMMON
CYLIN DER CYL IN DER CYL IN DER CYLIN DE R CYLIN DER CYL IN DER 8
N O.1 N O.2 N O.3 N O.4 N O.5 N O.6 19
12
13
43
20
21
61
E NGIN E RE TARDER EN GIN E RETARDER EN GIN E RETARDER 62
S OLEN OID CYLIN DE RS SOLE NOID CYL IN DERS SOL ENOID CYLIN DERS 63
1 & 2 N OTE H 5 & 6 NOTE H 3 & 4 NOTE H 64
28
29
G884-YL 15 INPU T # 17
E NGIN E BOOST PRESSU RE GN C A7 46-PK A746-P K 40 EN GINE B OOST PRES SU RE
EN GIN E BOOST E NGIN E PRESSU RE S EN SOR COMMON YL B G8 29-GN A747-GY 14 EN GINE ATM P RES SU RE
PRESSU RE SEN SOR EN GIN E P RES SU RE SE NS OR +5 V OR A G8 28-WH 994-GY 24 EN GINE OIL PRE SSU RE
P2 00 J200 25
16
G829-GN 3 EN GINE PRES SU RE SEN SOR COMMON
G828-WH 2 EN GINE PRES SU RE SEN SOR +5 V
E NGIN E ATMOS PHE RIC EN GIN E ATMOSPH ERIC PRESS URE C A7 47-GY 41
P RES SU RE SE NSOR E NGIN E PRESSU RE S EN SOR COMMON B G8 29-GN 1
EN GIN E P RES SU RE SE NSOR +5 V A G8 28-WH 51
P203 56
57
67
68
EN GIN E OIL PRESSU RE C 994 -GY 69
EN GIN E OIL 70
E NGIN E PRESSU RE S EN SOR COMMON B G82 9-GN
PRESSU RE S EN SOR
EN GINE P RES SU RE SE NSOR +5 V A G82 8-WH 65
P201 66
52
31
CRAN KSH AFT CRAN K SPEED/TIMIN G- 1 E9 63-BK E963-BK 49 CRAN K SPEE D/TIMING N EGATIVE
P OSITION S EN SOR CRAN K SPEED/TIMIN G+ 2 E9 64-WH E964-WH 48 CRAN K SPEE D/TIMING POSITIVE
30
J401 P401 47
53
4
CAMSH AFT CA M SPE ED/TIMING- 1 E9 65-BU E 965-B U 59 CAM SPEE D/TIMING N EGATIVE
POSITION SEN SOR CA M SPE ED/TIMING+ 2 E9 66-YL E 966-YL 58 CAM SPEE D/TIMING POSITIVE
6
J40 2 P40 2 7
E NGIN E COOLAN T EN GIN E COOLAN T TEMPERATU RE 1 99 5-BU 995-B U 32 ENGIN E COOLAN T TEMPERATU RE
TEMPERATU RE SEN SOR EN GIN E TEMPERATU RE SEN SOR COMMON 2 G833-PK C967-BU 35 ENGIN E IN TAK E MAN IFOLD AIR TEP ERATURE
A7 51-YL 33 ENGIN E FUEL TE MP ERATURE
J100 P 100
34
G8 33-PK 18 ENGIN E TE MP ERATURE SEN SOR COMMON
G8 32-OR 5 IN PU T SEN SOR COMMON #4
EN GIN E IN TAK E EN GIN E IN TAKE MAN IFOLD AIR TEMPERATU RE 1 C967 -BU G8 27-BU IN PU T SEN SOR COMMON #3
42
MA NIFOLD AIR EN GIN E TEMPERATU RE SEN SOR COMMON 2 G8 33-PK 27
TE MPE RATURE SEN SOR 17
J10 3 P10 3
E NGIN E TIMIN G CA LIB RATION PROBE POSITIV E G856-WH 22 ENGIN E TIMIN G CALIBRATION PROBE POS ITIV E
E NGIN E TIMIN G CA LIB RATION PROBE N EGATIVE G857-YL 23 ENGIN E TIMIN G CALIBRATION PROBE N EGATIVE
26
EN GINE FU EL E NGIN E FU EL TE MP ERATURE 1 A 751-YL J40 0 P40 0
50
TEMPERATU RE SE NS OR E NGIN E TEMPE RATURE SEN SOR COMMON 2 G833-PK G8 83-GN 60 IN PU T #16
J105 P105

P 1 J1
N OTE J: EN GIN E B LOCK MU ST H AVE A DIRE CT WIRE CON N ECTION ELIMIN ATION OF AN Y COMPONE NTS SH OWN WIL L DIS ABLE CERTAIN
TO BATTERY(-). TH IS CON NE CTION CAN B E MADE AT THE EN GIN E FE ATU RE S. CON TACT CATERPIL LAR E NGIN EERIN G WH EN
ECM GN D S TRAP
STARTER(-) TERMIN AL OR MAIN FRAME GROU ND LU G CON SIDERIN G COMPON EN T RE MOVAL

ALL SWITCH ES ARE SH OWN IN TH E OFF POSITION

N OTE K: SE E S AE J1 939/11 FOR WIRING GUIDELINE S

Figure 9 - C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 Engine Harness Wiring Diagram
UN LES S OTH ERWISE SP ECIFIE D:
N OTE L: SE NS OR COMMON CON N ECTION FOR IN PU TS #1 THROU GH #8 ALL WIRES TO BE 18 AWG OR LARGER S AE J1128 TYPE SXL
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

AND #11 CAN B E MADE TO EITHE R J1 -5 OR J1-18, J1-1 8 OR EQUIVA LEN T. FOR TWISTED PAIR SPECIFICATION SEE SA E J170 8 TO ECM
IS FOR BODY B UILDER/A FTERMARKET IN STALLATION S MOU NTIN G
N O ADDITION AL CONN ECTIONS ARE ALLOWE D TO ANY WIRES BOLT
N OTE M: J19 22 AN D J193 9 DATA LINK S MU ST BE PROGRA MMED FOR ECM TO WITHOUT CATE RPILLA R EN GINE ERIN G AP PROVAL
INTERACT ON DATA LIN K, J1939 MUS T NOT BE PROGRAMMED U N LESS
U SED, IF PROGRAMMED WITH OU T PROP ER CON NE CTION A DIA GNOSTIC
CODE WILL RES ULT

Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

2.1 Engine Control Module (ECM)

The ECM is located on the left rear side of the engine. The ECM has two connectors, one for the Caterpillar Engine
Harness, the other for the Vehicle OEM Harness.
2.2 Boost Pressure Sensor
The Boost Pressure Sensor is an absolute pressure sensor measuring intake manifold air pressure. Boost
Pressure as displayed by service tools and communicated over the data link is the value obtained by subtracting
the atmospheric pressure (as measured by the Atmospheric Pressure Sensor) from the absolute value measured
by the Boost Pressure Sensor for all C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 engines.
The Boost Pressure Sensor can measures pressures from 0 kPa (0 psi) up to 472 kPa (68 psi). The sensor is
supplied by the ECM with 5 Volts DC.
2.3 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
The Atmospheric Pressure Sensor is an absolute pressure sensor measuring crankcase pressure. Both the Boost
Pressure and Oil Pressure communicated to service tools and over the data link is calculated by subtracting the
Atmospheric Pressure Sensor reading.
The Atmospheric Pressure Sensor can measure pressures from 0 kPa (0 psi) to 116 kPa (16.8 psi). The sensor is
supplied by the ECM with 5 Volts DC.
2.4 Oil Pressure Sensor
The Oil Pressure Sensor is an absolute pressure sensor measuring oil pressure in the oil gallery. The difference
between the pressure measured by this sensor (oil pressure) and the atmospheric pressure is the Oil Pressure as
displayed on the service tools and communicated over the data link. The ECM uses this sensor input only if the
parameter for engine monitoring is programmed to Warning, Derate, or Shutdown.
The Oil Pressure Sensor can measures pressure from 0 kPa (0 psi) to 1135 kPa (165 psi). The sensor is supplied
by the ECM with 5 Volts DC.
2.4.1 Oil Pressure Engine Monitoring Operation
If Engine Monitoring is programmed to Warning, Derate or Shutdown the graphs in Figure 1 - “Low Oil Pressure
Graphs”on page 7 determine engine operation. The C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 engines use different trip points to
determine both the Low and Very Low Oil Pressure values. Low and Very Low are used because they indicate the
trip points for the associated diagnostic codes.
2.5 Coolant Temperature Sensor
Coolant Temperature is used to control “Cold Mode”operation and for Engine Monitoring. The coolant temperature
sensor is a thermistor (passive sensor) not requiring a supply voltage.
2.5.1 Cold Mode Operation
Cold Mode Operation is activated whenever the coolant temperature is below 64°F (18°C). Cold Mode remains
active until Coolant Temperature exceeds 18°C (64°F). In Cold Mode, engine power is limited and the low idle
engine speed may be elevated. Cold Mode is not disabled if the Engine Monitoring feature is programmed to OFF.
2.5.2 Coolant Temperature Engine Monitoring Operation
If Engine Monitoring is programmed to Derate or Shutdown, the ECM will cause the Check Engine and Warning
Lamp to flash if an excessive coolant temperature is detected. The graphs in Figure 10 - “Coolant Temperature
Graphs”on page 16 indicate engine operation with Engine Monitoring Programmed to Derate. The diagnostic
codes High Coolant Temperature Warning (110-00) and Very High Coolant Temperature (110-11) are triggered at
218°F (103°C) and 224°F (107°C) respectively for C-10 and C-12 and at 227°F (108°C) and 233°F (112°C)
respectively for the C-15 and C-16. If Engine Monitoring is programmed to Warning, the ECM will log the
appropriate code, turn the Warning Lamp on solid and take no further action. The ECM will not derate the engine if
programmed to Warning.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 15
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Rated Power, Rated Power,

Full Vehicle Speed Range Full Vehicle Speed Range
Available Power

Available Power
160 hp (119 kW) 160 hp (119 kW)
45 mph (72.5 km/h) 45 mph (72.5 km/h)

107 108 109 110 111 112 103 104 105 106 107 108
Coolant Temperature (°C) Coolant Temperature (°C)

C-15 & C-16 Coolant Temperature Graph C-10 and C-12 Coolant Temperature Graph

Figure 10 - Coolant Temperature Graphs

The ECM derates available power and limits vehicle speed in steps as temperature increases. Each step
represents a reduction in available power and limits vehicle speed as follows:
HP REDUCTION = 25% X (rated HP - 160 hp [119 kW])
VSL REDUCTION = 25% X (VSL - 45 mph [72.5 km/h])
The actual rate of change of HP or VSL reduction is limited to 10% per second maximum.

100% 110-00 High Coolant Temperature 100% 110-00 High Coolant Temperature
Warning Diagnostic Code Triggered Warning Diagnostic Code Triggered

75% 75%
Available Power
Available Power

Vehicle Speed
Vehicle Speed

110-11 Very High Coolant Temperature 110-11 Very High Coolant Temperature
50% Diagnostic Code Triggered 50% Diagnostic Code Triggered
Shutdown

25% 25% Shutdown

160 hp, 45 mph
160 hp, 45 mph
(119 kW, 72.5 km/h)
(119 kW, 72.5 km/h)

0 20 40 60 80
0 10 20 30 40
Time (seconds)
Time (seconds)
Start/Restart Shutdown For Excessive Coolant Temperature
Initial Shutdown for Excessive Coolant Temperature

Figure 11 - Minimum Time To Shutdown For Excessive Coolant Temperature Graphs

Figure 11 - “Minimum Time To Shutdown For Excessive Coolant Temperature Graphs”on page 16 indicates the
minimum time to shutdown due to excessive coolant temperature, assuming the coolant temperature is 107°C
(224°F) for the C-10 and C-12 or 112°C (233°F) for the C-15 and C-16 or higher. Actual time to shutdown will vary
if the coolant temperature lingers in the 103 - 105°C (217 - 221°F) range.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Engine Monitoring Mode programmed to Warning, Derate or Shutdown.

16 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

2.6 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor

Intake Manifold Air Temperature is used to control the cooling fan output and for Engine Monitoring. The intake
manifold air temperature sensor is a thermistor (passive sensor) not requiring a supply voltage.
2.6.1 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Engine Monitoring Operation
Intake Manifold Air Temperature is used to warn the driver of an excessive intake manifold air temperature. It will
not cause the ECM to derate or shutdown the engine when Engine Monitoring is programmed to Derate or
Shutdown.
Before a diagnostic code is logged immediately following engine start up, Intake Manifold Air Temperature must
exceed the triggering temperatures indicated for 30 seconds. A High Intake Manifold Air Temperature Warning
diagnostic code is triggered at 195°F (91°C), and a Very High Intake Manifold Air Temperature at 229°F (109°C).
Unlike the other diagnostic codes associated with Engine Monitoring, those codes associated with Intake Manifold
Air Temperature are still available when Engine Monitoring is programmed Off.
In addition to the Check Engine Lamp, the Warning Lamp is also turned ON if Engine Monitoring is programmed to
Warning, Derate, or Shutdown.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Engine Monitoring Mode programmed to Warning, Derate or Shutdown.
2.7 Fuel Temperature Sensor
Fuel Temperature is monitored to adjust fuel rate calculations, and for fuel temperature power correction when fuel
temperatures exceed 30°C (86°F) to provide constant power. Maximum power correction is achieved at 70 °C
(158°F). Fuel temperatures exceeding 90°C (194°F) for 10 minutes cause a diagnostic code to be logged. The
C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 engines include a Fuel Temperature Sensor as standard equipment.
Fuel Temperature power correction can be temporarily disabled for dynamometer testing using an Electronic
Service Tool. This is intended to prevent problems caused by the engine fuel temperature power correction
operating simultaneously with a dynamometer which also power corrects for fuel temperature.
2.8 Engine Speed/Timing Sensors
The engine speed/timing sensors are used to determine both engine speed and fuel injection timing. The Camshaft
Position Sensor detects this information from a gear on the camshaft and the Crankshaft Position Sensor detects
this information from a gear on the crankshaft. Timing calibration is performed by connecting a special magnetic
sensor to the engine harness which senses motion from a notch on the crankshaft. Under normal operating
conditions the engine monitors both the Camshaft and Crankshaft Position Sensor while cranking (starting) and the
Crankshaft Position Sensor while running. However, the design provides for a redundant system. Should a failure
occur in either of the sensor circuits, the engine can be started and will run with only one sensor.

OEM INSTALLED COMPONENT REQUIREMENTS and FEATURES

All of the functions described in the following text are available or enhanced if the vehicle OEM provides and
installs appropriate components. Many of the features require programming of Customer Parameters as well as
hardware components. The components (and programming of customer parameters) required for each feature are
listed with the particular feature description. It is assumed the associated wire harness necessary for component
connection is part of the component. Refer to the wiring harness diagram for connection details.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 17
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

3.0 Power and Grounding Requirements and Considerations

The ECM requires unswitched power and ground connections. An Ignition Key Switch input is used to turn the
ECM ON, allowing the engine to start and run.
3.1 Grounding
Proper grounding for vehicle and engine electrical systems is necessary for proper performance and reliability.
Improper grounding results in unreliable electrical circuit paths. Stray electrical currents can damage main
bearings, crankshaft journal surfaces, and aluminum components. They can also cause electrical noise degrading
control system, vehicle, speedometer, and radio performance. These problems are often very difficult to diagnose
and repair.
All ground paths must be capable of carrying any conceivable fault currents. An AWG #4 or larger cable is
recommended between the engine ground stud and the frame or starter negative post to handle alternator
currents. A maximum of three ring terminals are to be connected to the engine ground stud to insure ground
connection integrity. More than three terminals can cause the stud to loosen too easily. Caterpillar recommends
splicing like size wires together as a method of reducing ring terminal congestion at the ground stud.

CIRCUITS WITHIN THIS

AREA ARE RECOMMENDATIONS

OFF
ON
ST.

BAT. MTR.
ALTERNATOR
STARTER
MOTOR ECM
GND.
(12V)

20 A J906-BR 70 IGNITION KEY SWITCH

UNSWITCHED +BATTERY
14 AWG 101-RD 52
UNSWITCHED +BATTERY
101-RD 53
-BATTERY
14 AWG 229-BK 65
-BATTERY
229-BK 67
- 12V + - 12V + - 12V + P1 J1

ENGIN E BLOCK

Wiring Diagram 1 - ECM and Engine Stud Battery Connections

18 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

OEM
Ground
Stud

Frame Rail

- +
Frame Rail Stud

Optional
Ground Stud
Location

Figure 12 - Ground Stud To Frame Rail and Ground Stud to Starter Connections
13 -
3.2 Engine Connection To Vehicle Battery Ground
To insure proper functioning of the vehicle and engine electrical systems, there must be a direct wire path from the
engine ground stud to the battery negative post. Caterpillar prefers this connection route through the starter
negative post. In the Figures above an additional ground stud location is identified. Either one of the two locations
can be used and must be specified when ordering.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 19
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

A connection routed to a main frame ground, can also be made if the following guidelines are followed:
1) Connections to the frame must not be made with star washers. Star washers should not be counted on to remove paint from
painted surfaces. Use flat washers for this connection, with the paint completely removed in this area.
2) Any paint must be completely removed from the frame rail at the point where the connection is made. Failure to do so
reduces the effectiveness of the connection.
3) The ground path is not made through frame cross members. Bolted connections of frame cross members may not always
provide required continuity for this critical connection.
4) Conductive grease or other methods used to reduce/eliminate the affect of corrosion on the frame rail connection.
Caterpillar does not recommend a connection from the engine ground stud to the main frame rail at a connection
point different than where the battery ground connection is made. A two-point frame rail connection method
depends on frame rail connections. Manufacturing process control of frame rail connections is difficult to control.
This multiple frame rail connection scheme is also more difficult to troubleshoot.
3.3 ECM Negative Battery Connections
Caterpillar requires the OEM to install the ECM “-Battery”wires into their harness connector. These connections
should be #14 AWG GXL wire. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1 - “ECM and Engine Stud Battery Connections” on page
18. Refer to 5.2 “ECM Connector Wire Gauge Size”on page 24 for more information about ECM Connector wire
size.
3.3.1 C-15 and C-16 Ground Stud
The C-15 and C-16 engine ground stud, located on the cylinder head, is a 3/8 inch X 16 Thread Stud with 7/8 inch
stud length.
3.3.2 C-10, C-12 Ground Stud
The C-10 and C-12 engines use a M8 X 1.25-6g thread stud with a 20 mm stud length located on the cylinder head.
3.4 Air Starter Equipped Vehicles
A connection from main frame ground can be used if the following guidelines are followed:
1) Connections to the frame must not be made with star washers. Star washers should not be counted on to remove paint from
painted surfaces. Use flat washers for this connection, with the paint completely removed in this area.
2) Any paint must be completely removed from the frame rail at the point where the “-Battery”connection is made. Failure to do
so reduces the effectiveness of the connection.
3) The ground path is not made through frame cross members. Bolted connections of frame cross members may not always
provide required continuity for this critical connection.
4) Use conductive grease or other methods to reduce/eliminate the affect of corrosion on the frame rail connection.
3.5 Sensor Common Connections
Only those components interfacing directly to the ECM should be connected to the ECM Sensor Commons. ECM
Connector P1 terminal 5 should be used to connect the ground side of the following engine control connected
items: all OEM installed switches (used for engine control purposes - cruise control switches, clutch pedal position
switch, service brake pedal position switch, A/C high pressure switch), engine retarder solenoid switches and the
accelerator pedal position sensor. These components must not be connected to any vehicle ground.
Additional Sensor Common connections are also available. ECM terminal-18 (Input Sensor Common #1) and
terminal-3 (Input Sensor Common #2) can be used if required by the harness design, for example, to splice all cab
components together at terminal 5, and engine compartment components at terminal-18 or terminal-3.
Caterpillar recommends that Input Sensor Common #2 remain open for Aftermarket / Body Builder connections. If
additional Sensor Common connections are required, please contact Caterpillar.
All switches connected to the control system must be externally grounded, two wire design. Internally grounded or
case grounded switches must not be used.

20 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

OEM installed components used as inputs to the ECM must not be connected to the vehicle or cab ground,
and must not be case grounded. OEM installed switches must be grounded to an ECM Sensor Common via a
dedicated return line to the ECM.

Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment

AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common Terminal 5

Input Sensor Common #1 Terminal 18

Input Sensor Common #2 Terminal 3

3.6 Suppression Of Voltage Transients

Caterpillar recommends transient suppression be installed at the source of the transient in addition to the
suppression in the ECM. Caterpillar controls are designed to comply with SAE J1455.
The use of inductive devices such as relays and solenoids can result in the generation of voltage transients on the
battery lines. Unsuppressed voltage transients can exceed SAE J1455 specifications and degrade control system
performance. Some specific devices that should use transient suppression are fan clutch solenoids, A/C clutch
solenoids, and all relays. This is not an all-inclusive list. The OEM should specify relays and solenoids with built-in
voltage transient suppression on the vehicle where possible.
Refer to Figure 14 - “Examples of Voltage Transient Suppression ”for an illustration of several possible
suppression techniques to minimize the generation of voltage transients from relays and solenoids without built-in
voltage transient suppression. These include, but are not limited to, installing a properly sized diode or resistor in
parallel with solenoid and relay coils.
Inductive devices should be located to maximize the distance from control system components. OEM installed
wiring harnesses should be routed to maximize the distance from the control system wiring harness to avoid
inductive coupling of noise transients.

Power Power Power Power

Figure 14 - Examples of Voltage Transient Suppression

3.6.1 EMI/RFI Testing

Caterpillar EMI/RFI testing on the C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 is performed at both the component and system
level.
Component level testing is performed in a TEM cell and screen room. This radiated susceptibility testing is
performed using the substitution method.
In-vehicle radiated susceptibility testing is also performed.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 21
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

3.7 ECM Positive Battery Connections

There are two unswitched positive battery connections from ECM Connector P1 terminals 52 and 53 necessary for
the C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 system. Other battery connections may be necessary, but do not directly connect to
the ECM, for example, if the installation requires a Caterpillar BrakeSaver, or other auxiliary brake device.
In addition to suppressing inductive loads, powering the control system on a dedicated fused circuit will reduce the
possibility of degraded control system performance due to voltage transients. No additional loads should be
connected between the ECM and ECM circuit protection, refer to Wiring Diagram 1 - “ECM and Engine Stud
Battery Connections”on page 18.
To prevent shutdown in the event of a short circuit in the vehicle harness the control system must be powered on a
dedicated protected circuit. The wire size must be #14 AWG GXL. This connection should be made through
unswitched battery providing power when the vehicle key switch is in the OFF position. Circuit protection for this
circuit must be 20 amps and rated for a continuous duty load of 10 Amperes at 12 Volts DC. Caterpillar prefers
the circuit protection be located in the cab if possible. If not in the cab the circuit protection should be
located in an easily accessible, and on-vehicle-documented location for service.
The ECM monitors ECM battery voltage, and triggers a diagnostic code if the voltage to the ECM drops below 6
Volts DC and then returns above 6 Volts DC.
4.0 Voltage Requirements and Considerations
The control system has been designed to operate on 12 Volt or 24 Volt electrical systems. The control system is
protected against jump start conditions and short circuits to positive battery and negative battery.
Minimum voltage requirements and maximum current draw for the C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 control system is as
follows:

Condition Minimum Voltage Maximum Current Draw

Normal operation 11.0 Volts DC 10.0 Amperes

Engine cranking 6.0 Volts DC 13.0 Amperes

Ignition Key On, Engine Off 9.0 Volts DC 1.0 Amperes

Minimum voltages are specified at the OEM connector (P1 - terminals 52, 53 and P1 - terminals 65, 67).
4.0.1 Operation in 24 Volt Systems
The C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 can operate in 24 volt electrical systems. Circuit protection is 20 amps (same for
12 volt systems). The Output Drivers are current limited and will supply the same amount of current regardless of
system operating voltage.
4.0.2 Other Battery Connections
The pedal mounted accelerator pedal position sensor does not require separate circuit protection because it is
powered from the ECM provided +8V. Installation of a remotely mounted accelerator pedal position sensor still
requires separate +Battery circuit protection for this circuit. Integration of a Caterpillar factory installed engine
retarder eliminates separate circuit protection for the retarder solenoid circuit.
4.0.3 ECM Supplied +5V and +8V
These supplies are designed to provide power for connection to the OEM provided and installed 4-Pin Coolant
Level Sensor (+5V), and Caterpillar provides OEM installed Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (+8V). No other
vehicle components can be connected to these supplies.
4.1 Ignition Key Off Current
The ECM draws less than 20 mA while the Ignition Key Switch is OFF.

22 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

4.2 Welding on a Vehicle Equipped with a C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 Engine
Before welding on a vehicle equipped with an electronic engine, the following precautions should be observed.
1. Turn the engine OFF. Place the ignition key switch in the OFF position.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery. If the vehicle is equipped with a battery disconnect
switch, open the switch.

NOTICE
DO NOT use electrical components in order to ground the welder. Do not use the ECM or sensors or any
other electronic component in order to ground the welder. Clamp the ground cable for the welder to the
component that will be welded.

Place that clamp as close as possible to the weld. This will reduce the possibility of damage to the
bearings of the drive train, hydraulic components, ground straps, and other components of the vehicle.

3. Clamp the ground cable of the welder to the component that will be welded. Place the clamp as close as
possible to the weld.
4. Protect any wiring harnesses from welding debris and spatter. Use proper welding procedures in order to weld
the materials.

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13
13 1
23 14
14 >P EI< 23
31 24
39 32 24 31
47 40 35 36
57 48 40 47
70 58 48 57

58 59 6 0 61 62 63 65 66 67 68 69 70

ECM Side Harness Side

Front of
Engine

Engine
Harness OEM
Connector Vehicle
J2/P2 Harness
Connector
J1/P1

Figure 15 - ADEM 2000 TM ECM and Wiring Harness Connectors

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 23
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

5.0 Connectors and Wiring Harness Requirements

5.1 ECM Connector
5.1.1 70 Terminal ECM Connector Part Numbers
The ECM uses an integral rectangular 70 Terminal AMP connector to interface to the OEM vehicle wiring harness
(AMP part number 776241-1, Caterpillar part number 160-7689). The ECM also uses a 70 Terminal AMP
connector to interface to the engine electronics (AMP part number 776241-2, Caterpillar part number 160-7690).
5.1.2 ECM 70 Terminal Connector Allen Screw Torque
ECM Connector Screw torque should be 6 N•m ±1 N•m (4.4 lb.- ft. ± 0.7 lb.- ft., 53 lb. - in. ± 8.9 lb. - in.).
5.2 ECM Connector Wire Gauge Size
The battery positive and negative connections must be made with #14 AWG SAE J1128 type GXL wire for the
AMP 776093-1 stamped and formed terminal or the Deutsch 0462-209-1631 solid terminal. All other connections
may be #16 or #18 AWG SAE J1128 type SXL or #16 or #18 AWG SAE J1128 type GXL (or equivalent wire).
5.2.1 ECM 70 Terminal Connector Wire Insulation and Size Range
Insulation material is cross - linked polyethylene. Outside diameter insulation range is 2.26 to 3.33 mm (0.089 to
0.131 in.). The table below provides insulation diameter range for each gauge and wire type.

ECM Connector Wire Insulation and Gauge Size

Wire Type Wire Gauge Insulation

Diameter

14 0.114 - 0.125

GXL 16 0.098 - 0.112

18 0.089 - 0.098

SXL 16 0.116 - 0.131

18 0.103 - 0.118

5.3 ECM Connector Terminals and Sealing Plugs

The OEM connector socket terminals must be compatible with the wire size used. All unused connector socket
slots must be filled with plugs to insure connector sealing.
5.3.1 ECM 70 Terminal Connector Terminals
The following table provides terminal and plug part numbers. All terminals used in this connector must be gold or
selective gold flash terminals.

24 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Required ECM 70 Terminal Connector Parts

Description Usage Vendor - Part Number Caterpillar Part

Number

70 Terminal Plug, Keyed 1 OEM Vehicle Harness AMP - 776241-1 160-7689

AMP Gold Socket Contact #16 & #18 AWG SXL and AMP - 776093-1 126-1766
(stamped & formed) #14, #16 & #18 AWG GXL wire

Deutsch Gold Socket Contact #14 AWG SXL and Deutsch - 0462-209-1631 126-1768
(machined - for field service) #14 AWG GXL wire

Deutsch Gold Socket Contact #16 & #18 AWG SXL and Deutsch - 0462-201-1631 9X - 3402
(machined - for field service) #16 & #18 AWG GXL wire

Sealing Plug #14 - 18 AWG Unused Connector Slots PEI Genesis - 225-0093-000 9G-3695

Sealing Plug #14 - 18 AWG Unused Connector Slots Deutsch - 114017 8T-8737

5.3.2 ECM Connector Terminal Installation Guidelines

Two options are available for AMP terminals. It is critical the harness supplier use the correct crimp tools and tool
calibration/set-up procedures, when selecting AMP and Deutsch connector terminals. The following tables indicate
proper crimp tooling, go-no-go criteria, and crimp dimensions for each contact- wire combination.

*AMP 776093-1 Stamped & Formed Socket with #16 and #18 AWG SXL Wire or with
#14, #16 or #18 AWG GXL Wire (Caterpillar P/N 126-1766)

Wire Wire Crimp Height Crimp Width

Type Gauge (+/- 0.002 in.) (in.)

GXL 14 0.064 0.100

16 0.059 0.100

18 0.054 0.100

SXL 16 0.054 0.100

18 0.059 0.100

*Insulation barrel crimp height for AMP 776093-1 stamped and formed sockets must be set according to the
insulation diameter. Crimp width for all insulations is 0.145 inches maximum.

Deutsch 0462-209-1631 Solid Socket with #14 AWG Wire (Caterpillar P/N 126-1768)

Crimp Tool Options DIE Locator GO (in.) NO-GO (in.)

Deutsch Hand Tool HDT-48-00 N/A N/A .052 .057

Pico Model 400 414DA- 16N 4301-16 .043 .050

Deutsch 0462-201-1631 Solid Socket with #16 and #18 AWG Wire (Caterpillar P/N 9X3402)

Crimp Tool Options DIE Locator GO (in.) NO-GO (in.)

Deutsch Hand Tool HDT-48-00 N/A N/A .045 .050

Pico Model 400 414DA- 16N 4301-16 .043 .050

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 25
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

5.3.3 ECM 70 Terminal Connector Sealing Plugs

Two options are available for plugging unused connector cavities. Either the Deutsch 114017 (Caterpillar part
number 8T-8737) or PEI Genesis 225-0093-000 (Caterpillar part number 9G-3695) sealing plugs can be used.
Correct installation of either of these cavity plugs is critical to maintain connector sealing integrity. Figure 16 -
“Insertion of Plug in Unused Connector Cavities”on page 26 indicates correct insertion of the plug. The plug cap is
designed to rest against the seal, not inserted in the hole in the seal.

Correct

AVOID

Figure 16 - Insertion of Plug in Unused Connector Cavities

5.3.4 ECM 70 Terminal Connector Interface Seal

The ECM Connector Interface seal is serviceable using Caterpillar part number 159-9322.

Connector Interface Seal

13 1
23 14
31 24
39 32
47 40
57 48
70 58

Figure 17 - ECM 70 Terminal Connector Interface Seal

26 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

5.4 Sealing Splices and Ring Terminals

Caterpillar requires all ring terminals and splices connected to the Engine ECM be sealed using Raychem ES2000
or equivalent.
5.5 OEM Harness Routing
Routing of the harness should insure connector seals are not stressed because the harness curvature is too close
to the connector. This applies to routing of OEM lines on or near the engine harness as well as the OEM ECM
Connector.
Figure 18 - “Wire Harness Routing At Connector”on page 27 illustrates the problem if the harness curvature is too
close to the connector. When this occurs the connector seal is stretched away from the wire, providing an opening
for moisture entry. The wire should exit perpendicular to the connector before curving as necessary for routing. The
harness bundle should have a bend radius greater than twice the harness diameter.
Caterpillar recommends the OEM harness supplier preform the harness to provide the correct bend radius,
assuring connector sealing and preventing harness abrasion.

AVOID
Correct

Figure 18 - Wire Harness Routing At Connector

Endbell

Engine
Connector OEM
Connector

Figure 19 - 70 Terminal ECM AMP Connector Endbell

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 27
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

5.5.1 ECM Connector Endbell

An AMP 638092-1 (Caterpillar part number 126-1774) Connector Endbell is available to provide additional
protection and controlled wire routing for the harness at the ECM.
5.5.2 Twisted Pair Wiring
Twisted pair wiring must be used for the SAE J1587 Data Link, SAE J1922 Data Link and the vehicle speed signal
wires. There should be a minimum of one twist per inch within the harness. All twisted pair wires should not be
twisted within an inch of the connector to avoid seal stress. The speedometer and tachometer outputs should also
use twisted pair wiring. SAE J1939 Data Link wiring should comply with SAE J1939/11 specifications.
5.6 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector
5.6.1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor with Three Terminal Deutsch Connector
The 176-1602 (32 inch [81 cm] harness) and 176-1604 (6 inch [15 cm] harness) Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensors require a Deutsch DT06-3S-EP04 (Caterpillar part number 3E-3367) mating connector with a Deutsch
W3S (Caterpillar part number 3E3368) connector plug wedge.

Three Terminal Deutsch DT Plug Connector

Wedge

Figure 20 - Three Terminal Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Deutsch DT Connector

5.6.2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (176-1602 and 176-1604) with Deutsch Three Terminal Connector Wire
Gauge Size
The connections may be made with #16 or #18 AWG SAE J1128 type SXL, GXL or equivalent wire.
5.6.3 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (176-1602 and 176-1604) with Deutsch Three Terminal Connector Wire
Insulation Size Range
Outside diameter insulation range is 2.24mm to 3.81mm (0.09 to 0.15 in).
5.6.4 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor with Three Terminal Packard Electric Connector
The 176-1605 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (6 inch [15 cm] harness) requires a Packard Electric Division
12110293 (Caterpillar part number 124-5641) mating connector.

Figure 21 - Three Terminal Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Packard Electric Connector

28 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

5.6.5 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (176-1605) with Packard Electric Three Terminal Connector Wire Gauge
Size
The connections may be made with #18 AWG SAE J1128 type SXL (or GXL) or equivalent wire.
5.6.6 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (176-1605) with Packard Electric Three Terminal Connector Wire
Insulation Size Range
Outside diameter insulation should be 2.80 mm (0.11 in.).
5.6.7 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Three Terminal Connector Terminals
The following table provides terminal part numbers

Required Deutsch Parts

Description Usage Part Number Caterpillar Part Number

3 Terminal Plug w/Cap APP Sensor Connector Deutsch DT06-3S-EP04 3E-3367

3 Terminal Plug Wedge APP Sensor Connector Deutsch W3S 3E-3368

Socket Contact (machined) #16 & #18 AWG Wire Deutsch 0462-201-16141 8T-8730

Socket Contact (stamped & #18 AWG Wire Deutsch 1062-16-0122 115-1051
formed)

3 Terminal Plug APP Sensor Connector Packard 12110293 124-5641

Socket Terminal #18 / #20 AWG Wire Packard 12048074 124-5640

6.0 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensors

The accelerator pedal position sensor converts the mechanical accelerator pedal position into an electrical signal
for the ECM. Caterpillar requires one of the sensors described in this document for use with an accelerator pedal.

Figure 22 - 204-7949 or 204-7950 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor with Deutsch DT Connector

Figure 23 - 204-7951 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor with Packard Connector

The accelerator pedal position sensor and ECM are designed to comply with FMVSS124 (Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard 124). The sensor also meets the SAE J1843 Recommended Practice.
204-7949, 204-7950, and the 204-7951 sensors mount directly to the accelerator pedal. This eliminates the need
for accelerator pedal linkages and OEM adjustments. These sensors are designed to operate from the ECM + 8V
supply. The 204-7949 (32 inch [81 cm] harness with Deutsch connector), 204-7950 (6 inch [15 cm] harness with

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 29
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Deutsch connector), and the 204-7951 (6 inch [15 cm] harness with Packard connector) use the same sensor but
have different connectors or pigtail lengths as described.
6.1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Electrical Specifications
The sensor output is a constant frequency signal whose pulse width (duty cycle) varies with accelerator pedal
position. The Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) signal is expressed as a percentage (percent duty cycle) as shown in
Figure 24 “Example PWM Signals”.

25 % Duty Cycle

75 % Duty Cycle
Figure 24 - Example PWM Signals

NOTE: When the ECM is first powered, it automatically calibrates (auto-cal) new values for the low idle and high
idle throttle positions. It assumes 22 percent is low idle and 75 percent is high idle. As a result, the Throttle Position
status may initially reach 100 percent well before the accelerator pedal is fully depressed, this is normal. Following
some cycling of the accelerator pedal between the low and high idle positions, the ECM will adjust its calibration
automatically, provided the high idle stop position is within the 75 to 90 percent duty cycle range, and the low idle is
in the 10 to 22 percent duty cycle range. During initial operation it may require more accelerator pedal movement
for the Throttle Position status to increase above 3 percent Throttle Position, and the status may reach 100 percent
Throttle Position prior to the mechanical limit of the high idle position. This is done to ensure the throttle can reach
these two critical points during engine operation.
6.2 ECM +8V Cab Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Supply
This sensor supply is designed to provide power for connection to Caterpillar provided, OEM installed Cab
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (+8V). No other vehicle components can be connected to this supply.
6.2.1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connection
The 204-7949 accelerator pedal position sensor is designed to operate on 8 Volts DC supplied by the ECM. The
ECM supplied +8V, AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common, and Accelerator Pedal Position wiring must be connected
to the control system through an OEM harness. Current draw for the sensor is less than 40 mA.
AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common must not be connected to the vehicle cab ground. Connecting AP Sensor/
Switch Sensor Common to the vehicle cab ground can degrade control system performance. AP Sensor/Switch
Sensor Common must be connected to the ECM at the OEM connector (P1 terminal-5) via a dedicated return line.

30 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Refer to 5.6 “Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector” on page 28 for OEM harness connector requirements.
Connector terminal assignments are as follows:

Sensor Terminal Assignment ECM Terminal Assignment Terminal Description

Terminal A Terminal 4 + 8V

Terminal B Terminal 5 AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common

Terminal C Terminal 66 Accelerator Pedal Position

6.2.2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Duty Cycle

The Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (APP Sensor) mounts directly to the pedal and should not be adjusted by
the OEM. The OEM must insure that pedals supplied by the pedal manufacturer meet the following specification for
sensor output duty cycle:

Accelerator Pedal Position Duty Cycle

Low Idle 10% - 22%

High Idle 75% - 90%

The pedal assembly should also conform to SAE J1843.

NOTE: The ECM automatically calibrates (auto-cal) new duty cycle values for the Low Idle and High Idle throttle
positions each time the ECM is powered. The ECM initially assumes 22 percent duty cycle is low idle and 75
percent duty cycle is high idle. As a result, the Throttle Position Status may reaches 100 percent well before the
accelerator pedal is fully depressed. This is normal operation and will continue until the ECM learns the limits of the
low and high idle stops. Following some cycling of the accelerator pedal from the low to the high idle positions, the
ECM will adjust its calibration automatically, provided the high idle stop position is within the 75 to 90 percent duty
cycle range, and the low idle is in the 10 to 22 percent duty cycle range.
During normal operation it may initially require more accelerator pedal movement for the Throttle Position Status to
increase above 3 percent (low idle) and the Throttle Position Status may reach the 100 percent (high idle) value
prior to the limit of the high idle position. This is done to ensure the throttle reaches these two critical points for
engine operation. As the ECM learns the physical limits, the range is expanded as long as it is within the values
specified above. If the Duty Cycle value goes outside of the expected range, a diagnostic code will be activated.
NOTE: There is no direct correlation between the Sensor Duty Cycle value and a Desired Engine RPM. For
example, it is not possible to input a 50% duty cycle value and expect the engine to operate at 1800 rpm. This is
due to the Auto-Cal function which constantly calibrates for the low and high idle stop positions.

6.3 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor for Remote PTO Applications

Caterpillar provides several dedicated PTO features that can be used by programming specific Customer
Programmable Parameters. For applications also requiring variable engine speed control from outside of the cab
during PTO Operation, a second accelerator pedal sensor input is provided on the ECM. This input is provided for
the connection of ONE +12V Accelerator Position Sensor than can be used when the engine is operating in
Dedicated PTO Mode. This requires a PTO On/Off Switch Circuit to be installed. Refer to 16.0 “Dedicated PTO
Operation ”on page 61 for details. When this input is in use, the Cab Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor is ignored.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 31
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Figure 25 - 161-8906 Accelerator Position Sensor with Deutsch HD Connector

Caterpillar recommends the 161-8906 accelerator pedal position sensor for remote PTO applications. The sensor
provides the same signal as the 204-7949, 204-7950 and the 204-7951 sensors, but requires battery voltage (12 or
24 volt systems) to operate. This Sensor must NOT be connected to the +8V supply intended for the Cab Sensor,
nor can the Cab Sensor be connected to a +12 Volt supply.
6.3.1 161-8906 Accelerator Position Sensor Connector
The 161-8906 is supplied with a 3-terminal Deutsch HD plug connector (HD16-3-96S, Caterpillar P/N 8T-8731). The
connecting harness will require a Deutsch HD receptacle connector (HD14-3-96P, Caterpillar P/N 8T-8732).
6.3.2 Mounting the Remote Accelerator Position Sensor
The 161-8906 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor can be attached to either an accelerator pedal assembly (contact
the vehicle OEM for parts) or a Caterpillar 107-2281 PTO Accelerator Assembly. The PTO Accelerator Assembly
does not include a handle. It may be used in applications where a mechanical linkage is required. The accelerator
position sensor mounts directly to the PTO Accelerator Assembly and does not require additional sensor calibration.

(Sensor Not Included)

(Handle Not Included)

PTO Accelerator Assembly

Figure 26 - 107-2281 Remote Accelerator Pedal Assembly

32 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

6.3.3 Remote Accelerator Position Sensor Assemblies

Two Remote Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Assembly packages are available from Caterpillar that include the
161-8906 sensor and mounting hardware. The 134-0597 assembly provides the 161-8906 sensor mounted to a
control arm lever. The 134-0670 assembly provides the 161-8906 sensor mounted to an adjustable dial
mechanism, which can be automatically reset to the low idle position or locked into place at a specific position.
NOTE: The Remote Throttle PTO Configuration requires the Remote Throttle to be returned to the Low Idle
position upon engine start up, in order for Remote Throttle control to be provided. If the engine is started with the
PTO Switch ON and the Remote Throttle at a position above Low Idle, the engine will be limited to Low Idle until
the Throttle is cycled to the low idle position.

134-0670 Remote Accelerator Assembly 134-0597 Remote Accelerator Assembly

Figure 27 - Remote Accelerator Position Sensor Assemblies

6.4 Remote Accelerator Position Sensor PWM Input

Input #8 (terminal-68) is available for use as a Remote Accelerator Input for Remote Throttle PTO applications.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Accelerator pedal or other mechanical linkage.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) PTO Configuration programmed to Remote Throttle.
6.4.1 Remote Accelerator Pedal Sensor Input Electrical Specifications
All signal requirements are identical to those outlined in 6.2.2 “Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Duty Cycle”on
page 31, except the 161-8906 sensor requires connection to battery voltage (12 VDC or 24 VDC) instead of the
ECM supplied 8 VDC.
6.4.2 Remote Accelerator Pedal Sensor Common Connections
Three different Sensor Common terminals can be used (terminal-5, terminal-18 and terminal-3) to ground the
Remote Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor to the ECM. However, Caterpillar recommends that Input Sensor
Common #2 (terminal-3) remain open for aftermarket/body builder installation.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 33
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

7.0 Vehicle Speed Circuit

Vehicle speed to the ECM is necessary in order to enable the following features:
a) Cruise Control
b) PTO Control with Vehicle Speed Limit Kickout
c) Idle Control with Vehicle Speed Limit kickout
d) Auto Retarder in Cruise
e) Progressive Shifting
f) ECM Controlled Speedometer
g) Vehicle Speed Limiting
h) Soft Vehicle Speed Limit
i) Upshift Engine Speed Control
j) Idle Shutdown Timer
k) Trip Recorder Functions
l) Secure Idle - Theft Deterrent
If the application does not require any vehicle speed related features, the vehicle speed circuit may not be
required. If the Vehicle Speed Input is not used, the VSL Protection Parameter should be programmed to 2120 rpm
to prevent any Vehicle Speed Faults from occurring during engine operation.
7.1 General Vehicle Speed Source Requirements
Caterpillar recommends using single coil passive magnetic speed sensors for the vehicle speed sensor detecting
speed via a transmission chopper wheel. The sensor should connect directly to the ECM using twisted pair wiring.
The vehicle speed sensor must detect vehicle speed directly from the transmission output shaft. The source should
be a rigid chopper wheel immune to noise inducing vibration. Caterpillar does not recommend use of less rigid tone
wheel rings using magnetic disks to provide the change in magnetic flux for the vehicle speed source. This
arrangement is prone to vibration induced electrical noise. The sensor must not be detecting vehicle speed through
a system that uses a cable linkage such as a mechanical speedometer drive to the transmission output shaft. The
cable will tend to twist as it is torqued, causing opposing ends to deviate erratically from each other. This twisting
results in erratic fluctuations in the vehicle speed signal, causing cruise control/PTO and Vehicle Speed Limit
malfunctions.
Caterpillar will not accept vehicle speed from the SAE J1587 Data Link for control system purposes. Because
vehicle speed is critical to cruise control operation, any unnecessary and erratic signal delays are unacceptable, as
well as the reduced accuracy associated with SAE J1587 vehicle speed sources.
The signal frequency from the vehicle speed source should be between 0 and 5.3 kHz.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Passive Vehicle Speed Sensor, or Electronic Speed Source.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Vehicle Speed Calibration parameter must be programmed to correct Pulses Per Mile setting.
Vehicle Speed Input parameter must be programmed to J1/P1:32 & 33 (Default) hardwired sensor option.

34 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

7.2 Passive Magnetic Vehicle Speed Sensor Electrical Requirements

The passive vehicle speed sensor must be a magnetic sensor with the sensor output signal resulting from variation
in magnetic flux. Output voltage from the sensor at the ECM (at connector P1 terminals 32 and 33) should not be
less than 0.40 Volts peak to peak (referenced to the ECM connector battery terminals) when vehicle speed is
greater than 2 mph. Twisted pair wiring should be used to connect the vehicle speed sensor to the ECM.
Caterpillar recommends a minimum of one twist per inch.
7.3 Passive Magnetic Vehicle Speed Circuit Options
Two options are outlined (refer to Wiring Diagram 2 - “Vehicle Speed Circuit Using One Single Coil Vehicle Speed
Sensor and ECM Speedometer Output for Speedometer”on page 35, and Wiring Diagram 4 - “Vehicle Speed
Circuit Using Two Single Coil Vehicle Speed Sensors” on page 36), using either one or two single coil speed
sensors.
The vehicle speed sensor outputs must connect to the OEM connector P1 - terminals 32 and 33. Magnetic vehicle
speed sensor connections to the control are not polarity sensitive (the wiring diagram terminal labels are “Vehicle
Speed In +”and “Vehicle Speed In -”, “Vehicle Speed In -” must not be used as a ground, connected to
ground, or connected to the ECM Sensor Common). Twisted pair wiring is specified to reduce extraneous noise
interference into this critical circuit.

SIGNAL+
SPEEDOMETER
SIGNAL-
ECM

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR C974-PU 36 SPEEDOMETER +

C973-GN 37 SPEEDOMETER -
VEHICLE SPEED+ 1 G808-BU 32 VEHICLE SPEED IN +
VEHICLE SPEED- 2 G809-GN 33 VEHICLE SPEED IN -
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 2 - Vehicle Speed Circuit Using One Single Coil Vehicle Speed Sensor and ECM Speedometer
Output for Speedometer

J1587 DL+
SPEEDOMETER
J1587 DL-
ECM

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR E794-YL 8 J1587 DATA LINK+

E793-BU 9 J1587 DATA LINK -
VEHICLE SPEED+ 1 G808-BU 32 VEHICLE SPEED IN +
VEHICLE SPEED- 2 G809-GN 33 VEHICLE SPEED IN -
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 3 - Vehicle Speed Circuit Using One Single Coil Vehicle Speed Sensor and Data Link for
Speedometer

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 35
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

VEHICLE SPEED+ SIGNAL+

VEHICLE SPEED- SPEEDOMETER
SIGNAL-
ECM

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR C974-PU 36 SPEEDOMETER +

C973-GN 37 SPEEDOMETER -
VEHICLE SPEED+ 1 G808-BU 32 VEHICLE SPEED IN +
VEHICLE SPEED- 2 G809-GN 33 VEHICLE SPEED IN -
P1 J1
Wiring Diagram 4 - Vehicle Speed Circuit Using Two Single Coil Vehicle Speed Sensors

7.3.1 Option 1 - One Single Coil Speed Sensor

Use one single coil speed sensor, with the ECM Speedometer output supplying the speedometer input signal.
Refer to “Wiring Diagram 2 - Vehicle Speed Circuit Using One Single Coil Vehicle Speed Sensor and ECM
Speedometer Output for Speedometer” on page 35.
7.3.2 Option 2 - One Single Coil Speed Sensor
Use one single coil speed sensor, with the ECM J1587 Data Link output supplying the speedometer input signal.
Refer to “Wiring Diagram 3 - Vehicle Speed Circuit Using One Single Coil Vehicle Speed Sensor and Data Link for
Speedometer” on page 35.
7.3.3 Option 3 - Separate Single Coil Speed Sensors
Using two speed sensors, one for the speedometer, and one for the ECM completely isolates the two circuits.
Refer to “Wiring Diagram 4 - Vehicle Speed Circuit Using Two Single Coil Vehicle Speed Sensors” on page 36.
7.3.4 Dual Coil Speed Sensor
Dual coil magnetic speed sensors are not recommended because of the increased risk of electrical noise
coupling into the engine control vehicle speed circuit. Ground noise from the circuit connected to the
speedometer ground will be coupled into the vehicle speed circuit of the engine control degrading system
performance.
7.4 Vehicle Speed Connections To Automatic Transmissions with Electronic Vehicle Speed Source
Some electronically controlled transmissions do not have a passive magnetic vehicle speed signal available. For
these transmissions follow guidelines indicated below. When a single ended signal is used, a signal with an
amplitude greater than 2.5 volts is required for the ECM vehicle speed input.
NOTE: Proper grounding is required to ensure the ECM Vehicle Speed Input Signal is of the same ground potential
as the ECM ground reference. Improper grounding may result in lost or intermittent vehicle speed signals.

SIGNAL+
SPEEDOMETER
SIGNAL-
ECM

ELECTRONIC VEHICLE
SPEED SOURCE C974-PU 36 SPEEDOMETER +
C973-GN 37 SPEEDOMETER -
VEHICLE SPEED G808-BU 32 VEHICLE SPEED IN +
G809-GN 33 VEHICLE SPEED IN -
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 5 - Vehicle Speed Circuit with Electronic Vehicle Speed Source

36 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Connect the single vehicle speed signal line to the ECM “Vehicle Speed In +” (P1 terminal-32). Leave ECM
“Vehicle Speed In -” (P1 terminal-33) unconnected, without a harness connection to this terminal.
NOTE: Do NOT connect terminal-33 to ground when using an electronic vehicle speed source.
No other devices should be receiving vehicle speed from the Vehicle Speed line providing vehicle speed to the
Caterpillar ECM. Caterpillar recommends using the Caterpillar ECM Speedometer Driver for the speedometer
signal or the SAE J1587 Data Link.
7.5 General Requirements for J1939 Transmission Output Shaft Speed Based Vehicle Speed Source
The ECM can be configured to receive Vehicle Speed Information from an Electronic Transmission Control Unit via
the J1939 datalink. The Transmission must be capable of supporting the J1939 ETC1 Broadcast Message (PGN
61,442 Bytes 2&3), which provides transmission output shaft speed. The OEM is responsible for determining if the
transmission is capable of supporting the required message protocol. This feature also requires the necessary
J1939 datalink hardware to be installed in chassis. Refer to
When configured for the J1939 option, the ECM Vehicle Speed Input Circuit (terminals 32 & 33) will be ignored.
The ECM uses the Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) parameter value to calculate vehicle speed, based on the
programmed value and the output shaft speed (received over the J1939 datalink). The Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-
Trans) setting is based on Output Shaft revolutions per mile. The OEM is responsible for determining the specific
value for any given chassis. There are several methods to arrive at this value:
Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) = Transmission Output Shaft revolutions per mile

Transmission Speed Sensor pulse per mile

Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) =
Number of Teeth on Output Shaft Chopper Wheel

Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) = (Tire revolutions per mile) x (Axle Ratio)

OEM provided and installed components required:

1) Transmission ECU capable of supporting required J1939 message protocol.
2) J1939 Vehicle Datalink.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) parameter must be programmed for correct Trans Output Shaft revs per mile.
2) Vehicle Speed Input parameter must be programmed to J1939-Trans option.

7.6 J1939 ABS Wheel Speed Based Vehicle Speed Source

The ECM can be configured to receive Vehicle Speed Information from an Antilock Brake System (ABS) via the J1939 datalink.
The ABS must be capable of supporting the J1939 High Resolution Wheel Speed Broadcast Message (PGN 65,134 Byte 5-8),
which provides wheel speed from the two rear wheels. The OEM is responsible for determining if the ABS is capable of
supporting the required message protocol. This feature also requires the necessary J1939 datalink hardware to be installed in
the chassis. Refer to 27.0 “SAE J1939 Received Messages” on page 141.
The ABS will broadcast the ASSUMED tire revolutions per mile. If this value is the ACTUAL tire revolution per mile, the
calibration value will be one (1.0) If the ASSUMED tire revolutions per mile is not the same as the ACTUAL tire revolutions per
mile, then the Cal factor can be calculated in the following manner.
ABS Assumed tire revolutions per mile = 500
Actual Tire revolutions per mile = 400
Vehicle Speed Cal = 400/500 = 0.800
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) ABS capable of supporting required J1939 message protocol.
2) J1939 Vehicle Datalink.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 37
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Customer Parameter programming required:

1) Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-ABS) parameter must be programmed for correct tire revs per mile.
2) Vehicle Speed Input parameter must be programmed to the J1939-ABS option

8.0 ECM Speedometer and Tachometer Outputs

8.1 Speedometer And Tachometer
The engine control provides a complementary ±10V speedometer (30,000 pulses per mile) and tachometer signal
(12.0 - 500.0 pulses per revolution). The ECM receives the vehicle speed from an OEM installed sensor and scales
it to provide a speedometer signal. A speedometer may also be driven from the SAE J1587 Data Link if the gauge
is capable.
The tachometer does not require an external sensor. A tachometer may also be driven from the SAE J1587 Data
Link if the gauge is capable.
Refer to “8.2 Speedometer And Tachometer Output Electrical Specifications and Connections” on page 39 for
electrical specifications, and “23.13 SAE J1587 Data Link Broadcast Parameters” on page 115 for details if the
gauge will be driven using a data link.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Vehicle speed source (for speedometer only).
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Vehicle Speed Calibration (for speedometer only).
2) Tachometer Calibration (default is 134.0).

SPEEDOMETER

SIGNAL+

SIGNAL-
ECM

TACHOMETER C974-PU 36 SPEEDOMETER +

C973-GN 37 SPEEDOMETER -
SIGNAL+ 450-YL 38 TACHOMETER +
451-BR 39 TACHOMETER -
SIGNAL-
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 6 - Speedometer and Tachometer Circuits

38 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

8.2 Speedometer And Tachometer Output Electrical Specifications and Connections

Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment Voltage

Speedometer + Terminal 36 ± 10 V

Speedometer - Terminal 37 ± 10 V

Tachometer + Terminal 38 ± 10 V

Tachometer - Terminal 39 ± 10 V

The optional speedometer driver provides a signal from the ECM (OEM Connector P1, terminals 36 and 37), as
does the tachometer driver (Connector P1 terminals 38 and 39). The signals are zero-crossing square waves with
an amplitude (unloaded) of ±10 Volts. The amplitude of the signals will be ±5 Volts or greater when the load current
is less than 4 mA. Refer to “Figure 28 - Unloaded Speedometer/Tachometer Signal” on page 39 for a wave form
example, and refer to “Figure 29 - Speedometer/Tachometer Signal vs. Load” on page 40 for the effect of load on
the output signal. The output at terminal 36 (Terminal 38 for the tachometer) is the complement of terminal 37
(Terminal 39 for the tachometer) for those speedometers or tachometers requiring two signal lines. Connect either
one of the two output lines from the ECM for speedometers or tachometers with a single input terminal. Leave the
remaining line unconnected. When the control senses vehicle or engine speed, the driver signals will provide the
following output voltages (unloaded).
NOTE: Do not connect the negative terminal of the ECM Speedometer or Tachometer Output to Sensor Common
or Vehicle Ground.

15

10
Voltage (volts)

-5

-10

-15

Figure 28 - Unloaded Speedometer/Tachometer Signal

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 39
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

10

Output Voltage (volts) 5

-5

-10
0 5000 10000 15000 20000

Load (Ohms)

Figure 29 - Speedometer/Tachometer Signal vs. Load

The output signal for the speedometer is 30,000 pulses per mile, and for the tachometer the signal is
programmable from 12.0 - 500.0 ppr (pulses per revolution, selectable in 0.1 increments through a Customer
Parameter). Note that Caterpillar still provides a threaded hole in the flywheel housing for a magnetic engine speed
sensor. Caterpillar requires twisted pair wiring if both signal connections from the ECM to the speedometer or
tachometer are made. This is to prevent radiated electrical noise problems. Cab grounding of the speedometer is
acceptable.
8.3 Connection Of Devices Other Than A Speedometer/Tachometer
Do not connect these drivers to more than a single speedometer and tachometer. For questions regarding
simultaneous connection, or connection of additional devices to these drivers contact Caterpillar. Caterpillar
requests device specifications, a sample of the intended additional device, a connection diagram for vehicle
installation, and sufficient lead time to evaluate this request.
8.4 Speedometer and Tachometer Output Accuracy
8.4.1 Speedometer Signal Accuracy
The engine control processes the vehicle speed input signal using the pulses per mile as determined by the
customer programmable Vehicle Speed Calibration parameter. It is then scaled for the speedometer driver at
30,000 pulses per mile. The most likely source of error for the output signal is incorrectly programming the ECM or
speedometer pulses per mile, and drive line variations such as tire wear.
There are five sources of signal processing error of the vehicle speed by the ECM:
1) ECM input resolution is ± 2 µsec.
2) Vehicle Speeds less than 1.5 miles per hour are ignored.
3) Rounding error due to division (scaling from pulses-in to pulses-out per mile).
4) ECM output resolution is ± 2 µsec.
5) ECM sampling of the vehicle speed occurs every 30 mS.
8.4.2 Tachometer Signal Accuracy
The tachometer driver accuracy is ± 5 rpm.

40 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

9.0 Lamp Outputs

The ECM provides four lamp outputs that can be used in a variety of ways depending upon Customer Parameter
programming. The Check Engine Lamp is the only required lamp. The Check Engine Lamp is a yellow lamp that
indicates an active diagnostic code or alerts the driver to impending idle / PTO shutdown. An optional Warning
Lamp is required if the Engine Monitoring feature is used. The Warning Lamp indicates an active problem with one
of the monitored conditions such as high coolant temperature. A flashing Warning Lamp indicates the engine is
derating power.
The programmable Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter provides the option of using a single Warning Lamp for all
monitored conditions, or discrete lamps for each monitored condition. If the Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is
programmed to Warning Lamp, then J1/P1 terminal-29 is used for connection of a single Warning Lamp. If the
Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is programmed to Option 1, then J1/P1 terminal-29 is used to connect a Low
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp and J1/P1 terminal-31 is used to connect a High Coolant Temperature Lamp. If an
optional Coolant Level Sensor is also installed (Coolant Level Sensor parameter programmed to 4-Pin) then J1/P1
terminal-30 is used to connect a Low Coolant Level Lamp.
If a Coolant Level Sensor is not installed (Coolant Level Sensor parameter programmed to No) or the Engine
Monitoring Lamps parameter is programmed to Warning Lamp, then J1/P1 terminal-30 will function as a PTO
Switch On Lamp output. Refer to “16.0 Dedicated PTO Operation” on page 61 for more information on the PTO
functions
9.1 Electrical Specifications
Electrical characteristics of the ECM Lamp outputs are as follows:
Maximum Current: 0.30 Amperes
Maximum Leakage Current in OFF State: 100 µA
The lamp circuits are low side drivers— the ECM provides a path to ground to activate the load. Caterpillar does not
request dedicated circuit protection for this circuit. The engine control has not implemented diagnostic codes for
these circuits.

ECM Lamp ECM Terminal Usage (Parameter Programming Dependent)

Output Terminal
Assignments Engine Monitoring Lamps Engine Monitoring Lamps
programmed to Warning Lamp programmed to Option 1

Terminal 28 Check Engine Lamp Check Engine Lamp

Terminal 29 Warning Lamp Low Oil Pressure Lamp

Terminal 30 PTO Switch On Lamp *PTO Switch On Lamp or

Low Coolant Level Lamp

Terminal 31 Unused High Coolant Temp Lamp

*If the Coolant Level Sensor parameter is programmed to “4-Pin” and the Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is
programmed to “Option 1”, then J1/P1 terminal 30 is used for a Low Coolant Level Lamp. Otherwise, it can used as
a PTO Switch On Lamp.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 41
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

+ 12V -

CHECK ENGINE LAMP

ECM
*WARNING LAMP or
LOW OIL PRESSURE LAMP L994-YL 28 CHECK ENGINE LAMP
659-PK 29 WARNING LAMP
*PTO SWITCH ON LAMP or K998-BU 30 OUTPUT #1
LOW COOLANT LEVEL LAMP G880-PK 31 OUTPUT #9
P1 J1
*HIGH COOLANT TEMP LAMP

*CUSTOMER PARAMETER PROGRAMMING DEPENDENT

Wiring Diagram 7 - Lamp Output Wiring Diagram

9.2 Check Engine Lamp Operation

An OEM installed yellow Check Engine Lamp is required to indicate a control system malfunction (diagnostic
condition) to the driver, for diagnosing control system component failures, and for indicating the Idle or PTO
Shutdown Timer is within 90 seconds of shutting down the engine. When a diagnostic code alert is active the
Check Engine Lamp will flash ON and OFF.
On power up (key ON, engine OFF), the Check Engine Lamp will come ON for five seconds and turn off indicating
the lamp circuit is functional. Any time there is an Active diagnostic code the lamp will flash ON five seconds, blink
off, flash ON five seconds, blink off, etc.

42 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

9.2.1 Viewing Diagnostic Flash Codes

Caterpillar's proprietary two-digit diagnostic flash codes can be prompted from the Check Engine Lamp. Active or
Logged Codes (occurring since ECM power up) may be viewed on the Check Engine Lamp as follows:

1 CRUISE ON SET 3 CHECK CHEC K CH ECK C HECK C HECK CHECK CHECK CHECK CH ECK CH ECK
ENGINE ENGIN E ENGIN E ENGINE EN GINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGIN E ENGIN E ENGINE

CHECK ON OFF
ENGINE Pause
CRUISE OFF RESUME CHECK CHEC K CH ECK C HECK C HECK CHECK CHECK CHECK CH ECK CH ECK
ENGINE ENGIN E ENGIN E ENGINE EN GINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGIN E ENGIN E ENGINE

Make sure Cruise Control On/Off switch is OFF. Count the flashes as shown. In this example
a code 55 is flashed= No Active or Logged codes.

2 CRUISE ON SET
4 If more than one code is active or has been logged,
CHECK the Check Engine Lamp will continue to flash as
ENGINE indicated in 3, above. If any codes are missed,
CRUISE OFF RESUME repeat steps 1 and 2.

Hold the Set/Resume switch in the SET position.

Release when Check Engine Lamp begins to Flash.
OR
CRUISE ON SET
CHECK
ENGINE
CRUISE OFF RESUME

Hold the Set/Resume switch in the RESUME position.

Release when Check Engine Lamp begins to Flash.
Figure 30 - Viewing Diagnostic Flash Codes

Note: It is suggested the Diagnostic Flash Codes only be used to indicate the nature of a diagnostic code
occurrence, not to perform detailed troubleshooting. Troubleshooting should be performed using SAE J1587
PID/FMI Diagnostic Codes obtained via an electronic service tool.
9.2.2 Viewing Diagnostic Flash Codes using the Diagnostic Enable Input
Diagnostic flash codes can also be prompted using a Diagnostic Enable switch. The Diagnostic Enable parameter
must be programmed to J1/P1:46, J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Body Controller or J1939 Instrument Cluster.
Refer to “13.6 Diagnostic Enable” on page 52 for details.
To initiate the flash codes, depress the momentary Diagnostic Enable switch until the Check Engine Lamp begins
to flash. The codes should flash out as indicated above.
9.3 Warning Lamp Operation
Engine Monitoring requires an additional OEM installed red warning lamp(s) to alert the driver to an engine
problem detected by the ECM. The Warning Lamp also alerts the driver to the level of action the ECM is taking to
respond to the condition. The lamp is ON continuously while the engine is in the warning mode. Warning mode
indicates the ECM has detected a problem, but the ECM is not altering engine performance to force driver action.
The Warning Lamp flashes when in the derate mode, indicating the ECM has begun to force driver action and is
reducing available horsepower and the maximum vehicle speed. During warning and derate the Check Engine
Lamp will flash because of the active diagnostic code.The Warning Lamp(s) will come on for two seconds following
engine start-up to check the lamp and circuit function. Refer to “9.0 Lamp Outputs” on page 41 for additional
information on the warning lamp options.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 43
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

9.4 Output #1
Output #1 (J1/P1:30) can be used as a PTO Switch On Lamp or a Low Coolant Level Lamp, depending upon
Customer Parameter programming. If the Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is programmed to the “Warning
Lamp” option, Output #1 is used as a PTO Switch On Lamp. The ECM will turn Output #1 ON when the PTO On/
Off Switch circuit (Input #1) is ON and the PTO Configuration parameter is programmed to Cab Switches, Remote
Switches or Remote Throttle. Refer to Wiring Diagrams 16 through 24 on page 67 through page 77 for PTO wiring
diagrams and additional information regarding PTO operation.
If the Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is programmed to “Option 1”and the Coolant Level Sensor parameter is
programmed to “4-Pin”(OEM installed Coolant Level Sensor used), Output #1 is used as a Low Coolant Level
Lamp. If the Engine Monitoring Mode parameter is programmed to Warning, Derate, or Shutdown and a loss of
coolant is detected, the ECM will turn on the Low Coolant Level Warning Lamp as described in “1.5 Engine
Monitoring” on page 6.
9.5 Output #9
Output #9 (J1/P1:31) is used as a High Coolant Temperature Lamp when the Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter
is programmed to “Option 1”. If the Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is programmed to the “Warning Lamp”
option, Output #9 is not used. If the Engine Monitoring Mode parameter is programmed to Warning, Derate, or
Shutdown and a high coolant temperature is detected, the ECM will turn on the High Coolant Temp Warning Lamp
as described in “1.5 Engine Monitoring”on page 6.
10.0 Engine Monitoring and OEM Requirements
The OEM is responsible for providing and installing the Coolant Level Sensor and a Warning Lamp. The coolant
level sensor is the only individually selectable sensor for the Engine Monitoring feature. It is programmed through a
Customer Programmable Parameter, with a default factory setting of NO. A four wire sensor (such as the
RobertShaw RS-805B) can be installed. Refer to “1.5 Engine Monitoring” on page 6 for details on Engine
Monitoring.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Warning lamp.
2) For Coolant Level sensing with a four wire sensor, the RS-805B (C85927-C1) coolant level sensor or similar sensor refer to
“11.3 Four Pin Coolant Level Sensor Electrical Specifications”on page 45.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) If Coolant Level is monitored Coolant Level Sensor should be programmed to “4-pin”.
2) Engine Monitoring should be programmed to Warning, Derate, or Shutdown for engine monitoring.

11.0 Coolant Level Sensor

A four pin coolant level sensor such as the RobertShaw RS-805B can be used. The sensor operates as a coolant
loss sensor. A Customer Parameter “Coolant Level Sensor” is used to enable the feature.
11.1 Coolant Level Sensor Environmental Compatibility
The OEM should determine worst case mechanical, electrical, and electromagnetic field environments for the
coolant level sensor and verify the selected coolant level sensor will function properly and reliably under worst case
conditions.
NOTE: If engine monitoring is programmed OFF or Coolant Level Sensing is Disabled through the Customer
Programmable option, it is not necessary to jumper any connector terminals on the OEM connector. The ECM
will ignore the coolant level inputs.
The vehicle harness for the Coolant Level Sensor should not be connected to the ECM when a sensor is not
installed.

44 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

11.2 Coolant Level Sensor Mounting Guidelines

To insure proper operation of the coolant level sensor, the following mounting guidelines should be followed:
A. The sensor is supplied with thread sealant applied to the threads. No other tape or sealant should be applied
when mounting.
B. For the liquid present signal, the sensor must be mounted in a position completely immersing the sensing
tube and mounting thread.
C. For the liquid absent signal, the sensor must be mounted in a position with no fluid contacting the entire
sensing tube and mounting thread.
D. The output signal is indeterminate when only a portion of the sensing tube is immersed in fluid.
E. The sensor should be mounted low enough in the tank to operate correctly under all slosh, tilt, and roll
conditions.
F. Preferred sensor mounting is horizontal.

RobertShaw Sensor

Coolant
Coolant Top Tank
Figure 31 - Coolant Level Sensor Installation

11.3 Four Pin Coolant Level Sensor Electrical Specifications

The four pin coolant level sensor specification is shown below.
11.3.1 Coolant Level Sensor Connections

ECM

+5V C G879-OR 2 +5V

COOLANT LEVEL NORMAL D C983-WH 49 COOLANT LEVEL NORMAL
COOLANT LEVEL LOW A C984-YL 54 COOLANT LEVEL LOW
AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON B H795-PK 5 AP SEN SOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 8 - 4 Pin RobertShaw Coolant Level Sensor Wiring Diagram

Sensor Terminal Assignment ECM Terminal Assignment Terminal Description

Terminal A Terminal 54 Coolant Level Low

Terminal B Terminal 5 AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common

Terminal C Terminal 2 +5V

Terminal D Terminal 49 Coolant Level Normal

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 45
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Figure 32 - 4 Pin RobertShaw (RS-805B) 85927-C1 Coolant Level Sensor

11.3.2 Coolant Level Sensor Power Supply

The sensor must operate off the ECM regulated power supply of 5.0 ± 0.25 Vdc. Total current draw by the sensor
at the +5V terminal must not exceed 20 mA under any conditions.
11.3.3 Coolant Level Sensor Outputs
(All voltages are DC and referenced to AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common at the ECM Connector J1/P1)
I. Coolant Level Low
A. Fluid Present
Output voltage = 0.5V MAXIMUM when sinking 10 mA or less.
B. Fluid Absent
Output voltage = 4.1V MINIMUM when sourcing 1 mA or less. (The outputs must be able to tolerate a 20 kΩ
or greater resistance pulled up to 13V).
II. Coolant Level Normal
A. Fluid Present
Output voltage = 4.1V MINIMUM when sourcing 1 mA or less. (The outputs must be able to tolerate a 20 kΩ
or greater resistance pulled up to 13V).
B. Fluid Absent
Output voltage = 0.5V MAXIMUM when sinking 10 mA or less.
11.3.4 Coolant Level Sensor Response Time
Sensor outputs must change states in less than 2 seconds when subjected to an immersion-removal transition.
Cool Level Low must change states within ±1.0 millisecond of a Cool Level Normal state change.
11.3.5 Coolant Level Sensor Diagnostic
If the ECM Coolant Level Circuit indicates the sensor outputs are at the same voltage for at least two seconds, a
diagnostic code is triggered.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Coolant Level sensor meeting this specification.
2) Engine Monitoring Warning Lamp.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Coolant Level Sensor Customer Parameter programmed to 4 Pin.

46 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

12.0 Idle Shutdown and Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Installation

12.1 Idle Shutdown Timer
To conserve fuel, the control system can be programmed to shut down the engine. The engine will shutdown if it
operates under reduced load with the vehicle stationary for a customer defined period of time. This feature does
not shut off vehicle electrical power. An Engine Shutdown Output is available to shut down the vehicle power when
the idle shutdown timer expires, refer to“18.5 Engine Shutdown Output”on page 92.
Ninety seconds before the programmed time expires, the Check Engine Lamp will begin to flash. If the Allow Idle
Shutdown Override parameter is programmed to allow the driver to override the Shutdown Timer, the operator can
move the clutch or service brake during this 90 seconds and override the timer. When the timer is overridden a
diagnostic code is logged. To reset the Idle Shutdown Timer, the ECM must detect the vehicle has moved.
If the Idle Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM parameter is programmed to a value below the Top Engine Limit, the
timer can be reset by increasing engine rpm above the programmed limit.

Idle Shutdown
Timer Reset
Engine
RPM Programmed
Idle Shutdown Timer
Maximum RPM
Idle Shutdown
Timer Counting

Figure 33 - Idle Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM Graph

OEM provided and installed components required:

1) Vehicle speed source.
2) Check Engine Lamp.
3) Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #1.
4) Clutch Pedal Position Switch.
5) Transmission Neutral Switch (Automatic Transmissions Style parameter programmed to Automatic Option 3 or
Automatic Option 4).
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Idle Shutdown Time programmed in the 3 - 1440 minutes range.
2) Vehicle Speed Calibration.
3) Allow Idle Shutdown Override (Optional)
4) Idle Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM (Optional)

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 47
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

12.2 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor

An optional Caterpillar Ambient Air Temperature Sensor is available. The sensor should be mounted in a location
providing the most accurate measurement of ambient (outside) air temperature. Recommended locations are
inside the battery box or on the frame rail near the front bumper. The sensor is used on applications that monitor
outside air temperature in order to allow an Idle Shutdown Override when the outside air temperature is below a
minimum or above a maximum programmed range. The two wire sensor is available from Caterpillar (part number
130-9811), and is identical to the factory installed Coolant, Fuel and Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensors. The
sensor is only used when the Allow Idle Shutdown Override parameter is programmed to Outside Temp Based.
Refer to “Allow Idle Shutdown Override” on page 173 for more information.
NOTE: If ambient air temperature is broadcast over the SAE J1587 datalink, the engine ECM can be programmed
to use this data instead of this sensor. Refer to “Allow Idle Shutdown Override” on page 173 for more information.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Ambient Air Temperature Sensor and connector wiring harness.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Idle Shutdown Time programmed in the 3 - 1440 minutes range.
2) Allow Idle Shutdown Override programmed to Outside Temp Based.
3) Minimum Idle Shutdown Outside Temp programmed to a value between -40 and 49°C (-40 and 120°F).
4) Maximum Idle Shutdown Outside Temp programmed to a value between -40 and 49°C (-40 and 120°F).
12.2.1 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connections

ECM
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE 1 C453-YL 26 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE
INPUT SENSOR COMMON 2 L901-GY 18 INPUT SENSOR COMMON #1
P1 J1
NOTE: INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 (TERMINAL-3) MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF
INPUT SENSOR COMMON #1 (TERMINAL-18).

Wiring Diagram 9 - 130-9811 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Wiring Diagram

48 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

13.0 OEM Installed Switch Inputs

The ECM has eighteen switch inputs. Three are switched to positive battery, and fifteen are switched to ground
(sensor common)
13.1 Switch to Sensor Common Electrical Specifications
Applied voltage to switches by the control will normally not exceed 11.5 Volts DC. Contact plating should not
corrode or oxidize. Gold plated contacts are recommended. Normal current draw through the switches by the
control will not exceed 6.5 mA.
Contact chatter and momentary opening or closing should not exceed 100 milliseconds in duration. The switches
should not open or close due to vibration or shock normally found in the application.
ECM internal pull-ups force the respective input to 11.5 Volts DC when a switch contact is opened or the harness is
open circuited. Closure of an OEM installed switch must short circuit the input to a dedicated Sensor Common
connection of the ECM (J1/P1 terminal-5, terminal-3 or terminal-18).
Voltage thresholds measured at ECM:
Voltage-In-Low < 0.9 Volts DC - With any switch contacts closed, ground potential differences, switch voltage
drops, and wiring harness voltage drops must be such that a switch closure results in less than 0.9 Volts DC
between the respective control inputs and Sensor Common terminal.
Voltage-In-High > 4.0 Volts DC - With the switch contacts open, ground potential differences, switch voltage
drops, and wiring harness voltage drops must be such that a switch opening results in greater than 4.0 Volts DC
between the control input and Sensor Common terminal.
13.2 Sensor Common Connections
Three Sensor Common terminals are available to ground inputs connected to the ECM. If additional Sensor
Common connections are required, please contact Caterpillar.
OEM installed components used as inputs to the ECM must not be connected to the vehicle or cab ground,
and must not be case grounded. OEM installed switches must be grounded to an ECM Sensor Common via a
dedicated return line to the ECM.

Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment

AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common Terminal 5

Input Sensor Common #1 Terminal 18

Input Sensor Common #2 Terminal 3

13.3 Preset Switch to Sensor Common Inputs

The function of five of the switch to Sensor Common inputs are preset from the factory to function as described in
the table below.

Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment

Cruise Control On/Off Terminal 59

Cruise Control Set Terminal 35

Cruise Control Resume Terminal 44

Clutch Pedal Position Switch Terminal 22

Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #1 Terminal 45

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 49
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

13.4 Cruise Control

Cruise control operation requires the following OEM installed switches: ON/OFF, Set/Resume, Service Brake
Pedal Position Switch #1, and Clutch Pedal Position Switch (manual transmissions only). The Service Brake Pedal
Position Switch #2 and Neutral Switch are optional switches (connected to +Battery) that may be required by the
Transmission Style parameter programming.

SET/RESUME
(SET OFF POSITION)
(RESUME OFF POSITION)
ECM
CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF C978-BR 35 SET
(CRUISE OFF POSITION) C979-OR 44 RESUME
C975-WH 59 CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF SWITCH
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION C992-PU 45 SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
C977-BU 22 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION)
P1 J1
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION

(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION)

Wiring Diagram 10 - Preset Switches Wiring Diagram

Vehicle speed control is a standard feature available from the control system. It allows setting cruise control vehicle
speed via OEM installed On/Off and Set/Resume switches. Cruise Control vehicle speed is maintained at the set
speed until the OEM installed Service Brake Pedal Position, Clutch Pedal Position or Cruise Control Pause (J1939
input only) switches are actuated or Cruise Control ON/OFF is switched off.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Cruise Control On/Off switch.
2) Vehicle speed source.
3) Clutch Pedal Position Switch (for Manual and Eaton Top 2 Transmissions Style).
4) Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #1.
5) Set /Resume switch.
6) Transmission Neutral switch (If Transmission Style parameter is programmed to Automatic Option 3 or Automatic Option 4).
7) Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #2 (If Transmission Style parameter is programmed to Manual Option 2, Automatic
Option 2, Automatic Option 3, AT/MT/HT Option 2, or AT/MT/HT Option 3)
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Vehicle Speed Calibration.
2) Low Cruise Control Speed Set Limit.
3) High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit.
4) Transmission Style.
13.4.1 Cruise Control On/Off Switch
The On/Off switch is a two position switch. The On/Off input enables the cruise control or extended idle function.
When the On/Off switch input is toggled to the ON position the cruise control or extended idle function is enabled,
and the switch contacts are closed (a short circuit).
13.4.2 Set/Resume Switch
The Set/Resume switch is a three position switch biased to a neutral position. The ECM inputs are Customer
programmable determining the Accel/Decel function of the Set and the Resume input. The factory default is Set/
Accel and Resume/Decel.

50 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

If the Set/Resume switch is toggled to the Set position the control will enter vehicle or engine speed into memory
for use in control of vehicle speed in the cruise control mode or engine speed in the idle mode. Once the control is
in either cruise control or extended idle mode, momentary toggling the Set/Resume switch to the Accel position will
increase vehicle speed by 1 MPH in cruise control mode or engine speed by a Customer Parameter programmed
RPM in idle mode. Holding the Set/Resume switch in the Accel position for more than one second will ramp up
vehicle speed in cruise control mode or ramp up engine speed in idle mode. Note that the High Cruise Control
Speed Set Limit and Idle RPM Limit will not be exceeded using the switches as outlined above.
If the Cruise Control On/Off Switch is in the ON position, but the engine control is not in cruise control mode (i.e.,
the brake or clutch has been depressed to disengage a Cruise Control set speed), and the Set/Resume switch is
toggled to the Resume position the control will return the vehicle or engine speed to the previous set point. Once
the control is in either cruise control or idle mode, momentarily toggling the Set/Resume switch to the Decel
position will decrease vehicle speed by 1 MPH in cruise control mode or decrease engine speed by a Customer
Programmable Parameter “Idle/PTO Bump RPM” determined value in idle mode. Holding the Set/Resume switch
in the Decel position for more than 1 second will ramp down vehicle speed in cruise control mode or ramp down
engine speed in idle mode. The Idle/PTO Engine Speed Ramp rate is selectable from 5 to 1000 RPM/sec (default
is 50 RPM/sec).This selection applies to both the Accel and Decel modes, as well as the Resume mode for idle
operation.
The Cruise Control set speed must be set following power up of the control. Turning the Ignition Key Switch OFF
(connector P1, Terminal 70) loses the previously set Cruise Control speed, whereas turning the Cruise Control On/
Off switch OFF does not lose a previously set speed. If the operator has not set the Cruise Control Set speed since
the engine control power up, and he attempts to Resume to a speed that has not been previously set (cruise
control switch in the ON position), the engine control will use the vehicle speed at the time the Resume switch is
pressed as the Cruise Control Set speed.
If the High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit is programmed to a value greater than the Vehicle Speed Limit, the
Cruise Switches can be used to exceed the programmed Vehicle Speed Limit. If the set speed is then terminated
using the brake or clutch, the vehicle can be returned to the set speed by toggling the Resume switch.
13.4.3 Cruise Control Pause Switch
The Cruise Control Pause switch is not a “switch to sensor common input”but a J1939 based input that is used for
kicking out of Cruise Control mode and functions much like the service brake switch(es). Cruise Control will
function normally when the switch is in the OFF position. When the Pause switch is in the ON position, Cruise will
be kicked out of speed control mode. If the Pause switch is in the ON position, Cruise Control will be prevented
from engaging. This switch input is independent from the Service Brake and Clutch switches. The Cruise Pause
switch is part of the J1939 PGN 65265 ($FEF1), Byte 1, bits 6 & 5
13.4.4 Service Brake Pedal Position Switch Function
The Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #1 is required for all applications. This switch must be an open circuit
when the service brake pedal is depressed. The control will deactivate either cruise control, idle, or PTO
(depending on PTO programming) when the Service Brake Pedal Position Switch is an open circuit. A change in
state (depressing a released pedal, or releasing a depressed pedal) of the Service Brake in the last 90 seconds
while the Idle Shutdown Timer is counting also overrides the Idle Shutdown Timer if the Customer Parameter
“Allow Idle Shutdown Override” is programmed to Yes (default). Refer to “13.12 Service Brake Pedal Position
Switch #2 Function” on page 55.
13.4.5 Clutch Pedal Position Switch Function
The Clutch Pedal Position Switch is required if a Manual Transmission is installed or if an automated transmission
that uses a clutch is installed. This switch must be an open circuit when the clutch pedal is depressed. The control
will deactivate either the cruise control or Cab PTO when the Clutch Pedal Position Switch is an open circuit.
Remote PTO is not affected by the Brake and Clutch Pedal Position Switches. Adjustment of the Clutch Pedal
Position Switch is critical to proper system performance. A change in state (depressing a released pedal, or
releasing a depressed pedal) of the Clutch in the last 90 seconds while the idle shutdown timer is counting also
overrides the Idle Shutdown Timer, if the ECM is programmed to allow Idle Shutdown Override.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 51
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

13.4.6 Clutch Pedal Position Switch with Automatic Transmissions

If the parameter Transmission Style is programmed to Automatic Option 1, Automatic Option 2, Automatic Option
3, or Automatic Option 4 the Clutch Switch can be omitted. Refer to “Transmission Style Parameter Switch Input
Table” on page 104 for details.
13.4.7 Parking Brake Switch
A Parking Brake Switch is not used to trigger the Idle Shutdown Timer feature. A Parking Brake Switch can be
installed in series with the PTO On/Off Switch as an interlock to prevent PTO operation unless the vehicle is
stationary. The ECM does not have a dedicated input for a parking brake switch.
13.5 Additional Switch to Sensor Common Inputs
Several additional Switch to Sensor Common Inputs are provided for connection to a Fan Override switch,
Retarder Solenoid Low/Hi switch, Retarder Solenoid Med/Hi switch, PTO On/Off switch, Remote PTO Set/Resume
switch, Diagnostic Enable switch, Ignore Brake/Clutch switch, Torque Limit switch, Two-Speed Axle switch,
Starting Aid On/Off switch, PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A switch, PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B switch.
13.6 Diagnostic Enable
A Diagnostic Enable input is available to prompt the ECM for flashing Diagnostic Flash Codes. ECM Input #7 is
available for this feature. The Diagnostic Enable parameter must be programmed to J1/P1:46 (Input #7) or one of
three J1939 Data Link sources to enable this feature. A momentary normally open switch is required. The ECM will
begin flashing and continue to flash out codes while the input is shorted to the ECM AP Sensor/Switch Sensor
Common or while receiving the J1939 message.

DIAGNOSTIC ENABLE
ECM

G844-PK 46 INPUT #7
H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
P1 J1
Wiring Diagram 11 - Diagnostic Enable Circuit

OEM provided and installed components required:

1) Normally open momentary switch.
2) Hardwired Check Engine Lamp
3) Optional J1939 data Link hardware
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Program Diagnostic Enable parameter to J1/P1:46, J1939 Body Controller, J1939 Cab Controller or J1939 Instrument
Cluster (Default is None).

52 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

13.7 Two-Speed Axle On/Off Switch

A Two-Speed Axle On/Off switch input is available when a two-speed axle is used. ECM Input #6 is available for
this feature. A normally open switch is required. When a two-speed axle is used, the change in gear ratios from the
high speed range to the low speed range alters the calibration of the vehicle speed signal. With this system, the
ECM will automatically adjust the vehicle speed calibration when the switch is ON. This will ensure an ECM driven
speedometer and ECM stored information correctly reflect the actual vehicle speed. The Low Speed Range Axle
Ratio and High Speed Range Axle Ratio parameters must be programmed. The Two Speed Axle parameter must
be programmed to J1/P1:6 (Input #6) or one of the three J1939 datalink sources. When the switch is shorted to the
ECM AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common (ON) the ECM will use the following equation to calculate the actual
vehicle speed:
High Speed Range Axle Ratio
X calculated vehicle speed = actual vehicle speed
Low Speed Range Axle Ratio
Where the calculated vehicle speed is the vehicle speed calculated using the programmed vehicle speed
calibration (pulse per mile). This adjusted vehicle speed will be used to determine idle and PTO kick out speeds as
programmed. The data link broadcast vehicle speed and the ECM speedometer output vehicle speed will reflect
the adjustment. If the Two Speed Axle parameter is programmed to None, the ECM does not use either axle ratio
to determine the actual speed.
NOTE: The Two Speed Axle parameter should be locked out to prevent tampering.

Two-Speed Axle On/Off Switch ECM

G843-OR 6 INPUT #6
H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
Switch Shown in High Speed Range P1 J1
Wiring Diagram 12 - 2-Speed Axle On/Off Switch Circuit

OEM provided and installed components required:

1) Switch to close when the low speed range is used.
2) Optional J1939 hardware
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Two Speed Axle parameter must be programmed to J1/P1:6, J1939 Body Controller, J1939 Cab Controller or J1939
Instrument Cluster (Default is None).
2) High Speed Range Axle Ratio and Low Speed Range Axle Ratio must be programmed or the feature is disabled.
3) This parameter may be locked with an Electronic Service Tool or VEPS.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 53
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

13.8 PTO Switches

Several switch options are available to control engine rpm either as an isochronous engine PTO (power take off)
governor. In order to operate in PTO Mode, a dedicated PTO ON/OFF switch is required. While in PTO Mode,
switch inputs such as the cruise control Set/Resume switch mounted in the cab or separate (remote) PTO switches
can be used to control engine rpm. Other optional switch inputs are available for controlling engine RPM to
programmable speeds. PTO Mode may be programmed to check the status of vehicle speed and clutch, service
brake and transmission neutral switches as interlocks. These various inputs allow for OEM, chassis builders and
body builders a variety of options for controlling engine rpm. Refer to “16.0 Dedicated PTO Operation ” on page 61
for further details.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Vehicle speed source.
2) Clutch Pedal Position Switch (for manual transmissions).
3) Service Brake Pedal Position switches.
4) Transmission Neutral switch (automatic transmissions with Transmission Style parameter programmed to Automatic Option
3, or Automatic Option 4).
5) Cruise Control Set/Resume Switch.
6) PTO On/Off Circuit (for PTO Operation).
7) PTO Set/Resume Switch (for remote PTO Operation).
8) PTO Set Speed A and/or PTO Set Speed B Switch (for Multi--Speed PTO Operation
9) PTO Remote Accelerator Position Sensor (for Remote Throttle PTO Operation).
10) PTO Switch On Lamp.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) PTO Configuration must be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches, or Remote Throttle.
2) Individual switch inputs must be programmed
3) The PTO Active Output must be programmed

13.9 Switch-to-Battery Electrical Specifications

Contact plating should not corrode or oxidize. Gold plated contacts are recommended. Normal current draw
through the Input #12 and Input #13 by the control is 6.0 mA at 12 Volts DC. Normal current draw through the
Ignition Key Switch by the control is 1.2 mA at 12 Volts DC.
Contact chatter and momentary opening or closing should not exceed 100 milliseconds in duration. The switches
should not open or close due to vibration or shock normally found in the application.
Each of these ECM inputs is pulled to ground eliminating the need for external termination. Closure of an OEM
installed switch must short circuit the input to the vehicle positive battery.
Voltage thresholds measured at ECM:
Switch Open < 0.9 Volts DC - With the switch contacts open, ground potential differences, switch voltage drops,
and wiring harness voltage drops, the ECM must detect less than 0.9 Volts DC between the control input and the
ECM negative battery connection.
Switch Closed > 9.0 Volts DC - With the switch contacts closed, ground potential differences, switch voltage
drops, and wiring harness voltage drops, the ECM must detect a switch closure resulting in greater than 9.0 Volts
DC between the control input and the ECM negative battery connection.
13.9.1 Switch-to-Battery Circuit Protection
Circuit protection for these inputs should be 20 Amperes maximum. These circuits do not require dedicated circuit
protection.

54 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

13.10 Ignition Key Switch to Positive Battery

The Ignition Key Switch input is factory preset. When the ECM detects the input is switched to vehicle battery
(Ignition Key Switch ON), the ECM will be powered. The ECM will then control the injectors allowing the engine to
start. The ECM remains powered if Vehicle Speed > 0, regardless of the state of the Ignition Keyswitch Input.

Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment

Ignition Key Switch Terminal 70

Refer to Wiring Diagram 1 - “ECM and Engine Stud Battery Connections”on page 18 for a wiring diagram of the
Ignition Key Switch circuit.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Switch to close when the ignition is ON.
13.11 Programmable Switch to Positive Battery Inputs
Two additional switch to positive battery inputs are available. Input #13 is used as Service Brake Pedal Position
Switch #2 if the Transmission Style is programmed to Automatic Option 2 or Automatic Option 3. Input #12 is used
as a Transmission Neutral Switch when the Transmission Style is programmed to Automatic Option 3 or Automatic
Option 4.

Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment

Input #12 Terminal 62
Input #13 Terminal 64

13.12 Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #2 Function

Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #2 is required if the Transmission Style is programmed to Automatic Option 2
or Automatic Option 3. Input #13 is used as the Service Brake Switch #2 input. Refer to “Transmission Style
Parameter Switch Input Table”on page 104.
This switch must be a short circuit when the service brake pedal is depressed. The control will deactivate either
cruise control, Cab Switches PTO Configuration, or Extended Idle when the Service Brake Pedal Position Switch
#2 is a short circuit. Remote Switches or Remote Throttle PTO Configuration is not affected by the Brake or Clutch
Pedal Position Switches. A change in state (depressing a released pedal, or releasing a depressed pedal) of the
Service Brake in the last 90 seconds while the Idle Shutdown Timer is counting can also override the Idle
Shutdown Timer, if the ECM is programmed to allow Idle Shutdown Override.

SERVICE BRAKE #2 PEDAL POSITION ECM

(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION)
L900-PU 64 INPUT #13
- 12V +
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 13 - Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #2 Circuit

OEM provided and installed components required:

1) Switch to close when service brakes are applied.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Customer Parameter Transmission Style programmed to Automatic Option 2 or Automatic Option 3.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 55
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

13.13 Transmission Neutral Switch

This switch is used to indicate when the transmission is in neutral, allowing Cab Switches PTO Configuration and
idle to be used. The switch is required if the Transmission Style Parameter is programmed to Automatic Option 3 or
Automatic Option 4 or if the Battery Monitor and Engine Speed Control feature is used. Refer to “Battery Monitor
and Engine Control Voltage” on page 175 for details.

TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH ECM

(IN GEAR POSITION)
409-OR 62 INPUT #12
- 12V +
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 14 - Transmission Neutral Switch

OEM provided and installed components required:

1) Switch to close when the transmission is in neutral.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Customer Parameter Transmission Style programmed to Automatic Option 3 or Automatic Option 4 (if an automatic
transmission is installed).
NOTE: If the Battery Monitor and Engine Speed Control feature is used, the ECM will monitor the Neutral Switch
Input at all times for the Battery Monitor and Engine Speed Control purposes, regardless of Transmission Style
parameter programming.

56 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

14.0 Extended Idle

Cruise Control switch inputs can be used to control the engine idle speed in Extended Idle mode when the engine
is not in Cold Mode, the PTO ON/OFF Switch is not ON, and the vehicle speed is not equal to or exceeding the
programmable Idle Vehicle Speed Limit. Refer to “13.4 Cruise Control”on page 50 and “15.1 J1939 Cruise Switch
Inputs” on page 58 for additional information.
With the Cruise Control On/Off switch in the ON position, the engine will respond to the Set/Resume switches
inputs according to the customer programmable Idle Parameters and the Cruise/Idle/PTO/Switch parameter. When
the Cruise/Idle/PTO/Switch parameter is programmed to Set/Accel - Resume /Decel and the Set switch is pressed
and released, the engine RPM will increase by the programmed Bump RPM at the programmed Idle/PTO Engine
Speed Ramp Rate. The Idle/PTO Bump RPM is selectable from 5 to 1000 RPM (default is 20 RPM).The Idle/PTO
Engine Speed Ramp rate is selectable from 5 to 1000 RPM/sec (default is 50 RPM/sec). If the Set Switch is
pressed and held, the engine will increase in speed at the rate of 5 RPM/second until the switch is released or the
engine RPM reaches Top Engine Limit. Releasing the Set Switch during a ramp will cause the engine to remain at
that RPM. Raising the engine RPM with the cab throttle and pressing and releasing the Set Switch will cause the
engine to remain at that RPM after releasing the throttle.
The Resume Switch functions opposite to the Set Switch function for ramping and bumping. If the Extended Idle
has been kicked out due to a switch input or vehicle speed condition, pressing the Resume Switch will cause the
engine to return to the previously set engine RPM.
Exceeding the Idle Vehicle Speed Limit will cause the engine to kick out of Extended Idle and will return the engine
to low idle.
The J1939 based Cruise Pause Switch will cause Extended Idle to kickout.

For the following table, an “7means the input can return the engine to low idle from a set speed, a “4“means the
input can adjust engine rpm, and “P” means the input function is programmable to a limit
Cab Accelerator
Cruise Resume

Idle RPM Limit

Service Brake
Cruise On/Off

Cruise Pause

Speed Limit
Idle Veh icle
Cruise Set

Neutral
Clutch

7 4 4 7 4 7 7 7 7- P 7- P

OEM provided and installed components required:

1) Cruise Control Switches
2) Service Brake Switch #1
3) Clutch, Service Brake #2 and Neutral switches are transmission style dependent
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Idle Vehicle Speed Limit (1 - 15 mph)
2) Idle RPM Limit (700 - 2640 RPM)
3) Idle PTO Ramp Rate (5-1000 RPM/s)
4) Idle Bump Rate (5 - 1000 RPM)

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 57
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

15.0 J1939 Based Switch Messages

The Powertrain Data Link parameter must be programmed to J1939 before the ECM will respond to messages
received from the J1939 network. Individual switch input parameters must be programmed to receive messages
from either the Cab Controller (source address 49, $31), the Body Controller (source address 33, $21) or the
Instrument Cluster (source address 23, $17). Refer to 26.0 “SAE J1939 Broadcast Messages”on page 122 for
additional information.
15.1 J1939 Cruise Switch Inputs
The J1939 based Cruise switches will function the same as hardwired switches for Cruise control, Extended Idle
and PTO “Cab Switches”mode.
15.1.1 Cruise Control On/Off Switch

Cruise Switch (PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 4, bits 4,3 is set to 01)
The Cruise switch will allow enabling cruise control, if turned on and will deactivate (kickout) cruise control if
switched off. The switch must be in the On position to activate cruise control.
15.1.2 Cruise Control Set Switch
Set Switch (PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 5, bits 2,1 set to 01)
As long as the Cruise switch is Off the Set switch has no functionality for the cruise feature. If the Cruise On/Off
switch is active and all other conditions are met (Veh spd, Clutch, Brake, Neutral, Cruise Pause) an On/Off
transition of the Set switch will activate cruise and set the cruise target speed to the actual vehicle speed. As long
as Cruise stays active, any other On/Off, Off/On or hold transition of the Set switch will be ignored. The Set switch
is only used to activate Cruise, set the current veh spd = cruise target speed and enable the Accel and Decel
switch.
15.1.3 Cruise Control Resume Switch
Resume switch (PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 5, bits 6,5 set to 01)
As long as the Cruise switch is Off the Resume switch has no functionality for the cruise feature. If the Cruise On/
Off switch is active and all other conditions are met (Veh spd, Clutch, Brake, Neutral, Cruise Pause) an On/Off
transition of the Resume switch will activate cruise. If, since the last ECM power up, cruise control was never active
and the Resume switch goes from On/Off, the cruise target speed will be set to the actual veh spd. But if Cruise
was active before, the Cruise Target Speed will be set to the last Cruise Set Speed, which will be lost during an
ECM power cycle. As long as Cruise stays active, any other On/Off, Off/On or hold transition of the resume switch
will be ignored. The Resume switch is only used to activate Cruise, set the old set speed = cruise target speed, if
not 0, and enable the Accel and Decel switch.
15.1.4 Cruise Control Accel Switch
Accel switch (PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 5, bits 8,7 set to 01)
As long as the Cruise switch is Off and cruise is not active (by Set or Resume), the Accel switch has no
functionality for the cruise feature. If cruise is active (Cruise on, Set or Resume On/Off transition, all other
conditions are met - Veh spd, Clutch, Brake, Neutral, Cruise Pause), an Off/On transition of the Accel switch, which
lasts longer (ON) than 1.26 seconds (Hold), will cause the cruise target speed to ramp UP, by a fixed ramp rate.
When the Accel switch is released (On/Off) the cruise target speed will be set to the current veh spd. If the holding
time after the Off/On transition is shorter than 1.26 seconds (Bump), then the cruise target speed will be
INCREASED by 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
NOTE: The Accel switch is not dependent on the Cruise/Idle/PTO switch configuration parameter.
15.1.5 Cruise Control Decel Switch

Decel switch (PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 5, bits 4,3 set to 01)
As long as the Cruise switch is Off and cruise is not active (by Set or Resume), the Decel switch has no
functionality for the cruise feature. If Cruise is active (Cruise on, Set or Resume On/Off transition, all other
conditions are met - Veh spd, Clutch, Brake, Neutral, Cruise Pause), an Off/On transition of the Decel switch,

58 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

which lasts longer (ON) than 1.26 seconds (Hold) will cause the cruise target speed to ramp DOWN, by a fixed
ramp rate. When the Decel switch is released (On/Off) the cruise target speed will be set to the current veh spd. If
the holding time after the Off/On transition is shorter than 1 second (Bump), then the cruise target speed will be
DECREASED by 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
NOTE: The Decel switch is not dependent on the Cruise/Idle/PTO switch configuration parameter

Priority
Set has a higher priority than Resume if both switch inputs are received at the same time.
Accel has a higher priority than Decel if both switch inputs are received at the same time.

15.1.6 Cruise Pause Switch

PGN (65265 ($FEF1) Byte 1, bits 6,5 set to 01) (J1939 input only)
The Cruise Pause switch will disable (kickout) cruise control (if active) and will prevent Cruise from being engaged
if the switch is turned. The switch is independent from the Ignore Brake/Clutch switch status and it will not effect
any timer functionality (Idle Shutdown and PTO Shutdown). When the ECM is programmed to PTO Cab Switches,
this switch will act like the service brake or clutch switches for causing the PTO Mode to kickout. If in the ON
position, this switch will prevent the engine from entering into PTO mode.

15.2 Service Brake Switch

(PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 4 Bits 6,5)
The Service Brake Switch input will respond to an Off to On transition and the ECM will respond the same as to
hardwired switch inputs. This includes all functions that respond to the Service Brake Switch #1 input (Cruise
Control, Extended Idle, PTO, engine retarder, etc.).

15.3 Clutch Switch

(PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 4 Bits 8,7)
The Clutch switch input will respond to an OFF to ON transition and the ECM will respond the same as to
hardwired switch inputs. This includes all functions that respond to the Clutch Switch input (Cruise Control,
Extended Idle, PTO, engine retarder, etc.).

15.4 Fan Override Switch

(PGN 65213 ($E000) Byte 1 Bits 8-1)
Fan Override Switch may be programmed to None (Default), J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Body Controller or
J1939 Instrument Cluster. When programmed to one of the J1939 inputs the ECM will turn Output #5 (Terminal 11)
Off (Fan On) and will override the normal cooling fan controls when the received message => 95.2%. Refer to 20.0
“Cooling Fan ” on page 97 for additional information.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 59
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

15.5 Retarder Off/Low/Med/High Switch

(PGN 61441 ($F001) Byte 5 Bits 8-1)
When the Retarder Off/Low/Med/High Switch parameter is programmed to J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Body
Controller or J1939 Instrument Cluster, the ECM will respond in the following manner:

Byte Value Retarder Level

0 24.8% OFF

25.2 - 50% LOW

50.4 - 75% MEDIUM

75.2 - 100% HIGH

15.6 Engine Diagnostic Switch

(PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 8 Bits 6,5)
Engine Diagnostic Switch may be programmed to None (Default), J1/P1:46, J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Body
Controller or J1939 Instrument Cluster. When programmed to one of the J1939 inputs and the ECM receives a Off/
On message transition, the ECM will enter into Diagnostic Mode and will cause the hardwired Check Engine Lamp
to flash active Error codes. Refer to 9.2 “Check Engine Lamp Operation ”on page 42 and 13.6 “Diagnostic Enable”
on page 52 for additional information.
15.7 PTO Enable Switch
(PGN 65264 ($FEF0) Byte 6 Bits 2,1)
The PTO Enable switch may be programmed to J1/P1:56 (Default) or J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Body Controller
or J1939 Instrument Cluster. When programmed to one of the J1939 inputs and the ECM receives a switch On
message, PTO mode will be enabled. This message must be broadcast the entire time PTO mode is desired.
15.8 Remote PTO Set Switch
(PGN 65264 ($FEF0) Byte 7 Bits 2,1)
The Remote PTO Set Switch may be programmed to J1/P1:58 (Default) or J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Body
Controller or J1939 Instrument Cluster. Refer to “Cruise Control Set/Resume Switch ” on page 62” for additional
information on this function.
15.9 Remote PTO Resume Switch
(PGN 65264 ($FEF0) Byte 7 Bits 6,5)
The Remote PTO Resume Switch may be programmed to J1/P1:60 (Default) or J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Body
Controller or J1939 Instrument Cluster. Refer to “Cruise Control Set/Resume Switch ” on page 62” for additional
information on this function.
15.10 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A Input
(PGN 65264 ($FEF0) Byte 6 Bits 4,3)
The PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A Input may be programmed to J1/P1:46 (Default), 58, 6, 60, J1939 Cab
Controller, J1939 Body Controller or J1939 Instrument Cluster. When programmed to one of the J1939 inputs, the
engine is in PTO mode, and the ECM receives a switch On message, the engine will go to the programmed PTO
Engine RPM Set Speed A. The switch message must stay On to remain at this RPM. Refer to “PTO Engine RPM
Set Speed A” on page 63 & “PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A”on page 63 for additional information.

60 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.0 Dedicated PTO Operation

Engine PTO operation requires some or all of the following OEM installed switches: PTO ON/OFF, PTO Set/
Resume, PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A and/or B, Cruise Control Set/Resume, Service Brake Pedal Position #1,
Service Brake Pedal Position #2, Transmission Neutral, and Clutch Pedal Position. Refer to “Wiring Diagram 10 -
Preset Switches Wiring Diagram ”on page 50, “Wiring Diagram 13 - Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #2
Circuit” on page 55, and “13.13 Transmission Neutral Switch ” on page 56 and 15.0 “J1939 Based Switch
Messages” on page 58.
There are four programmable PTO Configurations available:
1) Off
2) Cab Switches
3) Remote Switches
4) Remote Throttle

PTO may be configured to allow for operation from the cab using cruise control switches and foot throttle. PTO
may be configured to operate away from the cab at a remote location using a throttle, switches or both.
Programmable limits are available for engine speed, vehicle speed and cab throttle input. Other programmable
features include engine RPM ramp rates and multiple elevated speeds. All of these configurations allow the OEM/
Body Builder to configure switch inputs and features to meet PTO application needs including:
Bulk Hauler, Fire Truck, Cement Mixer, Refuse Packer, Crane, Bucket Truck, etc.

Caterpillar requires all switches, and all components used in these circuits meet the specifications as outlined in
this document (refer to “13.1 Switch to Sensor Common Electrical Specifications”on page 49, “Sensor Common
Connections” on page 20, “13.9 Switch-to-Battery Electrical Specifications”on page 54, and “Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Electrical Specifications”on page 30). Caterpillar recommends the OEM provide a customer
access connector in an easily accessible location to aid installation of these features.
16.1 Advantages of PTO Configurations
1) Reduction or elimination of the amount alteration to cab wiring.
2) Unnecessary to ground accelerator pedal position sensor to disable cab accelerator pedal.
3) Provides an optional torque limit for temporary protection of equipment.
4) Provides an optional PTO Top Engine Limit to allow maximum use of engine speed to protect speed sensitive equipment.
5) Provides optional PTO Set Speeds for those applications where preset speeds above low idle are required.
6) Whenever the PTO On/Off circuit is ON the Exhaust Retarder is disabled.
7) Disabling of Idle Shutdown whenever the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
8) Cooling fan can be programmed to turn ON and remain ON while the PTO On/Off switch is ON.
16.2 PTO Inputs
PTO can be programmed to accept input from the Cruise Control switches, PTO Remote Set and Resume
switches, a remote throttle and up to two set speed switches. Adding these inputs will allow the aftermarket body-
builder to add necessary components without altering the cab cruise control switch wiring.
16.2.1 Input Electrical Specifications
Electrical specifications for Switch Inputs are located in “13.1 Switch to Sensor Common Electrical Specifications”
on page 49 and “25.0 SAE J1939 Data Link”on page 121. Electrical specifications for the remote accelerator pedal
position sensor are located in “6.4 Remote Accelerator Position Sensor PWM Input” on page 33.
16.3 Sensor Common for PTO Applications
ECM Vehicle Harness Connector J1/P1 terminal-3 (Input Sensor Common #2) is designated as the Sensor
Common connection for PTO additions. Caterpillar requires this connection be reserved for components
connected to the engine to control engine speed for PTO applications only. It should only be used when PTO

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 61
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

wiring is or will be required on the vehicle. The PTO Components can also use J1/PI terminal-5 (AP Sensor /
Switch Sensor Common) or Terminal-18 (Input Sensor Common #1) as a common connection if required. Devices
not interfacing to the ECM for use with the Inputs must not be connected to Input Sensor Commons. All switches
connected to the Input Sensor Commons must also meet the specifications indicated in “Sensor Common
Connections” on page 20 of this document.
16.4 PTO Parameter and Switch Function
This section describes the functions, inputs and programmable limits for PTO.For more detailed information
concerning programming options for Dedicated PTO parameters: See “Dedicated PTO Parameters” on page 164.
For engine speed response to switch inputs, refer to the Multiple PTO Speed Operation examples at the end of
Section 16.
16.4.1 PTO ON/Off Switch
This switch enables PTO features and functions.

16.4.2 PTO Set Speed

This is not a parameter but the rpm to which the engine will be controlled until changed by an operator input, PTO
Shutdown Time timer count down or a PTO limit has been exceeded.

16.4.3 Cruise Control Set/Resume Switch

When PTO Configuration is programmed to Cab Switches, these switches can be used to control engine speed.
These switches can raise and lower engine speed according to the "Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration"
parameter setting. Toggling the Set Switch will establish the current engine rpm as the “PTO Set Speed”.
Once the PTO Set Speed has been established, pressing and holding the “Set” switch will cause the engine to
accelerate, if programmed to “Set/Accel”, at the programmed Idle/PTO Ramp Rate.
Once the PTO Set Speed has been established, toggling the “Set” switch will bump the engine rpm UP, if
programmed to “Set/Accel”, at the programmed Idle/PTO Bump RPM.
Once the PTO Set Speed has been reached, pressing and holding the “Resume”switch will cause the engine to
decelerate, if programmed to “Resume/Decel”, at the programmed Idle/PTO Ramp Rate.
Once the PTO Set Speed has been established, toggling the “Resume”switch will bump the engine rpm DOWN, if
programmed to “Resume/Decel”, at the programmed Idle/PTO Bump RPM.
If the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed parameter is programmed, toggling the “Set” switch will cause the engine to
ramp Up from the current engine rpm to the programmed PTO Engine RPM Set Speed setting. If this switch is
toggled while the engine is at the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed rpm, the engine will ramp to the PTO top engine
limit.
If the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed parameter is programmed, toggling the “Resume” switch will cause the engine
to ramp Down from the current engine rpm to the programmed PTO Engine RPM Set Speed setting or Low Idle if
the engine is at the PTO To Set Speed rpm.
These switches disregard the "Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration" parameter if the "PTO Engine Set Speed"
and the "PTO To Set Speed" parameters have been programmed.

16.4.4 PTO Switch On Lamp

Output #1(J1/P1:30) can be used to connect a PTO Switch On Lamp. This output is the default connection for this
lamp unless the Engine Monitoring Lamps feature is programmed to Option 1 and a Coolant Level Sensor is
installed. Refer to“9.0 Lamp Outputs”“9.0 Lamp Outputs” on page 41 for details. If the output is unavailable, a
double pole / double throw PTO On/Off Switch can be used to connect a PTO Switch ON Lamp between +Battery
and Ground. If a Remote PTO configuration is used, a lamp should be installed in the cab and at the remote
operations station. If the engine is outside the programmed parameters for PTO Mode when the PTO on/OFF

62 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

switch is turned ON, The PTO on Lamp will flash until the engine is within programmed parameters. The Lamp will
stay on steady until PTO mode is terminated.
16.4.5 PTO On/Off Switch
This parameter designates where the PTO On/Off switch will connected. Choices include a hardwired switch and a
J1939 data link based switch message.
16.4.6 Remote PTO Set Switch
When the PTO Configuration has been programmed to Remote Switches or Remote Throttle, this switch functions
like the Cruise Control Set Switch. Choices include a hardwired switch and a J1939 data link based switch
message.
16.4.7 Remote PTO Resume Switch
When the PTO Configuration has been programmed to Remote Switches or Remote Throttle, this switch functions
like the Cruise Control Resume Switch. Choices include a hardwired switch and a J1939 data link based switch
message.
16.4.8 PTO Top Engine Limit
This parameter may be used to limit the maximum engine RPM while in PTO mode.
16.4.9 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed
This parameter is for selecting a specific engine rpm for use while in PTO mode. The engine go to this rpm when
PTO is enabled or by toggling a Cruise Control or Remote PTO "Set" switch after PTO is enabled. This rpm setting
may be overridden by throttle or Set Speed A and B switch inputs according to programmed limits.
16.4.10 PTO to Set Speed
Programming this parameter to "Yes" causes the engine to go to the PTO engine Set Speed rpm when the PTO
switch is turned On. Programming this parameter to No will cause the engine to remain at the Low Idle rpm until
another input, switch or throttle, is actuated.
16.4.11 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A
This parameter setting may be programmed for a specific engine speed while in PTO mode. This rpm setting is
enabled with the "PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A" switch closure. This speed will override throttle, set speed
B and set/resume settings.
16.4.12 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A
This parameter is used to enable the switch input to activate PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A. Choices include a
hardwired switch and a J1939 data link based switch message
16.4.13 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B
This parameter setting may be programmed for a specific engine speed while in PTO mode. This rpm setting is
enabled with the "PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B" switch closure. This speed will override throttle and set/
resume settings.
16.4.14 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B
This parameter is used to enable the switch input to activate PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B.
16.4.15 Maximum PTO Enable Speed
The engine rpm setting may be programmed to the maximum engine rpm speed for PTO to be enabled. PTO will
not engage if the engine is above this setting. This protects equipment that requires low rpm engagement. With the
PTO switch ON, PTO will not be active until the engine drops below this limit.
16.4.16 PTO Cab Controls RPM Limit
This parameter may be programmed to limit the maximum engine rpm controlled by the cab throttle and cruise
switches during PTO.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 63
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.4.17 PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed limit

This parameter may be programmed to set a vehicle speed limit that PTO functions and controls will operate.
Exceeding this vehicle speed limit will cause PTO to “kick out”which will return the engine to Low Idle, return
engine speed control to the cab throttle and cause the PTO active output to turn Off.
16.4.18 Torque Limit
This parameter may be programmed to limit the engine's maximum torque output. This feature is not available until
the PTO Configuration has been programmed to other than ‘Off’. The Torque Limit Switch input parameter must be
programmed and a switch installed to enable this function. Torque Limit may be used without PTO being active.
16.4.19 Torque Limt Switch
The Torque Limit Switch Input may not be programmed until the PTO Configuration has been programmed to other
than OFF.Once the PTO Configuration has been programmed to other than OFF, the ECM will respond to the
Torque Limit Switch if the PTO switch is On or OFF. Programming PTO Configuration to OFF will cause the ECM
to ignore the Torque Limit Switch.
16.4.20 PTO Shut Down Time
This parameter setting is used to set the amount of time, in minutes, the engine will run while in PTO mode. The
engine will shut down when this timer counts down to zero. The timer will only count with no vehicle speed and the
PTO On/Off circuit ON. The PTO Shutdown Timer will not begin counting if the engine is in Cold Mode.
NOTE: This feature does not shut down vehicle power. The ECM and vehicle remain powered.
16.4.21 PTO shut Down Timer Maximum RPM
When the engine drops below this rpm the PTO Shut Down Timer will begin to count. This timer will be reset to
“zero”if the engine rpm is raised above this setting.
16.4.22 PTO Activates Cooling Fan
Programming this parameter to “Continuous” turns the engine controlled fan “On”while in PTO mode. The fan will
remain “On” while the engine is in PTO mode. The fan will resume normal operation if PTO is disabled.
16.4.23 Ignore Brake and Clutch
This switch input is used to prevent the brake and clutch from causing PTO to kickout. This switch input is for the
PTO Cab Switches configuration. Remote Switches and Remote Throttle configurations do not respond to the
brake and clutch switches.
16.4.24 PTO Active Output
The PTO Active Output parameter available for controlling an output when the engine is in PTO Mode. This
battery voltage output is available at Terminal #19 (Output #6) when PTO Active Output is programmed to J1/
P1:19 (default is None). This High Side Driver has a current capability of up to 1.0 Amperes. This output will turn
“On”when the PTO Switch is turned “On”all conditions are met for PTO operation. This output will turn OFF when
the engine has “kicked out” of PTO mode or the PTO ON/OFF switch has been turned OFF.

G838-BR 19 OUTPUT #6

OEM Supplied Relay/Solenoid

Wiring Diagram 15 - PTO Active Output Circuit

64 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.5 PTO Interlocks

The switches labeled as PTO Interlock in the wiring diagrams are redundant switches that can be added to insure
the engine is put in PTO mode only when the vehicle is ready and prepared for PTO operation. These switches
may include a parking brake switch, transmission neutral switch or whatever interlock is required for the
application.
16.6 PTO Customer Access Connector
Caterpillar recommends the OEM provide a customer access connector for those chassis’frequently used in
vocational applications. This connector should provide wiring from the ECM to a connector easily located and
identified on the vehicle. Caterpillar recommends the circuits listed in the following table be provided at this
connector.

Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment Parameter

Input #1 Terminal 56 PTO On/Off Switch

Input #2 Terminal 58 Remote PTO Set Switch

Input #3 Terminal 60 Remote PTO Resume Switch

Input #8 Terminal 68 Remote Throttle

+ 8 Volts Terminal 4 Remote Throttle Power

Sensor common Terminal 5 Remote Throttle Common

Input Sensor Common #2 Terminal 3

Output #1 Terminal 30 PTO Switch On Lamp

Output #6 Terminal 19 PTO Active Output

Other inputs such as PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A and PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B can also be
added if desired. Additional circuits such as positive and negative battery should also be considered (these circuits
must be separate from the engine ECM battery circuits).

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 65
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.7 PTO Configurations

The table below outlines the operating differences for each of the PTO Configurations. The table shows each
inputs affect on the engine rpm when the PTO On/Off switch is ON for each configuration. For the following table,
an “7”means the input can return the engine to low idle from a set speed, a “4“means the input can adjust engine
rpm, and “P” means the input function is programmable to a limit.

Set Speed In put A

Set Speed In put B

PTO Engine RPM

PTO Engine RPM

Cab Accelerator

Remote Throttle
Cruise Resume

Service Brake
Cruise On/Off

PTO Resume
Cruise Pause
Cruise Set

PTO Set
Neutral
Clutch
PTO
Configuration

Off 4 4 4 7 4 7 7 7

Cab Switches 4 4 7 P 7 7 7 4 4

Remote Switches 4 4 4 4

Remote Throttle 4 4 4 4 4

Refer to“Multiple PTO Engine Speed Operation - Example #1” on page 81, through “16.10.8 Multiple PTO engine
speed Example #7”on page 87for additional information on how PTO switch inputs control engine speed.

16.7.1 PTO Configuration - Cab Switches, Remote Switches, or Remote Throttle Operation
When the PTO On/Off switch is turned to the ON position and vehicle speed and engine RPM are within
programmed limits:
1) A PTO Switch On Lamp Comes On.
2) The PTO Top Engine Limit is activated.
3) The engine will proceed directly to the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed if programmed.
4) The engine will proceed directly to PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A if switch A is ON and a valid RPM is programmed.
5) The engine will proceed directly to PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B if switch B is ON, PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A switch is
OFF, and a valid RPM is programmed.
6) The Engine Retarder is disabled.
7) The PTO Active Output is activated (if programmed)
16.7.2 PTO Configuration - Cab Switches Operation Differences
1) The cruise control Set/Resume switch and cab throttle can be used to adjust engine speed.
2) Optional Set Speed A and/ or B switch inputs are available to adjust engine speed.
3) The Cruise Control Pause Switch (if equipped) will cause PTO to kickout if turned ON.
4) The cab throttle can be limited to Low Idle, Top Engine Limit, or the PTO Top Engine Limit.
5) Brake and Clutch switch inputs can cause PTO to kick out
6) Ignore Brake/Clutch switch input available for allowing mobile operation of vehicle

66 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.7.3 PTO Configuration - Remote Switches Operation Differences

1) The remote PTO Set/Resume (not the Cruise Control Set/Resume switch) switch can be used to adjust engine speed.
2) Optional Set Speed A and/ or B switch inputs are available to adjust engine speed.
3) The cab throttle, cab cruise control, brake, clutch and neutral switches are ignored.
4) The PTO Active Output is activated (if programmed
16.7.4 PTO Configuration - Remote Throttle Operation Differences
1) The remote throttle input is available to adjust engine speed.
2) Remote PTO Set/Resume switch inputs may be used to adjust engine speed.
3) Optional PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A and B switch inputs are available to adjust engine speed.
4) The cab throttle, cab cruise control, brake, clutch and neutral switches are ignored.

16.7.5 One Speed Above Low Idle with PTO Switched On

Wiring Diagram 16 - “PTO Configuration Cab Switches with One Speed Above Idle Circuit” on page 67 is for
applications requiring only one rpm above low idle. Program the PTO Top Engine Limit and the PTO Engine RPM
Set Speed to the same value. Program the PTO to Set Speed parameter to Yes. The ECM will ramp up to the pre-
programmed PTO Engine RPM Set Speed when the PTO On/Off switch is turned ON. When the PTO Top Engine
Limit is set to the same value as the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed, the engine will not exceed this rpm.
The Service Brake Pedal Position, and Clutch Pedal Position circuits are included because they will interrupt a set
engine rpm. The cab accelerator pedal position sensor can be limited to low idle, PTO Top Engine Limit, or Top
Engine Limit using the PTO Cab Throttle RPM Limit parameter. The Cab Throttle will have no affect on engine
RPM.

Parameter settings for PTO Configuration Cab Switches with One Speed Above Idle Circuit

Customer PTO Configuration PTO Cab Throttle RPM PTO TEL PTO Engine PTO to Set
Parameter Limit RPM Set Speed Speed

Parameter Cab Switches Desired Limit Desired Desired RPM Yes

Setting RPM

Input/Output Input #1 Output #1 Cab

Throttle

Connection PTO On/Off Circuit PTO Switch On Lamp J1/P1:66

- 12V +

ECM
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION
(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION) K998-BU 30 OUTPUT #1
C992-PU 45 SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
C977-BU 22 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION) K999-GN 56 INPUT #1
993-BR 3 INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2
P1 J1
PTO ON/OFF PTO INTERLOCK

(PTO OFF POSITION)

Wiring Diagram 16 - PTO Configuration Cab Switches with One Speed Above Idle Circuit

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 67
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.7.6 One Speed Above Low Idle after PTO Switched On, Using Cruise Set /Resume
These diagrams provide cab accelerator pedal limiting before the rpm ramps up, and allows one speed above idle
to be controlled from the Cruise Set/Resume switches. Wiring Diagram 17 - “PTO Configuration Cab Switches with
One Speed Above Idle Circuit”on page 68 is for applications requiring only one rpm above low idle. If the PTO to
Set Speed parameter is programmed to NO, the ECM will not go to the programmed PTO Engine rpm Set Speed
until the Set (rpm increase) switch is toggled. When the PTO Top Engine Limit is set to the same value as the PTO
Engine rpm Set Speed, the engine will not exceed this rpm. Toggling the Set/Resume Switch in the Decel direction
will cause the engine to ramp down from PTO Top Engine Limit to Low Idle. The Throttle can be used to control
engine rpm if the engine is at Low Idle.
The Cruise Set/Resume, Service Brake, and Clutch circuits are included because they will interrupt a set rpm using
the Cab Switches configuration. The cab accelerator pedal position sensor can be limited to low idle, PTO Top
Engine Limit, or Top Engine Limit using the PTO Cab Throttle RPM Limit parameter.
NOTE: If the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed is programmed to 0 rpm, the Set/Resume switch can be used to bump
(increment) engine speed up and down by the Idle / PTO Bump RPM parameter. Engine speed may be ramped as
well according to the programmed value of the Idle/PTO Ramp Rate parameter.

Parameter settings for PTO Configuration Cab Switches with One Speed Above Idle Circuit

Customer PTO Configuration PTO Cab PTO TEL PTO Engine PTO to Set
Parameter Throttle RPM RPM Set Speed Speed
Limit

Parameter Cab Switches Desired Limit Desired Desired RPM No

Setting RPM

Input/Output Input #1 Output #1 Cruise Set Cruise Resume

Connection PTO On/Off Circuit PTO Switch on J1/P1:35 J1/P1:44

Lamp

- 12V +
PTO SWITCH ON LAMP
SET/RESUME
(SET OFF POSITION)
(RESUME OFF POSITION) ECM
K998-BU 30 OUTPUT #1
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION C978-BR 35 SET
(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION) C979-OR 44 RESUME
C992-PU 45 SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
C977-BU 22 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION) K999-GN 56 INPUT #1
993-BR 3 INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2
P1 J1
PTO ON/OFF PTO INTERLOCK

(PTO OFF POSITION)

NOTE: INPUT SENSOR COMMON #1 (TERMINAL-18) MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 (TERMINAL-3)

Wiring Diagram 17 - PTO Configuration Cab Switches with One Speed Above Idle Circuit

68 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.7.7 PTO Configuration - Cab Switches with Torque Limiting

This configuration is identical to the configuration outlined in “PTO Configuration Cab Switches with One Speed
Above Idle Circuit”on page 68 with the addition of a Torque Limit Switch. If a Torque Limit is programmed it ONLY
applies when the Torque Limit Switch is in the ON position. This configuration requires the programming of the
Torque Limit Switch to P1/J1:7 (default is None). Torque Limiting should only be used for temporary protection of
equipment.

- 12V +
PTO SWITCH ON LAMP

SET/RESUME
(SET OFF POSITION)
(RESUME OFF POSITION) ECM
K998-BU 30 OUTPUT #1
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION C978-BR 35 SET
(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION) C979-OR 44 RESUME
C992-PU 45 SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
C977-BU 22 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION) K999-GN 56 INPUT #1
993-BR 3 INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2
G841-GN 7 INPUT #4
PTO ON/OFF PTO INTERLOCK P1 J1

(PTO OFF POSITION) NOTE: INPUT SENSOR COMMON #1 (TERMINAL-18) MAY BE

USED IN PLACE OF INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 (TERMINAL-3)
TORQUE LIMIT SWITCH

(TORQUE LIMIT OFF POSITION)

Wiring Diagram 18 - Cab Switches With Torque Limiting

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 69
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.7.8 PTO Configuration - Cab Switches with Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch

This configuration is identical to the configuration outlined in “PTO Configuration Cab Switches with One Speed
Above Idle Circuit” on page 68 with the addition of an Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch connected to ECM Input #5
(ECM Connector J1/P1, pin 47). The Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch is intended for applications requiring mobile use
of the vehicle with a set engine rpm that does NOT require the Brake or Clutch to disengage the engine rpm set
speed. This is useful for applications such as a cement truck pouring curbs/roads, or a fire truck pumping water
where vehicle speed is adjusted using the clutch or brakes but engine speed remains constant for proper pump
operation. The programmable parameter Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch must be programmed to J1/P1:47 (Input #5)
to enable this feature (Default is None).

- 12V +
PTO SWITCH ON LAMP

SET/RESUME
(SET OFF POSITION)
(RESUME OFF POSITION) ECM
K998-BU 30 OUTPUT #1
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION C978-BR 35 SET
(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION) C979-OR 44 RESUME
C992-PU 45 SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
C977-BU 22 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION) K999-GN 56 INPUT #1
993-BR 3 INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2
G842-GY 47 INPUT #5
PTO ON/OFF PTO INTERLOCK P1 J1

(PTO OFF POSITION) NOTE: INPUT SENSOR COMMON #1 (TERMINAL-18) MAY BE

USED IN PLACE OF INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 (TERMINAL-3)
IGNORE BRAKE/CLUTCH SWITCH

(MONITOR BRAKE/CLUTCH POSITION)

Wiring Diagram 19 - Cab Switches with Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch

70 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.7.9 PTO Configuration - Cab Switches Programmable Options

The following list includes all of the programmable options available for the PTO Configuration Cab Switches:
1) Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration - determines the function of the Set and Resume inputs when held in position or
toggled. The two options are Set-Accel, Resume - Decel or Set -Decel, Resume-Accel. This applies to cruise control, idle,
and PTO modes of operation.
NOTE - If the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed is programmed, the Set switch is always a RPM increase switch and
Resume is always a RPM decrease switch for PTO.
2) Cruise Control Pause Switch Configuration - If programmed to J1939 Body Controller, Instrument Cluster or Cab Controller
this switch will act like the service brake or clutch switches for causing the PTO Mode to kickout. If in the ON position, this
switch will prevent the engine from entering into PTO mode. There is no programmable parameter for ignoring this switch.
3) PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit - determines the vehicle speed operating range of the PTO inputs. If vehicle speed
exceeds this limit the engine will either not allow a PTO engine speed to be set, or disengage a set PTO speed.
4) Idle/PTO RPM Ramp Rate - determines the rate of engine speed acceleration/deceleration for the Resume, Accel, and
Decel operation.
5) Idle/PTO Bump RPM- determines the amount of rpm increase/decrease when the cruise Set/Resume switch is toggled in
the Accel/Decel position. If a PTO Engine RPM Set Speed has been programmed this parameter does not apply. I
6) PTO Top Engine Limit - Top RPM Limit of the engine while in PTO mode.
7) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed - program this parameter only if one or two specific engine speed points above low idle are
desired. The parameter is bounded by the programmed low idle and PTO Top Engine Limit.
8) PTO to Set Speed - program this parameter to YES only if the application requires the engine speed to ramp up to the PTO
Engine RPM Set Speed whenever the PTO On/Off circuit is turned ON.
9) PTO Cab Throttle RPM Limit - program this parameter if the operation requires limiting engine speed to protect equipment. If
programmed to Low Idle, this parameter has the affect of ignoring/disabling the accelerator pedal position sensor when the
PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
10) Torque Limit - program this parameter if a lower than rated torque limit is desired in order to temporarily protect equipment.
The torque limit will apply whenever the Torque Limit switch is ON.
11) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A - This parameter can be programmed to a desired set speed that can be attained by turning
on a dedicated switch during PTO operation.
12) PTO Set Speed Input A - Use this parameter to select the Set Speed A switch input terminal.
13) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B - This parameter can be programmed to a desired set speed that can be attained by turning
on a dedicated switch during PTO operation.
14) PTO Set Speed Input B - Use this parameter to select the Set Speed B switch input terminal.
15) PTO Shutdown Time -This parameter is programmable between 3 to 1440 minutes (a value of 0 turns off this feature). This
parameter sets the duration of time (in minutes) that engine will operate, with the PTO On/Off circuit ON and no vehicle
speed present, before shutting down.
16) PTO Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM - This parameter can be used to reset of the PTO Shutdown Timer if engine speed
goes above the programmed PTO Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM. Programming this parameter to 2120 rpm disables this
feature.
17) PTO Activates Cooling Fan - This parameter determines if the engine cooling fan is on normally or Continuous while in PTO
Mode. The Fan Control Type parameter must be programmed to other than None. One of the available switch input options
and an additional switch installed for this feature to function.
18) Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch - This switch input allows PTO to disregard the status of the Service brake and Clutch switch
settings.
19) Torque Limit Switch - Program this switch input to J1/P1:7 in order to enable the programmed Torque Limit.
20) PTO Active Output - This output will turn “ON ”when PTO is enabled and will remain active until PTO is turned Off or Kicked
Out.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 71
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.8 PTO Configuration - Remote Switches

The Remote Switches Configuration utilizes the PTO On/Off switch, Remote PTO Set and Resume switches and
up to two Set Speed Switches. Each switch input may be hardwired directly to the ECM or switch input messages,
except for the Set Speed B switch input, may be received over the J1939 Data Link. An optional pair of PTO Switch
On Lamps connected to terminal-30 (one in cab, the other out of the cab at the remote location - programming
dependent) may be used.
16.8.1 One Speed Above Low Idle with PTO Switched On
Wiring Diagram 20 - “PTO Configuration Remote Switches with One Speed Above Idle Circuit” on page 72 is for
applications requiring only one rpm above low idle. Program the PTO Top Engine Limit and the PTO Engine RPM
Set Speed to the same value. Program the PTO to Set Speed parameter to Yes. The ECM will ramp up to the pre-
programmed PTO Engine RPM Set Speed when the PTO On/Off switch is turned ON. When the PTO Top Engine
Limit is set to the same value as the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed, the engine will not exceed this rpm. The Service
Brake Pedal Position switch, Clutch Pedal Position switch, and cab accelerator pedal position sensor circuits are
ignored whenever the PTO On/Off switch is ON.

Parameter settings for PTO Configuration Remote Switches with One Speed Above Idle Circuit

Parameter PTO Configuration PTO Cab Throttle PTO TEL PTO Engine PTO to Set
RPM Limit RPM Set Speed Speed

Setting Remote Switches Not Used 700 - TEL Desired RPM Yes

Input/Output Input #1 Output #1

Connection PTO On/Off Circuit PTO Switch On Lamp

- 12V +
REMOTE PTO
CAB PTO SWITCH SWITCH ON LAMP
ON LAMP
ECM
PTO ON/OFF PTO INTERLOCK K998-BU 30 OUTPUT #1
K999-GN 56 INPUT #1
993-BR 3 INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2
(PTO OFF POSITION)
P1 J1
Wiring Diagram 20 - PTO Configuration Remote Switches with One Speed Above Idle Circuit

If the preset speed must not come ON until after the PTO On/Off switch is ON and the activating switch is a Set/
Resume type toggle switch, refer to “16.8.2 One Speed Above Low Idle after PTO Switched On, Using PTO Set /
Resume”on page 73.

72 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.8.2 One Speed Above Low Idle after PTO Switched On, Using PTO Set /Resume
Wiring Diagram 21 - “PTO Configuration Remote Switches with One Speed Above Idle Circuit” on page 73 is for
applications requiring only one rpm above low idle. Program the PTO to Set Speed parameter NO. Program the
PTO Top Engine Limit to the same value as the PTO Set Speed. The ECM will not go to the programmed PTO
Engine rpm Set Speed until the Set (rpm increase) switch is toggled. If the PTO Top Engine Limit is set to the same
value as the PTO Engine rpm Set Speed, the engine will not exceed this rpm.
The service brake pedal position and clutch pedal position switches, and the cab accelerator pedal position sensor
circuits are ignored whenever the PTO On/Off switch is ON.

Parameter settings for PTO Configuration Remote Switches with One Speed Above Idle Circuit

Customer PTO Cab Throttle PTO PTO TEL PTO Engine RPM PTO to Set
Parameter RPM Limit Configuration Set Speed Speed

Parameter Not Used Remote Switches 700 - TEL Desired RPM No

Setting

Input/Output Output #1 Input #1 Input #2 Input #3

Connection PTO Switch On PTO On/Off PTO Set PTO Resume Switch
Lamp Circuit Switch

- 12V +
CAB PTO SWITCH REMOTE PTO
ON LAMP SWITCH ON LAMP
PTO SET/RESUME
(SET OFF POSITION)
(RESUME OFF POSITION) ECM
K998-BU 30 OUTPUT #1
K980-PK 58 INPUT #2
PTO ON/OFF PTO INTERLOCK K982-YL 60 INPUT #3
993-BR 3 INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2
K999-GN 56 INPUT #1
(PTO OFF POSITION) P1 J1

NOTE: INPUT SENSOR COMMON #1 (TERMINAL-18) MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF

INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 (TERMINAL-3)

Wiring Diagram 21 - PTO Configuration Remote Switches with One Speed Above Idle Circuit

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 73
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.8.3 PTO Configuration - Remote Switches with Torque Limiting

This configuration is identical to the configuration outlined in “PTO Configuration - Remote Switches” on page 72
with the addition of a Torque Limit Switch. If a Torque Limit is programmed it ONLY applies when the Torque Limit
Switch is in the ON position. This configuration allows the use of a torque limit switch connected to ECM Input #4
(ECM Connector P1/J1, pin 7) if Torque Limiting is required. Torque Limiting should only be used for temporary
protection of equipment. The programmable parameter Torque Limit Switch must be programmed to J1/P1:7 (Input
#4) to enable this feature (Default is None).

- 12V +
CAB PTO SWITCH REMOTE PTO
ON LAMP SWITCH ON LAMP
PTO SET/RESUME
(SET OFF POSITION)
(RESUME OFF POSITION) ECM
K998-BU 30 OUTPUT #1
K980-PK 58 INPUT #2
PTO ON/OFF PTO INTERLOCK K982-YL 60 INPUT #3
993-BR 3 INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2
K999-GN 56 INPUT #1
(PTO OFF POSITION) G841-GN 7 INPUT #4
TORQUE LIMIT SWITCH P1 J1
NOTE: INPUT SENSOR COMMON #1 (TERMINAL-18) MAY BE
(TORQUE LIMIT OFF POSITION) USED IN PLACE OF INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 (TERMINAL-3)

Wiring Diagram 22 - Remote Switches With Torque Limiting Switch

74 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.8.4 PTO Configuration - Remote Switches Programmable Options

The following list includes all of the programmable options available for the PTO Configuration Remote Switches.
The options listed below are nearly identical to those for the Cab Switches Configuration. PTO will not respond to
the cab cruise control switches or the cab throttle when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
1) Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration - affects Remote PTO Switches if PTO Engine RPM Set Speed is not programmed. If
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed is programmed, the PTO Set is always RPM increase, the PTO Resume is always a RPM
decrease.
2) PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit - determines the vehicle speed operating range of the PTO inputs. If vehicle speed
exceeds this limit the engine will either not allow an engine speed to be set, or disengage a set PTO speed.
3) Idle/PTO RPM Ramp Rate - determines the rate of engine speed acceleration/deceleration for the PTO and Idle engine
speed control.
4) Idle/PTO Bump RPM- determines the amount of rpm increase/decrease if a PTO Set/Resume switch is toggled in the Accel/
Decel position. If a PTO Engine RPM Set Speed has been programmed this parameter does not apply.
5) PTO Top Engine Limit - Top RPM Limit of the engine while in PTO mode.
6) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed - program this parameter only if one or two specific engine speed points above low idle are
desired. The parameter is bounded by the programmed low idle and PTO Top Engine Limit
7) PTO to Set Speed - program this parameter to YES if the application wants the engine speed to ramp up to the PTO Engine
RPM Set Speed whenever the PTO On/Off circuit is turned ON.
8) PTO Cab Throttle RPM Limit- Not available for Remote Switches.
9) Torque Limit - program this parameter if a lower than rated torque limit is desired in order to temporarily protect equipment.
The torque limit will apply whenever the Torque Limit switch is ON.
10) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A - This parameter can be programmed to a desired set speed that can be attained by turning
on a dedicated switch during PTO operation.
11) PTO Set Speed Input A - Use this parameter to select the Set Speed A switch input terminal.
12) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B - This parameter can be programmed to a desired set speed that can be attained by turning
on a dedicated switch during PTO operation.
13) PTO Set Speed Input B - Use this parameter to select the Set Speed B switch input terminal.
14) PTO Shutdown Time -This parameter is programmable between 3 to 1440 minutes (a value of 0 turns off this feature). This
parameter sets the duration of time (in minutes) that engine will operate, with the PTO On/Off circuit ON and no vehicle
speed present, before shutting down.
15) PTO Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM - This parameter can be used to reset of the PTO Shutdown Timer if engine speed
goes above the programmed PTO Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM. Programming this parameter to 2120 rpm disables this
feature.
16) PTO Activates Cooling Fan - This parameter determines if the engine cooling fan is on normally or Continuous while in PTO
Mode. The Fan Control Type parameter must be programmed to other than None.
17) Torque Limit Switch - Program this switch input to J1/P1:7 in order to enable the programmed Torque Limit.
18) PTO Active Output - This output will turn “ON ”when PTO is enabled and will remain active until PTO is turned Off or Kicked
Out.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 75
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.9 PTO Configuration - Remote Throttle

The Remote Throttle Configuration utilizes a dedicated PTO On/Off circuit (connected to ECM Connector P1/J1,
terminal 56), an optional pair of PTO Switch On Lamps (one in cab the other out of the cab at the remote location,
connected to ECM Connector P1/J1, terminal 30 - programming dependent), and uses a second, additional PTO
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor. This remote throttle MUST be connected at all times to prevent illuminating the
check engine lamp (connected to ECM Connector P1/J1, terminal-68).
16.9.1 Remote Accelerator Pedal Sensor without Set and Resume
Wiring Diagram 23 - “PTO Configuration Remote Throttle”on page 76 is for applications requiring a remote
accelerator pedal without Set/Resume capability. The engine will not exceed the PTO Top Engine Limit with the
PTO On/Off Switch ON.
All cab inputs (Cruise, Cruise Pause, Set/Resume, accelerator pedal position sensor, service brake pedal position,
transmission neutral, clutch pedal position switches) are ignored when the PTO Configuration is programmed to
Remote Throttle and PTO is active.

Parameter settings for PTO Configuration Remote Throttle with One Speed Above Idle Circuit

Customer PTO PTO to Set Speed PTO Cab Throttle PTO TEL PTO Engine
Parameter Configuration RPM Limit RPM Set Speed

Parameter Remote Throttle Not Available Not Available 700 - TEL Not Available
Setting

Input/Output Input #1 Input #8 Output #1

Connection PTO On/Off Remote Accelerator PTO Switch On

Circuit Position Sensor Lamp

- 12V +
REMOTE PTO
CAB PTO SWITCH SWITCH ON LAMP
ON LAMP
ECM
PTO ON/OFF PTO INTERLOCK
K998-BU 30 OUTPUT #1
K999-BR 56 INPUT #1
(PTO OFF POSITION) 993-BR 3 INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2
G845-PU 68 INPUT #8
ACCELERATOR POSITION SENSOR P1 J1

+BATTERY RD A
INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 BK B
ACCELERATOR POSITION WH C

NOTE: INPUT SENSOR COMMON #1 (TERMINAL-18) MAY BE USED IN PLACE

OF INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 (TERMINAL-3)

Wiring Diagram 23 - PTO Configuration Remote Throttle

If the Set/Resume capability is required refer to “16.9.2 Remote Throttle Sensor with Set and Resume”.

76 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.9.2 Remote Throttle Sensor with Set and Resume

Wiring Diagram 24 - “PTO Configuration Remote Throttle with Set/Resume”on page 77 is for applications requiring
a remote accelerator pedal with Set/Resume capability. The remote Set/Resume switches function like the Cab
Cruise Control Switches. The engine will not exceed the PTO Top Engine Limit with the PTO On/Off Switch ON.
The Service Brake Pedal Position, Clutch Pedal Position switch, and cab accelerator pedal position sensor circuits
are ignored whenever the PTO On/Off switch is ON.

Parameter settings for PTO Configuration Remote Throttle with Set/Resume

Customer PTO PTO TEL PTO Engine Idle/PTO Ramp Idle/PTO Bump
Parameter Configuration RPM Set Speed Rate RPM

Parameter Remote Throttle 700 - TEL Not Used 5 to 1000 rpm/sec 5 to 500 rpm
Setting

Input/Output Input #1 Input #2 Input #3 Input #8 Output #1

Connection PTO On/Off PTO Set PTO Resume Remote Accelerator PTO Switch On
Circuit Switch Switch Position Sensor Lamp

- 12V + REMOTE PTO

CAB PTO SWITCH SWITCH ON LAMP
ON LAMP
PTO SET/RESUME
(SET OFF POSITION)
(RESUME OFF POSITION) ECM

PTO ON/OFF PTO INTERLOCK K998-BU 30 OUTPUT #1

K980-PK 58 INPUT #2
K982-YL 60 INPUT #3
(PTO OFF POSITION) K999-GN 56 INPUT #1
993-BR 3 INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2
G845-PU 68 INPUT #8
ACCELERATOR POSITION SENSOR P1 J1
+BATTERY RD A
INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 BK B
ACCELERATOR POSITION WH C

Wiring Diagram 24 - PTO Configuration Remote Throttle with Set/Resume

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 77
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.9.3 PTO Configuration - Remote Throttle Programmable Options

The following list includes all of the programmable options available for the PTO Configuration Remote Throttle.
PTO will not respond to the cab cruise control switches or the cab throttle when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
1) Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration - determines the function of the Set and Resume inputs when held in position or
toggled. The two options are Set-Accel, Resume - Decel or Set -Decel, Resume Accel. This applies to cruise control, PTO,
and idle modes of operation.
2) PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit - determines the vehicle speed operating range of the PTO inputs. If vehicle speed
exceeds this limit the engine will either not allow an engine speed to be set, or disengage a set PTO speed.
3) Idle/PTO RPM Ramp Rate - determines the rate of engine speed acceleration/deceleration for the resume, accel, and decel
operation. Applies to both PTO and Idle engine speed control.
4) Idle/PTO Bump RPM- determines the amount of rpm increase/decrease when the Remote PTO Set/Resume switch is
toggled in the Accel/Decel position.
5) PTO Top Engine Limit - Top RPM Limit of the engine when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
6) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed - this parameter is not available if the PTO Configuration is Remote Throttle.
7) PTO to Set Speed - this parameter is not available if the PTO Configuration is Remote Throttle.
8) PTO Cab Throttle RPM Limit - programming this parameter has no affect for the PTO Configuration Remote Throttle.
9) Torque Limit - program this parameter if a lower than rated torque limit is desired in order to temporarily protect equipment.
The torque limit will apply whenever the Torque Limit switch is ON.
10) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A - This parameter can be programmed to a desired set speed that can be attained by turning
on a dedicated switch during PTO operation.
11) PTO Set Speed Input A - Use this parameter to select the Set Speed A switch input terminal.
12) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B - This parameter can be programmed to a desired set speed that can be attained by turning
on a dedicated switch during PTO operation.
13) PTO Set Speed Input B - Use this parameter to select the Set Speed B switch input terminal.
14) PTO Shutdown Time -This parameter is programmable between 3 to 1440 minutes (a value of 0 turns off this feature). This
parameter sets the duration of time (in minutes) that engine will operate, with the PTO On/Off circuit ON and no vehicle
speed present, before shutting down.
15) PTO Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM - This parameter can be used to reset of the PTO Shutdown Timer if engine speed
goes above the programmed PTO Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM. Programming this parameter to 2120 rpm disables this
feature.
16) PTO Activates Cooling Fan - This parameter determines if the engine cooling fan is on normally or Continuous while in PTO
Mode. The Fan Control Type parameter must be programmed to other than None.
17) Torque Limit Switch - Program this switch input to J1/P1:7 in order to enable the programmed Torque Limit
18) PTO Active Output - This output will turn “ON ”when PTO is enabled and will remain active until PTO is turned Off or Kicked
Out.

78 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.10 Multiple Speed PTO Operation

16.10.1 Multiple Speed PTO Operation using PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A and B
Multiple Speed PTO operation can be utilized for all three PTO Configurations available (Cab Switches, Remote
Switches or Remote Throttle). This feature provides a simple means to add one or two additional set speeds that
can be actuated by turning on a dedicated switch(es) for the programmed speed(s). The“Wiring Diagram 25 - PTO
Configuration with PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A and B” on page 80 illustrates a multiple speed PTO installation
for all PTO configurations.
For multiple speed PTO operation the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A parameter can be programmed to use
either J1/P1:6, J1/P1:46, J1/P1:58 or J1/P1:60. The corresponding PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A parameter can
be programmed to the desired operating speed. When the switch between the selected input and sensor common
is closed, the engine will proceed to the programmed speed for that input while operating in Dedicated PTO Mode
(PTO On/Off Switch ON).
For an additional set speed input, the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B parameter can be programmed to use
any of the other three inputs not selected for the choices mentioned above. Program the corresponding PTO
Engine RPM Set Speed B parameter to the desired speed. When the switch between the selected input and
sensor common is closed, the engine will proceed to the programmed speed for that input while the engine is
operating in Dedicated PTO Mode (PTO On/Off Switch ON), and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A is OFF.
When the PTO On/Off Switch is turned ON and a PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input Switch (A or B) is already ON
or then turned ON, the engine will proceed to the corresponding rpm programmed for that switch. If both switches
are ON, the engine will proceed to PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A because the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input
A has priority over PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B. If switch A is then turned OFF, the engine will proceed to
the programmed PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B. If switch A is then turned ON again, the engine will proceed back
to PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A. If both switches are turned OFF the engine will then return to Low Idle.
The PTO Engine RPM Set Speeds A and B can be used with, and have priority over, all other PTO features used
to control engine rpm with the exception of conditions that disable PTO operation or cause a “kickout”. For
Example, the Cab Throttle, Remote Throttle, Cruise Set/Resume, and Remote Set/Resume Inputs as well as the
PTO to Set Speed feature are all ignored when either PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input Switch (A or B) is ON.
When the switch is turned OFF, normal control is returned.
NOTE: The PTO to Set Speed feature is only available for Cab Switches and Remote Switches configurations. If
the PTO to Set Speed parameter is programmed to YES and a PTO Engine RPM Set Speed is programmed, the
engine will automatically go to that programmed speed when the PTO On/Off Switch is turned ON. However, if
either PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input Switch (A or B) is ON, the engine will operate at the corresponding rpm
programmed for that switch. When the A or B switch is turned OFF, the engine will proceed to the PTO Engine
RPM Set Speed. If the PTO to Set Speed parameter is programmed to NO, the engine will return to Low Idle when
the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input Switch (A or B) is turned OFF.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 79
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Parameter settings for PTO Configurations using PTO Engine Set Speed A and B

Customer PTO Configuration PTO Engine PTO Engine RPM PTO Engine PTO Engine RPM
Parameter RPM Set Set Speed A RPM Set Set Speed B
Speed Input A Speed Input B

Parameter Cab Switches, J1/P1:58 Desired RPM J1/P1:60 Desired RPM

Setting Remote Switches
or
Remote Throttle

Input/Output Input #1 Input #2 Input #3 Output #1

Connection PTO On/Off Circuit Set Speed A Set Speed B PTO Switch
Switch Circuit Switch Circuit on Lamp

ECM
PTO ENGINE RPM 53 SET
SET SPEED A SWITCH 4 RESUME
K980-PK 85 INPUT #2*
(OFF POSITION) K982-YL 06 INPUT #3*
PTO ENGINE RPM H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR / SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
SET SPEED B SWITCH 993-BR 3 INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2**
K999-GN
65 INPUT #1
(OFF POSITION)
P1 J1

PTO *** PTO SWITCH

INTERLOCK PTO ON/OFF SWITCH ON LAMP
+ 12V -

(OFF POSITION)

* INPUTS ARE SELECTABLE THROUGH CUSTOMER PARAMETER PROGRAMMING

** INPUT SENSOR COMMON #1 (TERMINAL-18) MAY BE USED IN PLACE
OF INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 (TERMINAL-3)
***Optional PTO ON Lamp circuit

Wiring Diagram 25 - PTO Configuration with PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A and B

80 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.10.2 Multiple PTO Engine Speed Operation - Example #1

PTO, multiple engine speeds
Hard Wired Switch inputs

PTO Configuration set to Cab Switches or Remote Switches.

For set engine speeds above Low Idle

Parameter Parameter setting Parameter setting

PTO TEL 1500 rpm 1500 rpm

** PTO To ** YES ** NO
Set Speed
PTO Set 1200 rpm 1200 rpm
Speed
Switch Engine speed reaction Engine speed reaction
Input
PTO ** Engine goes to 1200 rpm ** Engine Stays at Low Idle
Enable
* Set / If at Low Idle, Toggle once to go
If at 1200 rpm, toggle once to go
Accel to 1500 rpm. to 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go
N/A at 1500 rpm.. to 1500 rpm.
N/A at 1500 rpm.
* Resume / N/A if at Low Idle. N/A if at Low Idle.
Decel If at 1500 rpm Toggle once to go If at 1500 rpm Toggle once to go
to 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go to 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go
to low idle. to low idle.

Notes:
** Notice difference in function with different “PTO To Set Speed” parameter settings.

With “PTO Set Speed” parameter programmed to an engine rpm, the “Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch
Configuration” parameter setting has no effect on the cab cruise ‘Set’and ‘Resume’switches.

For One desired speed above low idle, set the “PTO Set Speed” and the “PTO TEL” to the same rpm value
Throttle can override ‘PTO Set Speed’rpm up to PTO TEL.

The ‘Set’switch will not set ‘PTO Set Speed’to the throttle controlled engine speed.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 81
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.10.3 Multiple PTO Engine Speed Operation - Example #2

PTO, multiple engine speeds

Hard Wired Switch inputs

PTO engine rpm control with Set Speed A and B

PTO Configuration set to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote Throttle

Parameter Parameter setting

PTO TEL 1500 rpm

Set Speed A 1000 rpm
Set Speed B 1200 rpm
PTO to Set No (N/A for Remote throttle)
Speed
Switch Engine speed reaction
Input
PTO Engine Stays at Low Idle
Enable
Set Speed A Engine speed ramps to 1000 rpm

Set Speed B If Set Speed A is Off, Engine speed ramps to 1200 rpm

Notes:
Set Speed A and B switch inputs must be programmed.

Set Speed A overrides Set Speed B, Cruise Accel, Cruise Decel, PTO set Speed and Throttle.

Set Speed B Overrides Cruise Accel, Cruise Decel, PTO Set Speed and Throttle.

If PTO To Set Speed is programmed to NO, switching A or B off returns the PTO Set Speed to Low Idle.

If PTO To Set Speed is programmed to YES, switching A or B off returns to the programmed PTO Engine
RPM Set Speed to Low Idle.

82 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.10.4 Multiple PTO engine speed Example #3

PTO, multiple engine speeds
Hard Wired Switch inputs

PTO Configuration set to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote Throttle.

To get variable engine speeds above low idle:

Parameter Parameter setting

PTO TEL 1500 rpm

PTO To Set No (N/A for Remote throttle)
Speed
PTO Set Speed 0 (N/A for Remote throttle)
Idle/PTO 50 rpm/sec
Ramp Rate
Idle/PTO 20 rpm
Bump Rate
Switch Input Engine Speed Reaction

PTO Enable Engine Stays at Low Idle

* Set / Accel Toggle once to set “PTO Set Speed” at current engine
speed.
Toggle to ‘Bump’20 rpm (up to 1500 rpm).
Hold to ‘Ramp’ up @ 50 rpm/sec (up to 1500 rpm).
N/A at 1500 rpm..
* Resume / N/A if PTO Set Speed not set.
Decel N/A if at Low Idle.
Toggle to ‘Bump’down 20 RPM (to Low Idle).
Hold to ‘Ramp’ down @ 50 rpm/sec (to Low Idle).

Notes:
• The “Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration” parameter settingDoes affect the Remote PTO Set and
Resume switches.

Throttle can override ‘PTO Set Speed’ rpm up to PTO TEL.

The ‘Set’ switch will set ‘PTO Set Speed’ to the throttle controlled engine speed.

Remote PTO Set and Resume switch inputs must be programmed for Remote Switches and Remote
Throttle.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 83
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.10.5 Multiple PTO engine speed Example #4

PTO, multiple engine speeds

J1939 Based Cruise Switch Input Messages

PTO Configuration set to Cab Switches.

For set engine speeds above Low Idle

Parameter Parameter setting Parameter setting

PTO TEL 1500 rpm 1500 rpm

** PTO To ** YES ** NO
Set Speed
PTO Set 1200 rpm 1200 rpm
Speed
Switch Input Engine speed reaction Engine speed reaction

PTO Enable ** Engine goes to 1200 rpm ** Engine Stays at Low Idle
(“PTO Set Speed” has been set)
J1939 Set N/A Toggle once to raise RPM to 1200 rpm.
Message (“PTO Set Speed” has been set) (“PTO Set Speed” has been set)
N/A Once a “PTO Set Speed” has been
established
J1939 N/A N/A
Resume
Message
J1939 Cruise If at Low Idle, Toggle once to go to After a “PTO Set Speed” has been
Accel 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go to 1500 established.
Message rpm. If at Low Idle, Toggle once to go to
N/A at PTO TEL (1500 rpm) 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go to 1500
rpm.
N/A at PTO TEL (1500 rpm)
J1939 Decel N/A if at Low Idle. N/A if at Low Idle.
Message
If at 1500 rpm Toggle once to go to If at 1500 rpm Toggle once to go to
1200 rpm. Toggle again to go to low 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go to low
idle. idle.

Notes:
** Notice difference in function with different “PTO To Set Speed” parameter settings.

For One desired speed above low idle, set the “PTO Set Speed” and the “PTO TEL” to the same rpm value

Throttle can override ‘PTO Set Speed’rpm up to PTO TEL.

The ‘Set’switch message will not set ‘PTO Set Speed’to the throttle controlled engine speed.

The ECM will respond to the J1939 based PTO Engine Rpm Set Speed A message just as the Hardwired
Switch Input.

84 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.10.6 Multiple PTO engine speed Example #5

PTO, multiple engine speeds

J1939 Based Cruise Switch Input Messages

PTO Configuration set to Cab Switches.

For variable engine speeds above low idle:

Parameter Parameter setting

PTO TEL 1500 rpm

PTO To Set Speed No

PTO Set Speed 0

Idle/PTO Ramp 50 rpm/sec

Rate
Idle/PTO Bump 20 rpm
Rate
Switch Input Engine Speed Reaction

PTO Enable Engine Stays at Low Idle

J1939 Cruise Set Toggle once to set “PTO Set Speed” at current engine
Message speed.

J1939 Cruise N/A

Resume Message

J1939 Cruise Toggle to bump Up 20 RPM.

Accel Message Hold to Ramp Up @ 50 RPM/Sec

J1939 Cruise If above Low Idle, toggle to bump Down 20 RPM

Decel Message Hold to Ramp Down @ 50 RPM/Sec

Notes:

The ECM will respond to the J1939 message (PGN 65,264 ($FEF) Byte 6 Bits 4-3 “Remote PTO
preprogrammed speed control switch”) in the same manner as the PTO Engine Rpm Set Speed A hardwired
switch input.

The “Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration” parameter settingDoes affect the J1939 Remote PTO
Set and Resume switch messages.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 85
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.10.7 Multiple PTO engine speed Example #6

PTO, multiple engine speeds

J1939 Based Switch Remote PTO Set & Resume Message Inputs

PTO Configuration set to Remote Switches or Remote Throttle.

For variable engine speeds.

Parameter Parameter setting

PTO TEL 1500 rpm

PTO To Set Speed No (N/A for Remote Throttle)

PTO Set Speed 0 (N/A for Remote Throttle)

Idle/PTO Ramp 50 rpm/sec

Rate
Idle/PTO Bump 20 rpm
Rate
Switch Input Engine Speed Reaction

PTO Enable Engine Stays at Low Idle

J1939 Remote Toggle once to set “PTO Set Speed” at current engine speed.
PTO Set Message Toggle to bump Up 20 RPM.
Hold to Ramp Up @ 50 RPM/Sec
J1939 Remote If above Low Idle, toggle to bump Down 20 RPM
PTO Resume Hold to Ramp Down @ 50 RPM/Sec
Message
J1939 Remote Not Supported
PTO Accel
Message
J1939 Remote Not Supported
PTO Decel
Message
Notes:

The ECM will respond to the J1939 message (PGN 65,264 ($FEF) Byte 6 Bits 4-3 “Remote PTO
preprogrammed speed control switch”) in the same manner as the PTO Engine Rpm Set Speed A hardwired
switch input.

The “Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration” parameter setting Does affect the J1939 Remote PTO Set and
Resume switch messages.

86 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

16.10.8 Multiple PTO engine speed Example #7

PTO, multiple engine speeds

J1939 Based Switch Remote PTO Set & Resume Message Inputs

PTO Configuration set to Remote Switches.

For set engine speeds above low idle:

Parameter Parameter setting

PTO TEL 1500 rpm 1500 rpm

PTO To Set Speed Yes No

PTO Set Speed 1200 1200

Idle/PTO Ramp 50 rpm/sec 50 rpm/sec

Rate
Idle/PTO Bump 20 rpm 20 rpm
Rate
Switch Input Engine Speed Reaction Engine Speed Reaction

PTO Enable ** Engine goes to 1200 rpm Engine Stays at Low Idle

J1939 Remote Toggle and Engine goes to 1500 RPM Toggle to increase rpm to 1200 RPM
PTO Set Message Toggle and Engine goes to 1500 RPM
J1939 Remote N/A @ Low Idle N/A @ Low Idle
PTO Resume @ 1500 RPM, Toggle to reduce RPM @ 1500 RPM, Toggle to reduce RPM
Message to 1200 RPM. to 1200 RPM.
@1200 RPM, Toggle to reduce RPM @1200 RPM, Toggle to reduce RPM to
to Low Idle Low Idle
J1939 Remote NOT SUPPORTED NOT SUPPORTED
PTO Accel
Message
J1939 Remote NOT SUPPORTED NOT SUPPORTED
PTO Decel
Message
Notes:
The ECM will respond to the J1939 message (PGN 65,264 ($FEF) Byte 6 Bits 4-3 “Remote PTO
preprogrammed speed control switch”) in the same manner as the PTO Engine Rpm Set Speed A hardwired
switch input.

The “Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration” parameter settingDoes affect the J1939 Remote PTO Set and
Resume switch messages.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 87
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

17.0 Engine Retarder

17.1 Engine Retarder Control
The ECM can directly drive the solenoids for a Caterpillar factory installed compression type engine retarder and
also provide an auxiliary brake signal based upon engine rpm, throttle position, clutch and brake engagement, and
the cruise control On/Off switch setting. The retarder output signals prevent ECM initiated retarder operation while
the engine is being fueled.
17.1.1 Engine Retarder Solenoid Output
The engine retarder solenoid output provides four levels of retarding; OFF, LOW, MED, and HIGH.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Cab switch(es).
17.2 Engine Retarder Solenoid Selector Switch
Engine Retarder Solenoid operation requires OEM switches providing logic input to the control indicated in the
following table for proper operation. A short circuit in the following table is a connection to ECM Connector P1,
terminal 5 (AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common.

Level Low/High- Terminal Med./High - Terminal 40

23

Off Open Circuit Open Circuit

Low Short Circuit Open Circuit

Med Open Circuit Short Circuit

High Short Circuit Short Circuit

ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE

RETARDER RETARDER RETARDER
SOLENOID SOLENOID SOLENOID
CYLINDERS CYLINDERS CYLINDER J300 P300 P2 J2 ECM
1&2 5&6 3&4
11 J700-BR 10 RETARDER SOLENOID MED/HI
9 J701-GN 11 RETARDER SOLENOID LOW/HI
7 J702-BK 9 RETARDER SOLENOID COMMON

H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON

E716-GY 23 RETARDER SOLENOID LOW/HI SWITCH
E717-GN 40 RETARDER SOLENOID MED/HI SWITCH
P1 J1
LO
MED
HI
LO
ENGINE RETARDER MED

SOLENOID ON/OFF SWITCH HI

ENGINE RETARDER
SOLENOID SELECTOR SWITCH
OEM RESPONSIBILITY

Wiring Diagram 26 - Engine Retarder Wiring Diagram

88 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

17.3 Retarder Solenoid Operation

In order to assure proper retarder operation the following conditions must be met, regardless of the Customer
Parameter settings for the Engine Retarder, Auto Retarder in Cruise, Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed,
Engine Retarder Minimum VSL Type, and Engine Retarder Delay parameters:
Engine rpm is above 800 rpm
AND
Accelerator Pedal Position < 7%
AND
Clutch pedal released
17.3.1 Engine Retarder Mode
Additional operating requirements must be met if the Cruise Control On/Off Switch is in the ON position, or the
engine is in Cruise Control, or when the vehicle is moving due to Customer Specified Parameters - Engine
Retarder, Auto Retarder in Cruise, Engine Retarder Minimum VSL Type, Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle
Speed, and Engine Retarder Delay.
The engine retarder is disabled if the vehicle speed is above 0 mph (0 km/h) but less than the programmed Engine
Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed (program this parameter to 0 mph (0 km/h) to disable vehicle speed regulation of
the retarder). The engine retarder is also disabled whenever the PTO On/Off switch is ON if the customer
parameter PTO Configuration is programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches, or Remote Throttle.
Cruise Control Switch in the ON position:
With the Cruise Control Switch ON three special retarder options allow the engine retarder to operate only after the
driver steps on the service brake. The three customer programmable modes of operation are:
1) The Coast mode engages the engine retarder when the driver presses the service brake. The retarder disengages when the
driver's foot is removed from the service brake.
2) The Latch mode engages the retarder when the driver presses the service brake. The retarder remains engaged until the
control detects a change in a control input, such as depressing the throttle pedal, clutch pedal, or the engine rpm drops below
800 rpm. Release of the service brake does not necessarily turn OFF the retarder like the Coast mode.
3) The Manual mode causes the retarder to operate the same whether the Cruise Control switch is ON or OFF - depressing the
service brakes is not necessary to initiate the retarder as for the Latch and Coast options.
NOTE: The Customer programmable modes Latch, Coast, and Manual determine Engine Retarder operation
only when the Cruise Control Switch is ON - not when the engine is active in cruise control (Latch and Coast
modes require service brake initiation before acting - service brake action disengages cruise control).
17.4 Auto Retarder in Cruise
The Auto Retarder in Cruise option allows the engine retarder to come on while the engine is active in cruise
control in order to attempt to maintain the cruise control set speed. The Auto Retarder in Cruise option still requires
the engine retarder switches to be in the ON position, and will only activate the retarder to the level at which the
switches indicate operation should occur. The Auto Retarder in Cruise parameter programs a vehicle speed above
the cruise control set speed at which the retarder will begin engaging the engine retarder. At this vehicle speed the
engine retarder will come on at the “low” level. The Auto Retarder in Cruise Increment determines the incremental
mph for the medium and high braking levels (assuming the engine retarder switches are ON above the low level).
If the increment is programmed to “zero”and the Retarder switch is set to “High”, the Retarder will actuate at the
“High” setting.
NOTE: The Auto Retarder in Cruise parameter does not operate the Auxiliary Brake Output while in cruise
control. The Auto Retarder in Cruise applies to the engine retarder solenoids driven directly from the ECM Engine
Harness Connector P2, terminals 9, 10, and 11.
17.5 Engine Retarder Delay
The Engine Retarder Delay parameter provides a lag between when conditions are actually met for the Retarder or
Auxiliary Brake and the time they come ON.
Trucks equipped with SAE J1922 or SAEJ1939 systems may also control the Engine Retarder when necessary.
For ABS systems not using J1922 or J1939 with the Engine Retarder Solenoids it will be necessary to connect a

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 89
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

relay as shown in “Wiring Diagram 33 - ABS Connection for Engine Retarder or Auxiliary Brake without SAE J1922
or J1939 Communications” on page 95 to disable the retarder.
17.5.1 ABS Engine Retarder Relay Specification
This normally closed relay must be capable of operating reliably with the low 5 mA current through the contact side.
17.5.2 Installing an Engine Retarder Active Lamp
In some applications it may be desirable to provide a dash lamp or operate the brake lamps to indicate when the
engine retarder is ON. “Wiring Diagram 27 - Installation Diagram for Engine Retarder Active Lamp”provides this
option with one exception. The lamp will not illuminate when the retarder solenoids are on due to Auto Engine
Retarder in Cruise operation.
NOTE: The lamp is driven from the ECM Output #3 (if Auxiliary Brake parameter is programmed to J1/P1:12)
of ECM Connector P1/J1terminal 12. The Auxiliary Brake output used is a 1.5 Amp high side output. This
option is not available if this output is used to drive a second ECM controlled braking device.

ENGINE RETARDER
ACTIVE LAMP ECM
E991-GY 12 OUTPUT #3
H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
E716-GY 23 RETARDER SOLENOID LOW/HI SWITCH
E717-GN 40 RETARDER SOLENOID MED/HI SWITCH
ENGINE RETARDER P1 J1
SOLENOID ON/OFF SWITCH LO
MED
HI
LO
MED
ENGINE RETARDER HI
SOLENOID SELECTOR SWITCH

Wiring Diagram 27 - Installation Diagram for Engine Retarder Active Lamp

90 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

18.0 Programmable Outputs

Output #1 can be used for a PTO On Lamp or a Low Coolant Level Lamp. Output #2 can be used for an Engine
Running Output, an Engine Shutdown Output or a Starting Aid Output. Output #3 can be used for an Auxiliary
Brake, Engine Running Output, Engine Shutdown Output or a Starting Aid Output. Output #4 can be used for an
Engine Running Output, Engine Shutdown Output, Starting Aid Output or a Second Fan Driver Output (if the Fan
Control Type is programmed to Horton 3-Speed) refer to“20.0 Cooling Fan ”on page 97. Output #5 can be used for
On-Off Cooling Fan driver or a Three Speed Fan driver. Output #6 can be used for a PTO Active Output or an
Eaton Top 2 Lockout Solenoid driver. Output #7 can be used for an Eaton Top 2 Shift Solenoid driver.
18.1 Output #2, Output #3, Output #4, Output #6 and Output #7 Electrical Specifications
Electrical characteristics of these high side outputs are as follows:

Minimum “ON ” Maximum “ON” Maximum Current Off State

Output Voltage Output Voltage Draw

Battery - 2.0 volts Battery 1.5 A (12 V or 24 V) High Impedance

These outputs can be connected to the coil side of a relay or directly to a solenoid (if the maximum current draw for
the solenoid is less than 1.5 amps). If connected to a relay, the contact side of the relay should be connected to
“+Battery” and the appropriate solenoid. Regardless if the output is used to connect to a solenoid or relay coil,
Caterpillar recommends transient suppression be used on the inductive load in addition to the ECM internal
protection. Circuit protection for the contact side of the relay and its grounding (when powering a relay) is
left to the OEM's discretion. Do not ground the relay or solenoid to the ECM Sensor Common connections.
Connections for Output #2, #3, #4, #6 and #7:

Terminal Description ECM P1/J1Terminal Assignment

Output #2 Terminal 10

Output #3 Terminal 12

Output #4 Terminal 13

Output #6 Terminal 19

Output #7 Terminal 20

18.2 Output #5 Electrical specifications

Output #5 is a Pulse Width Modulation output capable of driving 1.5 Amps. The carrier frequency is approximately
80 Hz. This output is available on terminal #11.
18.3 Output #6 Electrical Specifications
Output #6 is a high side driver capable of driving 1.0 amps.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 91
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

18.4 Engine Running Output

An Engine Running Output is available to indicate the engine is running. The Engine Running Output parameter
can be programmed to use Output #2, Output #3 or Output #4 by programming the Engine Running Output
parameter to J1/P1:10, J1/P1:12, or J1/P1:13 respectively. The ECM uses a 1.5 amp output to drive a relay. This
can be used to disable the starter or other devices. This will be a normally closed relay so that cranking can be
achieved immediately at power up. During cranking, the ECM will energize the relay once the engine rpm reaches
50 rpm below the low idle rpm. The relay will be de-energized if engine rpm falls 100 rpm below the programmed
low idle (600-750 rpm is low idle range). A normally closed relay is recommended because the ECM could see
insufficient battery voltage during cranking, preventing the ECM from providing sufficient battery voltage to
energize the relay.

ENGINE RUNNING TO VEHICLE

OUTPUT RELAY (N/C) +BATTERY

TO STARTER

ECM

E718-PK 10 OUTPUT #2
E991-GY 12 OUTPUT #3
G836-WH 13 OUTPUT #4
P1 J1

NOTE: OUTPUT #2, #3 OR #4 MAY BE USED. ENGINE RUNNING OUTPUT

PARAMETER MUST BE PROGRAMMED TO THE OUTPUT SELECTION.

Wiring Diagram 28 - Engine Running Outputs

18.5 Engine Shutdown Output

An Engine Shutdown Output is available to shut down the vehicle electrical system after the idle shutdown timer
expires. The Engine Shutdown Output parameter can be programmed to use Output #2, Output #3 or Output #4 by
programming the Engine Shutdown Output parameter to J1/P1:10, J1/P1:12, or J1/P1:13 respectively. The ECM
uses a 1.5 amp output to drive a relay.
This feature can provide the vehicle operator with the ability to remove the ignition key from the truck and leave the
vehicle, relying on the Engine Shutdown Output to remove power from the vehicle electrical system after the
engine shuts down when the idle shutdown timer expires. The operator may also shut down the vehicle
immediately by turning the key OFF and opening the Shutdown Switch. This requires a normally closed OEM
installed switch and a normally open OEM installed relay. Refer to “Wiring Diagram 29 - Engine Shutdown Outputs”
on page 93.
NOTE: If the wiring is configured as shown, the Electronic Service Tool Ignition Key Switch Status will display ON
whenever the Engine Shutdown Output Relay is ON, even if the ignition key switch has been turned to the OFF
position.

92 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

IGNITION
OFF
KEY SWITCH
ON
START
TO STARTER
ENGINE
SHUTDOWN
RELAY (N/O)
TO VEHICLE TO VEHICLE
ELECTRICAL +BATTERY
SYSTEMS
ECM
J906-BR 70 IGNITION KEY SWITCH
E718-PK 10 OUTPUT #2
E991-GY 12 OUTPUT #3
G836-WH 13 OUTPUT #4
ENGINE
SHUTDOWN P1 J1
SWITCH (N/C)

NOTE: OUTPUT #2, #3 OR #4 MAY BE USED. ENGINE SHUTDOWN OUTPUT

PARAMETER MUST BE PROGRAMMED TO THE OUTPUT SELECTION.

Wiring Diagram 29 - Engine Shutdown Outputs

18.6 Starting Aid Output

A Starting Aid Output parameter is available to connect to a relay and/or solenoid to control a Continuous Flow
Starting Aid System . The Starting Aid Output parameter can be programmed to use Output #2, Output #3 or Output
#4 by programming the Starting Aid Output parameter to J1/P1:10, J1/P1:12, or J1/P1:13 respectively. The ECM
uses a 1.5 amp output to drive the relay and/or solenoid.
Typical Starting Aid Systems inject ether into the intake manifold to aid engine starting during cold weather
operation. The output can be automatically controlled by the ECM, or an optional switch can be added to the
system to provide a means for the operator to disable the system if desired. If a switch is installed the Starting Aid
On/Off Switch parameter must be programmed to the corresponding switch input. When the switch is in the ON
position, the Starting Aid System will automatically enable the Starting Aid Output when conditions require the use
of a starting aid. When the switch is in the OFF position, the Starting Aid System will not function. If the Starting Aid
On/Off Switch parameter is programmed to None (default), this feature is not used. If it is programmed to one of the
available input options (J1/P1:7, J1/P1:47, J1/P1:6, J1/P1:46) the feature is available and the switch circuit should
be connected to the input option specified.
The Intake Manifold Air Temperature reading is used to determine if conditions require use of the Starting Aid. If a
fault condition exists with the Intake Manifold Air Temperature sensor circuit, the Coolant Temperature Sensor
reading will be used. If the temperature reading is below 0°C (32°F) and an attempt is made to start the engine, the
Starting Aid Output will be enabled for up to 30 seconds while the engine is cranking. If the engine starts or a
condition occurs that prevents fuel from being injected, the Staring Aid Output will be disabled.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 93
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

STARTING AID ECM

ENABLE SWITCH 7 *INPUT #4
(OPTIONAL) 47 *INPUT #5
6 *INPUT #6
46 *INPUT #7
5 AP SENSOR / SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
12 *OUTPUT #3
10 *OUTPUT #2
STARTING AID 13 *OUTPUT #4
SOLENOID VALVE P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 30 - Starting Aid Output

18.7 Auxiliary Brake

Output #3 can be used for the Caterpillar BrakeSaver or other brakes not installed by Caterpillar by programming
the Auxiliary Brake parameter to J1/P1:12 (Output #3). The output circuit sends out the enable (high +Battery)
signal when turning the braking device ON. A relay with normally open contacts must be used with the Auxiliary
Brake for proper operation. Caterpillar recommends simultaneously switching both the contact and coil side of the
relay. Simultaneous switching also provides additional failure mode protection in case the relay contacts stick,
because the switch is in both the coil and contact side of the relay.
18.7.1 Caterpillar BrakeSaver Installation
To enable the Caterpillar BrakeSaver automatic mode with the C-15 and C-16 engine, install as shown in Wiring
Diagram 31 - “Caterpillar BrakeSaver Connection Diagram” on page 94.
For C-15 and C-16 engines equipped with Caterpillar Engine Monitoring and a Caterpillar BrakeSaver, the
SHUTDOWN mode for engine monitoring is not available. For any engine retarder rejecting heat to the engine
cooling system the SHUTDOWN mode of engine monitoring must not be used.

BRAKESAVER
AUTO/MANUAL BRAKESAVER TO VEHICLE
SWITCH (IN MANUAL) RELAY N/O +BATTERY

ECM
BRAKESAVER E991-GY 12 OUTPUT #3
SOLENOID
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 31 - Caterpillar BrakeSaver Connection Diagram

94 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

18.7.2 OEM Installed Auxiliary Brake

Caterpillar recommends simultaneously switching both the contact and coil side of the relay. Simultaneous
switching also provides additional failure mode protection in case the relay contacts stick, because the switch is in
both the coil and contact side of the relay.

AUXILIARY BRAKE
AUXILIARY BRAKE AUTO/MANUAL AUXILIARY BRAKE TO VEHICLE
SELECTOR SWITCH SWITCH (IN MANUAL) RELAY N/O +BATTERY

LO
MED
ECM
HI
LO E991-GY 12 OUTPUT #3
MED
HI
P1 J1

AUXILIARY BRAKE
SOLENOIDS

Wiring Diagram 32 - OEM Installed Auxiliary Brake Connection Diagram

NOTE: The Auxiliary Brake circuit operates identically to the ENGINE RETARDER SOLENOID circuit except it
does not read the dash switches, and will not come ON in cruise control mode for the Auto Retarder in Cruise
Customer Parameter option.
18.7.3 ABS Auxiliary Brake Specification
Wiring Diagram 33 - “ABS Connection for Engine Retarder or Auxiliary Brake without SAE J1922 or J1939
Communications” on page 95 shows connection of ABS systems not using SAE J1922 communications.

ABS BRAKE
RELAY N/C ECM
C977-BU 22 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
P1 J1
TO ABS
CONTROL

CLUTCH SWITCH N/C

(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION)

Wiring Diagram 33 - ABS Connection for Engine Retarder or Auxiliary Brake without SAE J1922 or J1939
Communications

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 95
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

19.0 Governor Type

The ECM has the capability of being programmed to one of two governor types. These governor types are Full
Range and Min/Max.

19.1 Full Range Governor

The Full Range governor is an engine speed governor that works on the principle that the engine will try to maintain
an engine speed for a given throttle position. This governor type is recommended for all manual transmissions.
Customer Parameter programming required:
Governor Type programmed to Full Range.
19.2 Min / Max Governor
The purpose of this feature is to provide an alternative type of engine speed governor commonly referred to as
“Min/Max Governor.” This governor essentially only “governs” engine speed when at the minimum or maximum
allowed engine speed. When in between these limits, the throttle -position will cause the engine to produce power
proportional to its’value. The benefit of this type of governor is smoother shifting for engines with automatic/
automated transmissions.
The Min/Max governor will attempt to maintain a constant engine power output, based on the throttle position. This
design provides optimized shift quality with automatic transmissions, and offers excellent power modulation which
allows the operator to adjust the engine power output to match typical vehicle operating conditions. The engine will
accelerate or decelerate to "find" a vehicle load level which will match the engine output commanded by the
throttle. If the throttle is commanding more power than the vehicle will offer, the engine will accelerate to the high
idle speed.
Vehicles that are lightly loaded will achieve a desired acceleration at a lower throttle position than vehicles which
are heavily loaded. Vehicles with very high power/weight ratios (i.e., bare chassis motorcoaches) will accelerate at
very low throttle positions.
Includes: Eaton Autoshift; Merritor Freedom, SureShift, All Allison and ZF
Customer Parameter programming required:
Governor Type programmed to Min / Max.

Power

100% Throttle Lug

Curve, both governors
80
50

%
20

%
%

Full Range Throttle Position

80%
M ro i o n

50%
i n ttl e
T h osi t

M
P

ax

20%

ENGINE SPEED – >

96 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

20.0 Cooling Fan

The ECM provides a cooling fan disable signal (ECM output = high for fan OFF) for On/Off control of the cooling
system fan based on coolant temperature, engine retarder operation, engine rpm, and intake manifold air
temperature. Optional control based on an OEM installed air conditioning high pressure switch or a manual Fan
Override switch can also be selected. The parameter Fan Control Type determines how the ECM controls a
fan.The Fan Control Type programmable options are On-Off, Three Speed Fan and NONE (default). Program this
parameter to None if the ECM is not connected to the Cooling Fan circuit.
To prevent unnecessary cooling fan cycling due to reduced voltage levels during engine cranking, the ECM turns
the output(s) OFF (fan ON). Because an electrical open circuit is the most likely failure mode, Caterpillar
recommends a normally open circuit(s).
20.0.1 Output #5 Electrical Specifications
Electrical characteristics of the fan control high side driver is as follows:

Minimum “ON” Output Voltage Maximum “ON” Output Voltage Maximum Current Draw OFF State

Battery - 2.0 Volts DC Battery 1.5 A (12 V or 24 V) High Impedance

The drivers are intended for connection to the cooling fan solenoids. Caterpillar recommends transient suppression
be used on the inductive load in addition to the ECM's internal protection.
Connection for these output:

Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment

Output #4 Terminal 13

Output #5 Terminal 11

Wiring Diagram 34 - On-Off Cooling Fan Circuit

Wiring Diagram 35 - Three Speed Cooling Fan Circuit

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 97
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

20.1 Cooling Fan Output Operation with Fan Control Type Programmed to On-Off
Program Fan Control Type to On-Off to have the ECM provide control of an ON-OFF fan clutch. The Cooling Fan
circuit sends out a high signal to turn the fan OFF. The fan comes ON in the event of an output circuit failure such
as an open circuit. This requires a relay with normally open contacts (if powering the coil side of a relay), or a
solenoid valve that deactivates the fan when it receives the disable (high) signal. Refer to “Wiring Diagram 34 - On-
Off Cooling Fan Circuit”on page 97. Additional switching devices in the circuit should cause an open circuit to turn
the fan ON. This circuit is designed to withstand a short circuit to “+Battery”voltage and will not be adversely
affected if other devices are connected to this line when directly driving a solenoid. When driving a relay,
connection of other devices to the Cooling Fan Output should not be necessary.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Solenoid or Solenoid and Relay.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Cooling Fan Type programmed to On-Off Fan.

NOTICE
Caterpillar requires the OEM to install a warning sticker near the fan
indicating the fan is automatically controlled and may come ON at any time.

The ECM will turn the cooling fan ON under any of the following conditions if engine rpm is less than 2250 rpm:

Conditions to turn Fan ON for C-15 and C-16 Conditions to turn Fan ON for C-10 and C-12
Engine Not Running Engine Not Running

During Engine Cranking During Engine Cranking

Coolant Sensor Temperature > 216°F (102°C) Coolant Sensor Temperature > 205°F (96°C)

Active Coolant Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Active Coolant Temperature Sensor Diagnostic

Intake Manifold Air Temperature > 189°F (87°C) Intake Manifold Air Temperature > 189°F (87°C)

Intake Manifold Air Temperature > 162°F (72°C) with Boost Intake Manifold Air Temperature > 162°F (72°C) with Boost
Pressure > 10 psi (70 kPa) Pressure > 10 psi (70 kPa)

*Engine Retarder ON in high mode > 2 seconds, when Fan *Engine Retarder ON in high mode > 2 seconds, when Fan
With Engine Retarder in High Mode is programmed to YES With Engine Retarder in High Mode is programmed to YES

*A/C High Pressure Switch Input is Open or ECM is Counting *A/C High Pressure Switch Input is Open or ECM is Counting

*PTO On/Off Switch in ON position, when PTO Activates *PTO On/Off Switch in ON position, when PTO Activates
Cooling Fan parameter is programmed to Continuous Cooling Fan parameter is programmed to Continuous

*Manual Fan Override Switch is ON, when the Fan Override *Manual Fan Override Switch is ON, when the Fan Override
Switch parameter is programmed to a selected input. Switch parameter is programmed to a selected input.

*These items are dependent upon programming of Customer Parameters.

NOTE: The ECM will turn the cooling fan OFF for 10 seconds during an engine shutdown.
The fan will remain on for a minimum of 30 seconds following ECM initiated activation except following engine start
up, or if the A/C Pressure Switch Fan On Time is programmed less than 30 seconds. During engine start up, the
ECM will keep the fan ON for 2 seconds after the engine has reached the programmed low idle (700 - 750 rpm).
This is done because unstable vehicle battery voltage during cranking may cause the fan to cycle.
The fan will be turned OFF by the control (after being turned ON) if engine rpm exceeds 2300 rpm or when all the
following circumstances are met.

98 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Conditions to turn Fan OFF for C-15 and C-16 Conditions to turn Fan OFF for C-10 and C-12

Coolant Sensor Temperature < 208°F (98°C) Coolant Sensor Temperature < 198°F (92°C)
The fan has been ON for at least 30 seconds The fan has been ON for at least 30 seconds

Intake Manifold Air Temperature < 151°F (66°C) Intake Manifold Air Temperature < 151°F (66°C)
E ngine Retarder ON Strategy is not Active E ngine Retarder ON Strategy is not Active
A/C High Pressure Switch not Active A/C High Pressure Switch not Active

PTO On/Off Switch in OFF position PTO On/Off Switch in OFF position

Manual Fan Override Switch in OFF position Manual Fan Override Switch in OFF position

Key Switch turned OFF with Engine Speed Present Key Switch turned OFF with Engine Speed Present

NOTE: The ECM will turn the cooling fan OFF for 10 seconds during an engine shutdown.
20.2 Cooling Fan Output Operation with Fan Control Type Programmed to Three Speed Fan
The Three Speed Fan operates in three modes: brake, slip and direct (full speed). Two solenoids are required for
three speed fan control. Refer to “Wiring Diagram 35 - Three Speed Cooling Fan Circuit”on page 97.The fan
comes ON in direct mode in the event of an output circuit failure such as an open circuit. This requires relays with
normally open contacts (if powering the coil side of a relay), or solenoid valves that deactivate the fan when it
receives the disable (high) signal. Additional switching devices in the circuit should cause an open circuit to turn the
fan ON. This circuit is designed to withstand a short circuit to “+Battery” voltage and will not be adversely affected
if other devices are connected to this line when directly driving a solenoid. When driving relays, connection of other
devices to the Cooling Fan Outputs should not be necessary.
When the fan is in Brake Mode both output drivers are ON (Fan OFF). In Slip Mode Output #4 driver is OFF and
Output #5 driver is ON. During Direct Mode both output drivers are OFF (Fan ON full speed).
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Two solenoids or two relays and two solenoids.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Cooling Fan Type programmed to Three Speed Fan.

NOTICE
Caterpillar requires the OEM to install a warning sticker near the fan
indicating the fan is automatically controlled and may come ON at any time.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 99
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

20.2.1 Direct Mode Operation (Fan ON full speed) will occur under any of the following conditions if engine rpm is
less than 2250 rpm:

Direct Mode Operation for C-15 and C-16 Direct Mode Operation for C-10 and C-12
Engine Not Running. Engine Not Running.

During Engine Cranking. During Engine Cranking.

Coolant Sensor Temperature increasing > 217°F (103°C). Coolant Sensor Temperature increasing > 203°F (95°C).

NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Direct Mode the fan NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Direct Mode the fan
will continue to operate in Direct Mode until coolant sensor will continue to operate in Direct Mode until coolant sensor
temperature is < 207°F (97°C). temperature is < 198°F (92°C).

Active Coolant Temperature Sensor Diagnostic. Active Coolant Temperature Sensor Diagnostic.

Intake Manifold Air Temperature increasing > 178°F (81°C). Intake Manifold Air Temperature increasing > 178°F (81°C).

NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Direct Mode the fan NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Direct Mode the fan
will continue to operate in Direct Mode until intake manifold will continue to operate in Direct Mode until intake manifold
sensor air temperature is < 127°F (53°C). sensor air temperature is < 127°F (53°C).

Intake Manifold Air Temperature increasing > 149°F (65°C) Intake Manifold Air Temperature increasing > 149°F (65°C)
if Boost Pressure > 70 kPa (10 psi). if Boost Pressure > 70 kPa (10 psi).

NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Direct Mode the fan NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Direct Mode the fan
will continue to operate in Direct Mode until intake manifold will continue to operate in Direct Mode until intake manifold
sensor air temperature is < 127°F (53°C). sensor air temperature is < 127°F (53°C).

*Engine Retarder ON in high mode > 3 seconds, when Fan *Engine Retarder ON in high mode > 3 seconds, when Fan
With Engine Retarder in High Mode is programmed to YES. With Engine Retarder in High Mode is programmed to YES.

*PTO On/Off Switch in ON position, when PTO Activates *PTO On/Off Switch in ON position, when PTO Activates
Cooling Fan parameter is programmed to Continuous. Cooling Fan parameter is programmed to Continuous.

*Manual Fan Override Switch is ON, when the Fan Override *Manual Fan Override Switch is ON, when the Fan Override
Switch parameter is programmed to a selected input. Switch parameter is programmed to a selected input.

*These items are dependent upon programming of Customer Parameters.

The fan will remain on for a minimum of 20 seconds in direct mode following ECM initiated activation and a
minimum of 3 seconds in slip speed mode except following engine start up, or if the A/C Pressure Switch Fan On
Time is programmed less than 20 seconds. During engine start up, the ECM will keep the fan ON for 2 seconds
after the engine has reached the programmed low idle (700 - 750 rpm). This is done because unstable vehicle
battery voltage during cranking may cause the fan to cycle

100 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

20.2.2 Slip Mode Operation will occur under the following conditions:

Slip Mode Operation for C-15 and C-16 Slip Mode Operation for C-10 and C-12
Coolant Sensor Temperature increasing > 194°F (90°C). Coolant Sensor Temperature increasing > 194°F (90°C).

NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Slip Mode the fan will NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Slip Mode the fan will
continue to operate in Slip Mode until coolant sensor continue to operate in Slip Mode until coolant sensor
temperature is < 178°F (81°C). temperature is < 178°F (81°C).

Intake Air Sensor Temperature increasing > 127°F (53°C). Intake Air Sensor Temperature increasing > 127°F (53°C).

NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Slip Mode the fan will NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Slip Mode the fan will
continue to operate in Slip Mode until intake air sensor continue to operate in Slip Mode until intake air sensor
temperature is < 34°F (1°C). temperature is < 34°F (1°C).

*A/C High Pressure Switch Input is Open or ECM is Counting. *A/C High Pressure Switch Input is Open or ECM is Counting.

20.2.3 Brake Mode Operation (Fan OFF) will occur if engine rpm exceeds 2300 rpm or when all of the following
conditions are met:

Brake Mode Operation for C-15 and C-16 Brake Mode Operation for C-10 and C-12
Coolant Sensor Temperature < 196°F (91°C). Coolant Sensor Temperature < 196°F (91°C).
NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Slip Mode the fan will NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Slip Mode the fan will
not transition to Brake Mode until the coolant sensor not transition to Brake Mode until the coolant sensor
temperature decreases to < 178°F (81°C). temperature decreases to < 178°F (81°C).

The fan has been ON for at least 20 seconds. The fan has been ON for at least 20 seconds.

Intake Manifold Air Temperature < 129°F (54°C). Intake Manifold Air Temperature < 129°F (54°C).
NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Slip Mode the fan will NOTE: If the cooling fan is operating in Slip Mode the fan will
not transition to Brake Mode until the coolant sensor not transition to Brake Mode until the coolant sensor
temperature decreases to < 34°F (1°C). temperature decreases to < 34°F (1°C).

Engine Retarder ON Strategy is not Active. Engine Retarder ON Strategy is not Active.

A/C High Pressure Switch not Active. A/C High Pressure Switch not Active.

PTO On/Off Switch in OFF Position. PTO On/Off Switch in OFF Position.

Manual Fan Override Switch in OFF position Manual Fan Override Switch in OFF position

20.3 Air Conditioning High Pressure Switch

Input #11 (J1/P1:41) to the ECM is available for connection of a normally closed high pressure A/C switch. The
ECM has a timer available to prevent excessive cycling of the cooling fan clutch due to successive cycling of the A/
C switch input. The timer is programmable from 0 to 600 seconds, with 0 seconds indicating the feature is OFF (the
default). Typical programming is 30 seconds, with 1 second recommended for systems connecting this input to
other controls with their own built in timers.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 101
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

H igh Press.
Refrigerant
Low Press. Pressure

A/C Pressure
Switch Circuit
Switch Open

Switch Closed

Cooling Fan

Fan On
A/C Fan
Fan Off Switch On Time

Output #5
Output #5 On

Output #5 Off

*Output #4
Output #4 On

Output #4 Off

*Output #4 only used when Fan Control

Type is programmed to Three Speed Fan

Figure 34 - A/C High Pressure Switch Operation

OEM provided and installed components required:

1) Normally closed high pressure A/C switch.
2) Cooling fan connection to Output #5, and Output #4 (if Fan Control Type is programmed to On-Off or Three Speed Fan).
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Fan Control Type programmed to On-Off or Three Speed Fan.
2) A/C Pressure Switch Fan-On Time programmed in the 1 - 600 second range (0 = disabled).
20.3.1 A/C High Pressure Switch Operation
This switch must be a normally closed switch, opening when the refrigerant pressure exceeds the desired level.
The ECM input is monitored only if the Customer Programmable Parameter for A/C Pressure Fan On Time is
programmed in the 1-600 second range. Figure 34 illustrates the fan operation due to this input. The A/C Pressure
Switch Fan-On Time is programmable from 0 to 600 seconds. If the Parameter is at 0 seconds, the ECM will not
respond to the input. Figure 34 - “A/C High Pressure Switch Operation” indicates the ECM A/C High Pressure
Switch operation.

102 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

20.4 Fan Control Connections

Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment

Input #11 Terminal 41

ECM
A/C HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
(FAN ON POSITION) G837-YL 11 OUTPUT #5
E971-GN 41 INPUT #11
H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 36 - Cooling Fan and A/C High Pressure Switch Circuit for On-Off Fan Type

BRAKE MODE SOLENOID

SLIP MODE SOLENOID ECM

A/C HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH G836-WH 13 OUTPUT #4
(FAN ON POSITION) G837-YL 11 OUTPUT #5
E971-GN 41 INPUT #11
H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 37 - Cooling Fan and A/C High Pressure Switch Circuit for Three Speed Fan Type

ECM

G841-GN 7 INPUT #4
FAN OVERRIDE SWITCH G842-GY 47 INPUT #5
(SHOWN IN OFF POSITION) G843-OR 6 INPUT #6
G844-PK 46 INPUT #7
H795-PK 5 AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
P1 J1

NOTE: THE FAN OVERRIDE SWITCH PARAMETER MUST BE PROGRAMMED TO

J1/P1:46, J1/P1:6, J1/P1:47 OR J1/P1:7.

Wiring Diagram 38 - Manual Fan Override Switch

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 103
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

21.0 Transmissions
Caterpillar C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 engines can be connected to a variety of transmissions. Caterpillar provides
the Customer Parameter Transmission Style including the available options of Manual, Automatic Option 1,
Automatic Option 2, Automatic Option 3, Automatic Option 4 and Eaton Top 2. This selection should be based on
the type of transmission and whether a neutral switch or a second separate service brake pedal position switch is
used. Correct programming is required to provide proper cruise control, PTO, and Extended Idle operation. Refer
to “13.13 Transmission Neutral Switch ” on page 56 for more information.

Transmission Style Parameter Switch Input Table

Transmission Style Service Service Clutch Transmissio ECM Connection

Parameter Setting Brake #1 Brake #2 n Neutral

Manual 4 4 J1/P1, terminal 22

Automatic Option 1 4

Automatic Option 2 4 4 J1/P1, terminal 64

Automatic Option 3 4 4 4 J1/P1, terminal 62

J1/P1, terminal 64

Automatic Option 4 4 4 J1/P1, terminal 62

Eaton Top 2 4 4 J1/P1, terminal 22

NOTE: All options require a Service Brake Pedal Position Switch circuit connected to the ECM Connector J1/P1, terminal 45.

Transmission Style Options Table

Transmission Installed Acceptable Transmission Style Data Link

Programming Options Used

Allison WTEC* Automatic Option 1, Automatic Option 2, J1587 or

Automatic Option 3, Automatic Option 4 J1939

Allison ATEC* Automatic Option 1, Automatic Option 2, J1587 or

Automatic Option 3, Automatic Option 4 J1939

Eaton Top 2 Eaton Top 2 None

Manual Manual None

Eaton Autoshift Manual J1939

Eaton Lightning Manual J1939

Meritor ESS Manual J1939

Meritor SureShift Manual J1939

*Where more that one option is listed, the Transmission Style parameter is dependent upon the particular switch
installation. Refer to “Transmission Style Parameter Switch Input Table”on page 104 for details.
21.0.1 Spicer Automate-2 10 Speed Electronically Automated Transmission
The C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 engines have not been developed to be compatible with the Spicer Automate-2
transmission. Please contact Caterpillar regarding application of this transmission.

104 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

21.1 Allison ATEC Series

The Allison ATEC requires connection to either the SAE J1587/J1708 or J1939 data link to communicate to the
ECM.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) SAE J1587 or J1939 Data link connection to the Allison transmission control.
2) Connection to ECM Service Brake #2 and Neutral Switch Input as per “Transmission Style Parameter Switch Input Table”on
page 104.
21.2 Allison WTEC Series
The Allison WTEC requires connection to the SAE J1587/J1708 or J1939 data link to communicate to the ECM.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) SAE J1587 or J1939 Data link connection to the Allison transmission control.
2) Connection to ECM Service Brake #2 and Neutral Switch Input as per “Transmission Style Parameter Switch Input Table”on
page 104.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Transmission Style programmed to match components connected to ECM Service Brake #2 and Neutral Switch Inputs.
21.3 Allison AT/MT/HT Series
Caterpillar 3126B engines provide Transmission Style parameter options that use an output to control a Shift
Interface Relay for AT/MT/HT non-electronic transmissions. The C-10, C-12, C15 and C-16 engines require a
special additional interface component (not supplied by Caterpillar) to be compatible with Allison AT/MT/HT
Transmissions. This component connects to the ECM SAE J1587/J1708 data link and controls Shift Modulation.
Please contact Allison regarding availability of these components.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) SAE J1587 Data link connection to the Interface Kit.
2) Connection to ECM Service Brake #2 and Neutral Switch Input as per “Transmission Style Parameter Switch Input Table”on
page 104.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Transmission Style programmed to match components connected to ECM Service Brake #2 and Neutral Switch Inputs.
21.4 Eaton CEEMAT
The C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 engines have not been developed to be compatible with the CEEMAT
transmission. Please contact Caterpillar regarding application of this transmission.
21.5 Eaton Autoshift
Caterpillar provides capability for connection with an Eaton 10 Speed or 18 Speed Autoshift transmission using
SAE J1939 communications.
NOTE: The Eaton Autoshift is an automated manual transmission and requires a clutch switch.
NOTE: The Eaton Autoshift transmission is not currently compatible with a Brakesaver equipped engine. Changes
to the SAE J1939 broadcast will make this combination compatible in the future.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) SAE J1939 Data link connection to the Eaton transmission control.
2) Clutch Switch.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Powertrain Data Link parameter programmed to J1939, or J1922 & J1939 (only if SAE J1939 and SAE J1922 are both used
on the vehicle).
2) Transmission Style programmed to Manual.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 105
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

21.6 Eaton Top 2 Transmissions

The Caterpillar ECM operates two solenoids to control the shifting between the top two gears of an Eaton Top 2
Transmission. This requires programming of four Customer Parameters and additional wiring. Caterpillar
recommends Locking each of these parameters following their programming for Eaton Top 2. Each of the
parameters must be correctly programmed for the system to operate correctly.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Connection to ECM J1/P1 terminal-20 to a Shift Solenoid and to J1/P1 terminal-19 to a Lockout Solenoid.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Transmission Style parameter programmed to Eaton Top 2.
2) Top Gear Ratio.
3) Top Gear Minus One Ratio.
4) Top Gear Minus Two Ratio.
21.6.1 Output #6 and Output #7 Electrical Specifications
Electrical characteristics of these high side drivers are as follows:

Minimum “ON” Output Voltage Maximum “ON” Output Voltage Maximum Current Draw OFF State

Battery - 2.0 Volts DC Battery 1.0 A High Impedance

These driver are intended for connection to a solenoid. Caterpillar recommends transient suppression be used on
the inductive load in addition to the ECM's internal protection. Circuit protection is left to the OEM's discretion.
Connection for this output:

Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment

Output #6 Terminal 19

Output #7 Terminal 20

21.6.2 Lockout Solenoid Operation

The Lockout Solenoid uses Output #6 when the Transmission Style is programmed to Eaton Top 2.This output will
be ON when the ECM detects an Eaton Top 2 transmission is in the programmed Top Gear Minus One Ratio and
OFF under all other conditions. A 54-05 Output #6 Open Circuit (66) diagnostic code will be active if the
Transmission Style is programmed to Eaton Top 2 without connection to the solenoid or if a fault condition exists
for the Lockout Solenoid.
21.6.3 Shift Solenoid Operation
The Shift Solenoid uses Output #7 when the Transmission Style is programmed to Eaton Top 2. This output will be
ON when the ECM detects an Eaton Top 2 transmission is in the programmed Top Gear Ratio and OFF under all
other conditions. A 55-05 Output #7 Open Circuit (67) diagnostic code will be active if the Transmission Style is
programmed to Eaton Top 2 without connection to the solenoid or if a fault condition exists for the Shift Solenoid.

106 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

21.6.4 Eaton Top 2 Installation Requirements

Eaton Top 2 transmissions require a wiring harness to connect the Lockout Solenoid to Output #6 and Shift
Solenoid to Output #7. The ground connection for the solenoids should be connected to the engine ground stud.
Refer to “Wiring Diagram 39 - Eaton Top 2 Circuit Diagram ”on page 107.

ECM
A G838-BR 19 OUTPUT #6
C G839-BU 20 OUTPUT #7
EATON EATON B P1 J1
TOP 2 TOP 2
LOCKOUT SHIFT
SOLENOID SOLENOID

Wiring Diagram 39 - Eaton Top 2 Circuit Diagram

21.7 Meritor Engine Syncro Shift (ESS) Transmissions

Caterpillar provides capability for connection with an Meritor ESS transmission using SAE J1939 communications.
NOTE: The Meritor ESS is an automated manual transmission and requires a clutch switch.
NOTE: The Meritor ESS transmission is not currently compatible with a Brakesaver equipped engine. Changes to
the SAE J1939 broadcast will make this combination compatible in the future.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) SAE J1939 Data link connection to the Eaton transmission control.
2) Clutch Switch.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Powertrain Data Link parameter programmed to J1939, or J1922 & J1939 (only if SAE J1939 and SAE J1922 are both used
on the vehicle).
2) Transmission Style programmed to Manual.
21.8 Meritor SureShift Transmissions
Caterpillar provides capability for connection with an Meritor SureShift transmission using SAE J1939
communications.
NOTE: The Meritor SureShift is an automated manual transmission and requires a clutch switch.
NOTE: The Meritor SureShift transmission is not currently compatible with a Brakesaver equipped engine.
Changes to the SAE J1939 broadcast will make this combination compatible in the future.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) SAE J1939 Data link connection to the Eaton transmission control.
2) Clutch Switch.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Powertrain Data Link parameter programmed to J1939, or J1922 & J1939 (only if SAE J1939 and SAE J1922 are both used
on the vehicle).
2) Transmission Style programmed to Manual Option 1.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 107
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

22.0 ABS and Traction Control

The ECM can communicate with ABS and ABS with Traction Control using the SAE J1939 or the SAE J1922 data
link. Refer to “26.0 SAE J1939 Broadcast Messages”on page 122 for supported messages. Caterpillar’s ECM will
respond to commands from Anti-Lock Brake Systems (ABS) using SAE J1922 or J1939 communication for Engine
Retarder control. This eliminates a relay for ABS systems using SAE J1922 or J1939 communications. This does
require connection to the engine control SAE J1922 or J1939 Data Link. Those ABS systems not using J1922 or
J1939 communications will still require relays.
NOTE: Caterpillar production ECMs will no longer support J1922 after May, 2002. ECMs with J1922 support will
have to be special ordered.

23.0 Data Links

23.1 SAE J1587/J1708 Data Link
The control system has a standard data link available for communicating with electronic service tools, dash
displays, and certain transmissions. The ATA (American Trucking Association), SAE J1587/SAE J1708 Data Link
is standard on all Caterpillar Truck Engines. The ATA data link can reduce duplication of engine and vehicle
sensors by allowing other control systems to share sensor information. The ATA data link can also communicate
with Caterpillar or MPSI Pro-Link (with Caterpillar Cartridge) service tools. Refer to “Wiring Diagram 40 - J1587
Data Link Circuit with 6-Terminal Diagnostic Connector” on page 108 and “Wiring Diagram 41 - J1587 Data Link
Circuit with 9-Terminal J1939/13 Off-Board Diagnostic Connector”on page 109 for data link wiring details. The
ATA data link does not require a Customer Parameter to activate. The data link follows SAE recommended
practice J1708 for hardware and SAE recommended practice J1587 for the communication protocol.
An OEM installed wiring harness and cab connector are necessary to allow for accessing the data link with a
service tool. There is not a data link connector supplied in the engine harness. Caterpillar requests the vehicle
OEM install a data link connector at the engine for those applications where the cab data link connector is too far
away for practical service of the engine. For engine mounted data link connectors Caterpillar recommends
grounding the engine data link connector directly to the engine ground stud through a splice into either “-Battery”
wire (Connector P1, terminal 65 or 67). It must not be grounded to ECM Sensor Common connections. An example
application for an engine installed data link connector would be found on a bus or RV with a rear mounted engine.
The diagrams below represent the ATA data link installed in to a 6-terminal and 9-terminal dash connectors.

+BATTERY C
-BATTERY E
D ECM
F
J1587 DL- B E793-BU 9 J1587 DATA LINK NEGATIVE
J1587 DL+ A E794-YL 8 J1587 DATA LINK POSITIVE
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 40 - J1587 Data Link Circuit with 6-Terminal Diagnostic Connector

108 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

+BATTERY B
-BATTERY A
ECM

J1587 DL- G E793-BU 9 J1587 DATA LINK NEGATIVE

J1587 DL+ F E794-YL 8 J1587 DATA LINK POSITIVE
J1939 DATA LINK SHIELD E A249-BK 42 J1939 DATA LINK SHIELD
J1939 DATA LINK - D K990-GN 34 J1939 DATA LINK -
J1939 DATA LINK + C K900-YL 50 J1939 DATA LINK +
P1 J1

Wiring Diagram 41 - J1587 Data Link Circuit with 9-Terminal J1939/13 Off-Board Diagnostic Connector

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 109
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

23.2 Service Tools and Diagnostics

The control system has built-in diagnostics to verify system components are operating properly. In the event of a
component failure, the driver is alerted to the condition via an OEM installed “Check Engine”or diagnostic lamp, or
from a message transmitted over the SAE J1587 data link. Intermittent faults are logged and stored in the memory
of the ECM and can be retrieved using an Electronic Service Tool.
The recommended electronic service tool for the C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 engine is Caterpillar Electronic
Technician (ET). ET is a software based service tool used to diagnose and repair Caterpillar products. It is
designed to run on a personal computer using the Windows ® 95 or Windows ® NT operating system. Another
Caterpillar service tool that can be used but is no longer supported, is the Electronic Control Analyzer and
Programmer (ECAP).
Caterpillar is also compatible with the MPSI Pro-Link service tool (requires Caterpillar cartridge). The following
table outlines the capabilities of the electronic service tools mentioned. Note that the table outlines features as of
the publication date. The MPSI Pro-Link Caterpillar cartridge allows all printable characters available on ET or
ECAP except the following: ~, \, and _ characters. Therefore, for existing passwords containing these characters,
ET or ECAP must be used. The Caterpillar ET or ECAP service tool allows the use of any printable character
available on the keyboard. It is important when considering Customer passwords to make sure the service
tool normally used to access these parameters can input all the necessary characters.

Service Tool Features ET ECAP Pro-Link1

WinFlash Program Personality Module Software Yes No No
2
Read/Change Customer Parameters Yes Yes Yes2
Read/Change Factory Parameters Yes Yes No
Lock/Unlock Parameters Yes Yes No
Display Engine Status Parameters / Groups Yes Yes Yes2
Display/Clear Diagnostic Codes Yes Yes Yes3
Calibrate Engine Speed/Timing Yes Yes Yes
Automated Cylinder Cutout Tests Yes No No
Cylinder Cutout Test Yes Yes Yes
Special Tests Yes Yes 2 Yes2
Data Logger Yes No No
Real Time Graphing Yes No No
Driver Reward Programming Yes No No
Display Current Totals Yes No No
Display Trip Totals and Histograms Yes No No
Snapshot Recorder & Viewer Yes No No
Copy Configuration - ECM Replacement Yes No No
Rating History Yes No No
Integrated Service Technician Workbench Yes No No

1
MPSI Pro-Link with the Caterpillar Truck Engine Cartridge 1.09
2
Limited Support available
3
MPSI Pro-Link will not clear diagnostic codes that require factory passwords.

110 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

OEM provided and installed components required:

1) Data link connector, following The Maintenance Council RP1202.
2) Check Engine Lamp.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Availability of some diagnostic codes is influenced by parameter programming, such as Engine Monitoring.
The Caterpillar service tool connector uses a 9-terminal Deutsch HD series connector to connect to the vehicle.
Caterpillar offers a variety of adapter cables to connect various cab / engine datalink connectors to the standard
9-pin connector found on the 139-4166 or 160-0141 Service Tool cable. The following list identifies some of those
adapter cables commonly used on various applications.
• 7X-1686 - Connects 9-terminal Service Tool Cable (139-4166 or 160-0141) to GM ALDL Cab Connector
• 7X-1714 - Connects 9-terminal Service Tool Cable (139-4166 or 160-0141) to a 6-terminal Cab Connector
• 157-4829 - Connects 9-terminal Service Tool Cable (139-4166 or 160-0141) to a 9-terminal J1939/13 Off-Board
Diagnostic Connector

23.3 ECM Software Changes

ECM software changes (uprates, updates) require a personal computer, a Caterpillar approved communication
adapter, and Caterpillar Electronic Technician (ET) Win-Flash.
23.4 Information Available Via SAE J1587/J1708 Using SAE J1587 Escape Parameter
Trip data and Maintenance Indicator data are available only via the SAE J1587 Data Link escape parameter.
Accessing this information requires Caterpillar to provide the communication protocol. Please contact Caterpillar
Engineering if you are interested in accessing this data. A description of the available data follows.
23.5 Engine Totals
The ECM maintains current totals for the following information.
ECM Maintained Total Data
Total Time Total Distance Total Idle Fuel
Total PTO Time Total Fuel Total Max Fuel
Total Idle Time Total PTO Fuel Average Load Factor

Average Load Factor is calculated using actual fuel used, maximum fuel possible, and idle fuel:
(actual fuel - idle fuel)
Average Load Factor = ------------------------------------
(maximum fuel- idle fuel)
All data is stored in metric form except distance (miles), and vehicle speed (mph). Conversion to other formats are
be performed by the Electronic Service Tool.
23.6 Trip Data
Included under the heading of Trip Segment is a Fleet Trip Segment and Driver Trip Segment. These two data
segments are independent— resetting one does not affect the other.The fleet trip segment also includes a 3-
dimensional histogram (engine rpm, vehicle speed, and engine hours), two 2-dimensional histogram (one for
engine rpm - hours, the other for vehicle speed - hours), and five sets of Fleet Segment Custom Data. The 2-
dimensional histograms are a subset of the 3-dimensional histogram.
A segment is defined as the difference from the current instantaneous Engine Totals data and the Engine Totals
stored at the previous reset of the data. When a reset occurs, the ECM stores the current ECM Engine Totals value
in place of the old value for the respective Trip Data information. The ECM maintains only the data reset values for
the Fleet Trip Data or Driver Trip Data segments, and Maintenance Indicator segment. The ECM does not
calculate actual trip data for these trip segments. It does however, calculate the data for the Fleet Trip Data
Histograms and Fleet Segment Custom data. The Fleet Trip Segment can be further divided into two driver trip
segments tagged by the Driver ID, and also into state segments. Driver ID and State crossing data requires a
Caterpillar Driver Information Display to enter Driver ID’s and State crossings.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 111
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

23.6.1 Fleet Trip Segment

The Fleet Trip Segment maintains the following Engine Totals information, recorded at the time of reset:
Fleet Trip Segment Data

Time (Engine Hours) Idle Fuel Average Driving Speed

Driving Time Percent Idle Time Max Vehicle Speed
Distance PTO Time Max Engine Speed
Fuel PTO Fuel Start Timer
Overall Fuel Economy Percent PTO Time End Time
Driving Fuel Economy Average Load Factor Start Odometer
Idle Time Average Vehicle Speed End Odometer

A reset occurs via a data link message only.

23.6.2 Fleet Trip Histograms
The ECM maintains the histograms tracking Engine Hours at specific Engine Speed and Vehicle Speed ranges.
The RPM data points and vehicle speed ranges are broken down into various ranges such as 0-4, 5-9, 10-14 mph
or 0-599, 600-699, 700-799 rpm. A reset occurs via a data link message only.
23.6.3 Fleet Segment Custom Data
The Fleet Segment Custom Data records data determined from a specific list of customer defined options. The
basic structure of the data is as follows:
xxxx WHEN yyyy IS range Y AND zzzz is range Z.
For Example:
fuel burned WHEN cruise IS on AND vehicle speed IS BETWEEN 65 and 90 mph.

Variable xxxx Range xxxx Variables yyyy & zzzz Range yyyy & zzzz
Engine Hours 131,000 Engine Speed 0 - 3000
Distance Traveled 1,677,720 Vehicle Speed 0 - 127.5
Fuel Burned 8,192 Fuel Rate 0 - 40
Occurrences 4,294,967,296 Load Factor 0 - 100
Coolant Temperature 0 - 248 (oF)
Oil Pressure 0 - 100 (psi)
Fuel Temperature 0 - 248 (oF)
Intake Manifold Air Temp 0 - 248 (oF)
Cruise ON or OFF
PTO ON or OFF
Engine Retarder Active or Not Active
Throttle Position 0 - 100 Percent
Brake ON or OFF

112 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

23.6.4 Driver Trip Segment Data

The Driver Trip Segment maintains the following Engine Total Data recorded at the time of reset:
Driver Trip Segment Data

Time (Engine Hours) Idle Fuel Average Driving Speed

Driving Time Percent Idle Time Max Vehicle Speed
Distance PTO Time Max Engine Speed
Fuel PTO Fuel Start Timer
Overall Fuel Economy Percent PTO Time End Time
Driving Fuel Economy Average Load Factor Start Odometer
Idle Time Average Vehicle Speed End Odometer
A reset occurs via a data link message only.
23.7 Customer Parameter Cross Check
Caterpillar FIS (Fleet Information Software) can set up a template for Customer Parameters. This template can
then be checked against the parameters in trucks, exceptions noted and then corrected. No ECM Customer
Parameters are required to enable this feature. It is available only from the FIS.
23.8 ECM Wireless Communication Enable
This parameter is used to configure the ECM for use with a remote communications device such as a HIGHWAY
MASTER ® wireless network or a QUALCOMM OmniTRAC® satellite network. Remote communications are used
to program parameters and transfer ECM data. Factory Level Passwords are required to support this feature.
This parameter is defaulted to NO (OFF). It can only be enabled by obtaining Factory Passwords from Caterpillar.
This feature can only be enabled after the truck has been delivered to the customer.
23.9 Economy Model
Using FIS (Fleet Information Software) installed on a PC, a customer can set up scoring parameters to rate driver
and vehicle performance. The parameters include: average engine rpm, average vehicle speed, shifting technique,
power demand, and idle time. These parameters are weighted to determine a score. No ECM Customer
Parameters are required to enable this feature. It is available only from the FIS software.
23.9.1 Driver Reward
The driver reward feature automatically adjusts the Vehicle Speed Limit as a reward to the driver for operating a
truck in a manner meeting the truck owner’s specifications. Several parameters are monitored in order to evaluate
a drivers operating habits. Weighting factors can be applied to the parameters reflecting the desired and expected
operating habits. If operating habits meet or exceed the owner’s specifications, the VSL is automatically increased
as a reward. The VSL will decrease when operating habits do not meet owner specifications. The Driver Reward
Enable parameter provides a means to Disable and Lockout this feature if regulations require a fixed vehicle speed
limit.

The CAT ID can be used to monitor parameters affecting the Driver Incentive, allowing the driver to adjust
operating techniques as required.
23.10 Maintenance Indicator Data
The ECM maintains Maintenance information for three levels of maintenance; PM1, Coolant Flush/Fill, and PM2.
PM1 is defined as oil and filter service, and PM2 is an engine inspection/clean-up. Stored information is last
maintenance performed (PM1, PM2, Coolant Flush/Fill), and PM1 interval. The information is available in either
engine hours or miles. For further information about PM1, PM2, and Coolant Flush/Fill, see the Operation and
Maintenance Manuals for the respective engine.
23.10.1 PM1 Maintenance
PM1 can be determined from a user-specified interval, or from the ECM based on fuel. The Maintenance Indicator
Programmable Parameters for Maintenance Indicator Mode, Interval, and Sump Capacity all influence the
Maintenance Interval. The ECM provides PM1 maintenance interval and last maintenance information.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 113
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

23.11 Engine Snapshot Recorder

The ECM stores engine operating parameters when diagnostic codes occur. An Electronic Service Tool or the
Cruise Set/Resume switch can also be used to manually trigger a snapshot. The Set/Resume switch must be
toggled to the Set then the Resume position within one second to trigger the snapshot recorder. The ECM can
store up to two Diagnostic Code Triggered snapshots, two Externally triggered snapshots, and one Quick Stop
Snapshot. Each type is stored in a “circular buffer”. When a new snapshot is taken, the oldest one in the buffer will
be replaced.

23.11.1 Engine Snapshot Recorder Records

Each diagnostic record contains 27 frames of information; frame 20 is the diagnostic code occurrence, 19 frames
before, 7 frames following the code. Each frame is separated by 0.48 seconds. Each switch activated record
contains 54 frames; frame 40 is the switch activation trigger, 39 frames before, 14 frames after the switch trigger.
Time between frame is 0.24 seconds for the switch activated record.
23.11.2 Data Stored In Engine Snapshot Recorder Frames
Each frame of the snapshot stores the Status Parameter data.
23.12 Quick Stop Recorder
A snapshot can also be stored for a Quick Stop occurrence if the Customer Parameter is programmed. The ECM
stores the number of occurrences of the Quick Stop Events, as well as a snapshot of the latest occurrence.
23.12.1 Engine Snapshot Recorder Records
Each Quick Stop record contains 60 frames of information; frame 45 is the Quick Stop occurrence, 44 frames
before, 15 frames following the code. Each frame is separated by 1.0 second.
23.12.2 Data Stored In Quick Stop Recorder Frames
Each frame of the snapshot record stores the following data;
ECM Snapshot Frame Data

Engine rpm Vehicle Speed

Throttle Position Cruise Status
Clutch Switch Brake Switch

114 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

23.13 SAE J1587 Data Link Broadcast Parameters

SAE J1708/J1587 data link parameters, parameter identifiers (PID's), size, scaling, and broadcast period for the
C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 engines are as follows:
Message Identifier (MID) - 128 [engine control MID]

Broadcast Parameter Name PID Size Scaling per bit

Period (bytes)

0.1 sec Road Speed 84 1 0.5 mph

* Cruise Control Set Speed 86 1 0.5 mph

Percent Accelerator Pedal Position 91 1 0.4 percent

Percent Engine Load 92 1 0.5 percent

* Power Take Off Set Speed 187 2 0.25 rpm

Engine Speed 190 2 0.25 rpm

0.2 sec Engine Status 2 1 Bit Code

Cruise Control Status 85 1 Bit Code

Engine Retarder Status** 121 1 Bit Code

Fuel Rate 183 2 4.34x10-6 gal/s

Instantaneous Fuel Economy 184 2 1/256 mpg

1.0 sec Idle Shutdown Status 71 1 Bit Code

Road Speed Limit Status 83 1 Bit Code

Power Take Off Status 89 1 Bit Code

Engine Oil Pressure 100 1 0.5 PSI

Boost Pressure 102 1 0.125 PSI

Intake Manifold Temperature 105 1 1 °F

Coolant Temperature 110 1 1 °F

ECM Battery Voltage 168 2 0.05 V

(optional) Ambient Air Temperature 171 2 0.025 °F

Fuel Temperature 174 2 0.025 °F

(Inferred) Engine Oil Temperature 175 2 0.025 °F

(active only) Engine Diagnostic 194 Variable PID/SID & FMI

* Cruise and PTO set speeds are sent at 0.1 second intervals only when they are changing.
** Engine Retarder status is for ECM Solenoid Retarder, controlled via OEM installed switches. This may differ
from the Auxiliary Brake, which the ECM operates without OEM switch inputs.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 115
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Broadcast Parameter Name PID Size (bytes) Scaling per bit

Period

10.0 sec Cruise Control Set Speed 86 1 0.5 mph

(not all ratings) Atmospheric Pressure 108 1 0.0625 PSI

Average Fuel Economy 185 2 1/256 mpg

Power Take Off Set Speed 187 2 0.25 rpm

Total Miles 245 4 0.1 miles

On Request Road Speed Limit 74 1 0.5 mph

High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit 87 1 0.5 mph

Low Cruise Control Speed Set Limit 88 1 0.5 mph

Rated Horsepower 166 2 1.0 BHP

Engine Idle RPM Speed 188 2 0.25 rpm

Engine Rated RPM Speed 189 2 0.25 rpm

Software Identification (Caterpillar P/N) 234 16 ASCII Char.

Total Idle Hours 235 4 0.05 hours

Total Idle Fuel Consumption 236 4 0.125 gal

Vehicle Identification 237 17 ASCII Char.

Total Miles 245 4 0.1 miles

Total Engine Hours 247 4 0.05 hours

Total Engine PTO Hours 248 4 0.05 hours

Total Fuel Consumption 250 4 0.125 gal

Real Time Clock - Time 251 3 Char 1: 0.25 sec

Char 2: 1.0 min
Char 3: 1.0 hour

Real Time Clock - Date 252 3 Char 1: 0.25 day

Char 2: 1.0 month
Char 3: 1.0 year

116 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Broadcast Period Parameter Name PID Size (bytes) Scaling per bit

On Request Component Identification 243 21 ASCII Char.

(Sent as multi- Message #1
packet message) Byte 1- MID = 128
Byte 2- PID for multi-packet message = 192
Byte 3- number of characters following = 16
Byte 4- Requested PID 243 = 243
Byte 5- Last and current section number = 16
Byte 6- Byte count of total data portion = 21
Byte 7-19 - PID 243 data portion = 128,
ASCII Characters = CTRPL*C-10,
CTRPL*C-12, CTRPL*C-15 or
CTRPL*C-16
Byte 29 - Checksum
Message #2
Byte 1- MID = 128
Byte 2- PID for multi-packet message = 192
Byte 3- number of characters following = 11
Byte 4- Requested PID 243 = 243
Byte 5- Last and current section number = 17
Byte 6- Byte count of total data portion = 8
Byte 7-14 - PID 243 data portion = 128,
ASCII Characters = 6NZ12345 (C-15),
7CZ12345 (C-16), 3CS12345 (C-10) or
2KS12345 (C-12)
Byte 15- Checksum

On Request Clock 251 3 Character 1 =

0.25 sec/bit
Character 2 =
1 min/bit
Character 3 =
1 hr/bit

Date 252 3 Character 1 =

0.25 day/bit
Character 2 =
1 month/bit
Character 3 =
1 year/bit

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 117
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

23.14 Bit Code Definitions

Status Definition: Parameter Name Indication Indication

Engine Status Code

Definitions (PID 2):

Bit 7 Low Oil Pressure 0 = not active 1 = active

Bit 6 Powertrain Data Link 0 = not active 1 = active

Bit 5 undefined 0 = not active 1 = active

Bit 4 undefined 0 = not active 1 = active

Bit 3 Cold Mode 0 = not active 1 = active

Bit 2 Road Speed Limit 0 = not active 1 = active

Bit 1 Top Engine Limit 0 = not active 1 = active

Bit 0 Engine Shutdown 0 = not active 1 = active

Bit code definitions for Cruise Control Status (PID 85), Engine Brake Status (PID 121), Parking Brake Switch
(PID 70), Idle Shutdown Status (PID 71), Road Speed Limit Status (PID 83), and Power Take Off Status (PID 89)
are as per SAE J1587 definitions.
NOTE: The Caterpillar service tools follow the SAE/ATA J1587 and J1708 standards in all communications.
Service tool interfacing is done using the escape provision defined in SAE J1587. The escape information is
considered proprietary and is, therefore, not described here.

118 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

24.0 SAE J1922/J1708 Data Link

The J1922 support for C-10, C-12, C-15 and C-16 engines will eliminated in Caterpillar ECMs after May, 2002.
ECMs that support J1922 will need to be special ordered. The J1922 data link is intended to communicate control
parameters between the engine, transmission, and ABS/traction control systems. Use of the data link requires
activation via a programmable parameter. Refer to “SAE J1587 Data Link Broadcast Parameters” on page 115 for
data link parameter details.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Data link connection to traction control or transmission control.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Powertrain Data Link parameter programmed to J1922, or J1922 & J1939.
24.1 SAE J1922 Data Link Broadcast Parameters
SAE J1708/J1922 data link parameters, parameter identifiers (PID's), size, scaling, and broadcast period are as
follows:

Broadcast Byte Parameter Name Size Scaling per bit

Period (bytes)

50 msec

0 Message ID = 69 1

1 Percent Torque 1 1 percent

2 Percent Accelerator Position 1 0.4 percent

3 Status Byte (see table) 1 Bit Code

4 Desired Engine RPM (Broadcast 0) 1 16 rpm

5 Desired RPM Asymmetry Adjustment 1

(Broadcast 0)

6 Checksum 1

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 119
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

24.2 SAE J1922 Status Definitions

Status Parameter Name Indication Indication

Definition:

Bit 7 Not Implemented

Bit 6 Not Implemented

Bit 5 Acceleration Pedal Low Idle Switch 0 = Throttle Position 1 = Throttle Position
=> 5% pedal position <= 4% pedal position

Bit 4 Acceleration Pedal Kick Down Switch 0 = Throttle Position 1 = Throttle Position
<= 97% pedal position => 98% pedal position

Bit 3 Retarder Control Status 0 = Not Enabled* 1 = Enabled

Bit 2 Road Speed Limiting Status 0 = Inactive 1 = Active

Bit 1 PTO Control Status 0 = Inactive 1 = Active

Bit 0 Cruise Control Status 0 = Inactive 1 = Active

* Engine Retarder Enable Signal can be activated even if an engine retarder is not installed, indicates conditions are met for
retarder activation.

Broadcast Byte Parameter Name Size Scaling

Period (bytes) per bit

On 0 Message ID = 70 1
Request

1, 2 Engine Speed At Idle 2 .0625 rpm

3 % Of Peak Torque At Idle (Not Implemented, always 0) 1 1 percent

4, 5 Rated Engine Speed 2 .0625 rpm

6 % Of Peak Torque At Rated Speed (Not Implemented, always 0) 1 1 percent

7, 8 Engine Speed Point 3 (Not Implemented, always 0) 2 .0625 rpm

9 % Of Peak Torque At Point 3 (Not Implemented, always 0) 1 1 percent

10, 11 Engine Speed Point 4 (Not Implemented, always 0) 2 .0625 rpm

12 % Of Peak Torque At Point 4 (Not Implemented, always 0) 1 1 percent

13, 14 Engine Speed Point 5 (Not Implemented, always 0) 2 .0625 rpm

15 % Of Peak Torque At Point 5 (Not Implemented, always 0) 1 1 percent

16, 17 Engine Speed At Peak Torque 2 .0625 rpm

18 Peak Torque Of Engine 1 10 lb.-ft.

19, 20 Engine Speed At High Idle 2 .0625 rpm

21 Maximum Engine Override Speed 1 16 rpm

22 Checksum 1

120 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

24.3 SAE J1922 Override Modes:

24.3.1 ABS/Traction Control:
Mode 11, Engine Percent Torque Limit.
24.3.2 Transmission Control:
Mode 01, Desired Engine Speed Override.
Mode 11, Engine Speed/Torque Limit.
24.3.3 SAE J1922 Application Notes
1) Default to normal engine operation if no message received from other Control Modules every 0.4 seconds.
2) Accept torque limit commands from -127 to 127, but any negative torque is the same as zero.
3) Require other Control Modules to respond to an Engine Control Initialization Request Message. It is used for diagnostic
purposes when a Caterpillar electronic service tool is used.
4) The engine will not drop below programmed low idle engine rpm. If torque limit commands limit torque below what engine
needs to run at low idle, the engine will run at the higher torque value to keep the engine rpm at low idle.
5) Engine Retarder can be disabled in all modes.
6) Engine Control will respond to Traction Control and Transmission Control Initialization Request Message
7) Transmission Control Modes override ABS/Traction Control Modes
8) Engine Speed Limit and Engine Speed Override Values outside Low to High Idle range are accepted, but engine will only go
to these limits.
9) During Speed Override Mode, engine power is limited to low horsepower map (approximately 160 hp). If engine rpm request
is higher than driver input desired speed for 5 seconds, then ignore command until it drops below driver input desired speed
or mode is inactivated.

25.0 SAE J1939 Data Link

The SAE J1939 data link is standard on all Caterpillar On-Highway Truck Engines. It is available for
communications with transmission, anti-lock brake (ABS) and traction control (TC) systems, as well as instrument
clusters and other devices that use that use SAE J1939 communications protocol. Contact Caterpillar Engineering
for new application assistance. Refer to “26.0 SAE J1939 Broadcast Messages” on page 122 for data link
parameter details.

ECM
TO J1939 DATA LINK CONNECTOR A249-BK 42 J1939 DATA LINK SHIELD
TO J1939 DATA LINK CONNECTOR K990-GN 34 J1939 DATA LINK -
TO J1939 DATA LINK CONNECTOR K900-YL 50 J1939 DATA LINK +
P1 J1
Wiring Diagram 42 - J1939 Data Link Circuit

OEM provided and installed components required:

1) Data link connection to power train components.
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Powertrain Data Link parameter programmed to J1939.
The Powertrain Data Link parameter should be programmed to match the configuration of the vehicle.
Programmable options are None (default), J1939. Caterpillar recommends programming the Powertrain Data Link
parameter to None if the J1939 Data Link is not being used to avoid unnecessary diagnostics.
Caterpillar electronic service tools have the capability to temporarily disable the Powertrain Data Links for
dynamometer or other diagnostic testing purposes.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 121
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

26.0 SAE J1939 Broadcast Messages

The following tables list all J1939 Broadcast messages currently supported. The ECM Powertrain Data
Link Parameter must be programmed to J1939

Broadcast Parameters

PGN $F000 (61,440) Electronic Retarder Controller #1 : ERC#1

Source Address: $29 (41) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 100 ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.3 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8-7 Retarder enable-shift assist switch (5.2.2.12)
00 Retarder – shift assist disabled
01 Retarder – shift assist enabled
11 not used
6-5 Retarder enable-brake assist switch (5.2.2.11)
00 Retarder – brake assist disabled
01 Retarder – brake assist enabled
11 not used
4-1 Engine/Retarder torque mode (5.2.2.1)
0000 Low idle governor/no request
0001 Accelerator pedal/operator selection
0010 Cruise control
0011 PTO governor
0100 Road speed governor
0101 ASR control
0110 Transmission control
0111 ABS control
1000 Torque limiting
1001 High speed governor
1010 Braking system
1011 Remote Accelerator
1111 Not used
2 8-1 Actual Retarder – Percent torque (5.2.1.17)
Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125% - 125%
$FE Error Indicator
$FF Not used
3 8-1 Intended Retarder Percent Torque (5.2.5.169)
Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125% - 125%
$FE Error Indicator
$FF Not used
4 8-3 Not used
2-1 Engine coolant load increase (5.2.2.21)
00 No coolant load increase
01 Coolant load increase
11 Not used
5 8-1 Source Address of controlling device for Retarder Control (5.2.5.300)
Resolution: 1/bit gain, 0 Offset
Data range: 0 – 253
$FF Not used
6-8 8-1 $FF Not used

122 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $F003 (61,443) Electronic Engine Controller #2 : EEC#2

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 3
Repetition rate: 50 ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.6 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: Percent load at current speed is heavily filtered and includes hysteresis, IF the transmission style is
programmed to any automatic option.

Byte Bits Parameter

1 8-7 Not defined
6-5 Road speed limit status (5.2.6.76)
00 active
01 not active
11 Not used
4-3 AP kickdown switch (5.2.2.5)
00 Kickdown passive
01 kickdown active
11 Not used
2-1 AP low idle switch (5.2.2.4)
00 Accelerator pedal not in low idle condition
01 Accelerator pedal in low idle condition
11 Not used
2 8-1 Accelerator pedal (AP) position (5.2.1.8)
Resolution: 0.4%/Bit gain, 0% Offset
Data range: 0 – 100%
$FF Not used
3 8-1 Percent load at current speed (5.2.1.7)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, 0% Offset
Data Range: 0 – 125%
$FF Not used
4 8-1 Remote Accelerator (5.2.1.59)
Resolution: 0.4%/Bit gain, 0% Offset
Data range: 0 – 100%
$FF Not used
5-8 8-1 Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 123
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $F004 (61,444) Electronic Engine Controller #1 : EEC#1

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 3
Repetition rate: 15 ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.7 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:

Byte Bits Parameter

1 8-5 Not defined
4-1 Engine/Retarder torque mode (5.2.2.1)
0000 Low idle governor/no request
0001 Accelerator pedal/operator selection
0010 Cruise control
0011 PTO governor
0100 Road speed governor
0101 ASR control
0110 Transmission control
0111 ABS control
1000 Torque limiting
1001 High speed governor
1010 Braking system
1011 Remote Accelerator
1100 Not defined
1101 Not defined
1110 Other
1111 Not used
2 8-1 Driver’s demand engine – percent torque (5.2.1.4)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
3 8-1 Actual engine – percent torque (5.2.1.5)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
4-5 8-1 Engine speed (5.2.1.9)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/Bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
6 8-1 Source Address of controlling device for Retarder Control (5.2.5.298)
Resolution: 1/bit gain, 0 Offset
Data range: 0 – 253
$FF Not used
7 8-1 Not defined
8 8-1 Engine demand – percent torque (5.3.7)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used

124 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEC1 (65,217) High Resolution Vehicle Distance

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 1 s Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.54 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: Accumulated distance traveled by the vehicle during its operation or, for the trip distance, during all
or part of a journey
Byte Bits Parameter
1-4 8-1 High resolution total vehicle distance (5.2.5.106)
Resolution: 5 m/bit, 0 m offset (16.4 ft/bit gain, 0 feet offset)
Data range: 0 to +21 055 406 km (0 to 13 054 351.8 mi)
$FFFFFFFF Not used
5-8 8-1 High resolution trip distance (5.2.5.107)
Resolution: 5 m/bit, 0 m offset (16.4 ft/bit gain, 0 feet offset)
Data range: 0 to +21 055 406 km (0 to 13 054 351.8 mi)
$FFFFFFFF Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 125
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FECA (65,226) DM1

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 1000ms Data length: variable
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.7.1 (SAE – J1939-73)
Notes: The Repetition rate is not j1939 spec compliant. It will only be broadcasted every 1 second, not on
fault status change. The maximum supported fault code number is limited to 10 and will be prioritized
equal to the service tool priority for ATA fault codes. If no fault is active this message will not be
broadcasted. Only Public fault codes will be transmitted.

Byte Bits Parameter

1 8-7 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Status
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
6-5 Red Stop Lamp Status
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4-3 Amber Warning lamp Status
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2-1 Protect Lamp Status
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2 8-1 Reserved
$FF Not used (default)
3 8-1 SPN, 8 least significant bits of SPN
$FF Not used
4 8-1 SPN, second byte of SPN
$FF Not used
5 8-6 SPN, 3 most significant bits of SPN
5-1 FMI
$FF Not used
6 8 Occurrence Count
7-1 Not defined
$FF Not used

126 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEDF (65,247) Electronic Engine Controller #3 : EEC#3

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 250 ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.13 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:

Byte Bits Parameter

1 8-1 Nominal friction – percent torque (5.2.1.6)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
2-3 8-1 Engine’s desired operating speed (5.2.1.10)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/Bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
4 8-1 Engine’s operating speed asymmetry adjustment (5.2.1.16)
Resolution: ratio
Data Range: 0 - 250
$FF Not used
5-8 8-1 Not defined

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 127
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEE1 (65,249) Retarder Configuration

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 5000 ms Data length: 19 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.15 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes

Byte Bits Parameter

1 8-5 Retarder location (5.2.2.3)
0000 Engine Compression release brake
0001 Engine exhaust brake
0010 Transmission Input
0011 Transmission Output
0100 Drive line
0101 Trailer
0110 – 1101 Not Defined
1110 Other
1111 Not used
4-1 Retarder Type (5.2.2.2.)
0000 Electric/Magnetic
0001 Hydraulic
0010 Cooled Friction
0011 Compression Release
0100 Exhaust
0101 – 1101 Not defined
1110 Other
1111 Not used
2 8-1 Retarder control method (5.2.1.50)
Resolution: 1 step/bit gain, 0 step offset
Data range: 0 : continuos control
1 : On/off control
2 – 250 : Number of steps
$FF Not used
3-4 8-1 Retarder speed at idle, point 1 (5.2.1.41)
Resolution: 0.125 RPM/bit gain, 0 RPM offset
Data range: 0 to 8031.875 RPM
$FFFF Not used
5 8-1 Percent torque at idle, point 1 (5.2.1.45)
Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% offset
Data range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
6-7 8-1 Maximum Retarder speed, point 2 (5.2.1.43)
Resolution: 0.125 RPM/bit gain, 0 RPM offset
Data range: 0 to 8031.875 RPM
$FFFF Not used
8 8-1 Percent torque at maximum speed, point 2 (5.2.1.46)
Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% offset
Data range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
9-10 8-1 Retarder speed at point 3 (5.2.1.44)
Resolution: 0.125 RPM/bit gain, 0 RPM offset
Data range: 0 to 8031.875 RPM
$FFFF Not used

128 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEE1 (65,249) Retarder Configuration (continued)

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 5000 ms Data length: 19 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.15 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes

11 8-1 Percent Torque at point 3 (5.2.1.47)

Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% offset
Data range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
12- 8-1 Retarder speed at point 4 (5.2.1.44)
13 Resolution: 0.125 RPM/bit gain, 0 RPM offset
Data range: 0 to 8031.875 RPM
$FFFF Not used
14 8-1 Percent Torque at point 4 (5.2.1.47)
Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% offset
Data range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
15- 8-1 Retarder speed at peak torque, point 5 (5.2.1.42)
16 Resolution: 0.125 RPM/bit gain, 0 RPM offset
Data range: 0 to 8031.875 RPM
$FFFF Not used
17- 8-1 Reference Retarder Torque (5.2.1.49)
18 Resolution: 1 Nm/bit gain, 0 Nm offset
Data range: 0 – 64255 Nm
$FFFF Not used
19 8-1 Percent Torque at peak torque, point 5 (5.2.1.48)
Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% offset
Data range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 129
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEE3 (65,251) Engine Configuration

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 5000 ms Data length: 28 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.17 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:
Byte Bits Parameter
1-2 8-1 Engine speed at idle, point 1 (5.2.1.26)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/Bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
3 8-1 Percent Torque at idle, point 1 (5.2.1.36)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
4-5 8-1 Engine speed at point 2 (5.2.1.27)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/Bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
6 8-1 Percent Torque at point 2 (5.2.1.37)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
7-8 8-1 Engine speed at point 3 (5.2.1.28)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/Bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
9 8-1 Percent Torque at point 3 (5.2.1.38)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
10- 8-1 Engine speed at point 4 (5.2.1.28)
11 Resolution: 0.125 rpm/Bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
12 8-1 Percent Torque at point 4 (5.2.1.38)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
13- 8-1 Engine speed at point 5 (5.2.1.28)
14 Resolution: 0.125 rpm/Bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
15 8-1 Percent Torque at point 5 (5.2.1.38)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
16- 8-1 Engine speed at high idle, point 6 (5.2.1.29)
17 Resolution: 0.125 rpm/Bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used

130 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEE3 (65,251) Engine Configuration (contimued)

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 5000 ms Data length: 28 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.17 (SAE – J1939-71)

18- 8-1 Gain (KP) of end speed governor (5.2.1.40)

19 Resolution 0.0007813 % engine torque/rpm/bit gain, 0 %/rpm/bit offset
Data range: 0 – 50.2 %/rpm
$FFFF Not used
20- 8-1 Reference engine torque (5.2.1.39)
21 Resolution1 Nm/bit gain, 0 Nm offset
Data range: 0 – 64255 Nm
$FFFF Not used
22- 8-1 Maximum momentary engine override speed, point 7 (5.2.1.30)
23 Resolution: 0.125 rpm/Bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
24 8-1 Maximum momentary engine override time limit (5.2.1.31)
Resolution: 0.1 s/bit gain, 0 s offset
Data range: 0 – 25 s
$FF Not used
25 8-1 Requested speed control range lower limit (5.2.1.32)
Resolution 10 rpm/bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 2500 rpm
$FF Not used
26 8-1 Requested speed control range upper limit (5.2.1.33)
Resolution 10 rpm/bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 2500 rpm
$FF Not used
27 8-1 Requested torque control range lower limit (5.2.1.34)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
28 8-1 Requested torque control range upper limit (5.2.1.35)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 – 125%
$FF Not used
29- 8-1 N/A
30
31- 8-1 Engine inertia
2 2
32 Resolution: 0.004 kgm /Bit gain, 0 kgm offset
2
Data range: 0 – 257.02 kgm
$FFFF Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 131
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEE4 (65,252) Shutdown

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 1 s Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.18 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: Only byte 2 bits 8-7 will be supported when no shutdown timer is configured. Both Idle Shutdown
timer and PTO Idle shutdown timer will be supported by this message.
Byte Bits Parameter
1 Idle Shutdown_1
8-7 Idle Shutdown Timer state (5.2.6.2)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
6-5 Idle Shutdown timer override (5.2.6.4)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4-3 Idle Shutdown Driver Alert (5.2.6.6)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2-1 Idle Shutdown has shutdown Engine (5.2.6.5)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used

2 Idle Shutdown_2
8-7 Idle Shutdown Timer function (5.2.6.3)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
6-1 Not defined
$FF Not used
3 Refrigerant_press_1
8-7 Not defined
6-5 Refrigerant high pressure switch (5.2.6.50)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4-3 Refrigerant low pressure switch (5.2.6.51)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2-1 A/C high pressure fan switch (5.2.6.52)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4 Lamp commands
8-3 Not defined
2-1 Wait to start lamp
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
5-8 Not Supported

132 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEE5 (65,253) Engine Hours / Revolutions

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: on request only Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.19 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:

Byte Bits Parameter

1-4 8-1 Total Engine Hours (5.2.5.61)
Resolution: 0.05 h/bit gain, 0 h offset
Data range: 0 to 210554060.75 h
$FFFFFFFF Not used
5-8 8-1 Total Engine revolutions (5.2.5.58)
Resolution: 1000 r/bit gain, 0 r offset
Data range: 0 to 4211081215000 r
$FFFFFFFF Not used

PGN $FEE7 (65,255) Vehicle Hours

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: on request only Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.21 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:

Byte Bits Parameter

1-4 8-1 Total Vehicle Hours (5.2.5.60)
Resolution: 0.05 h/bit gain, 0 h offset
Data range: 0 to 210554060.75 h
$FFFFFFFF Not used
5-8 8-1 Total PTO hours (5.2.5.62)
Resolution: 0.05 h/bit gain, 0 h offset
Data range: 0 to 210554060.75 h
$FFFFFFFF Not used

PGN $FEEC (65,260) Vehicle Identification

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: on request only Data length: 17 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.26 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: The ASCII character “*” is reserved as a delimiter.

Byte Bits Parameter

7-8 8-1 Vehicle identification Number (5.2.5.87)
Resolution: ASCII
Data range: ASCII
$FFFF Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 133
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEED (65,261) Cruise control/Vehicle speed setup

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 2
Repetition rate: on request only Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.27 (SAE – J1939-71)

Byte Bits Parameter

1 8-1 Maximum vehicle speed limit (5.2.5.46)
Resolution: 1 km/h/bit gain, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 – 250 km/h
$FF Not used
2 8-1 Cruise control high set limit speed (5.2.5.48)
Resolution: 1 km/h/bit gain, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 – 250 km/h
$FF Not used
3 8-1 Cruise control low set limit speed (5.2.5.49)
Resolution: 1 km/h/bit gain, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 – 250 km/h
$FF Not used
4-8 8-1 Not defined

PGN $FEEE (65,262) Engine Temperature

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 1000ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.28 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:

Byte Bits Parameter

1 8-1 Engine coolant Temperature (5.2.5.5)
Resolution: 1 °C/bit gain, -40 °C offset
Data range: -40 – 210 °C
$FF Not used
2 8-1 Fuel Temperature (5.2.5.14)
Resolution: 1 °C/bit gain, -40 °C offset
Data range: -40 – 210 °C
$FF Not used
3-4 8-1 Engine oil temperature 1 (5.2.5.15)
Resolution: 0.03125 °C/bit gain, -273 °C offset
Data range: -273 – 1735.0 °C
$FFFF Not used
5-6 8-1 Turbo oil temperature (5.2.5.16)
Resolution: 0.03125 °C/bit gain, -273 °C offset
Data range: -273 – 1735.0 °C
$FFFF Not used
7 8-1 Engine inetercooler temperature (5.2.5.6)
Resolution: 1 °C/bit gain, -40 °C offset
Data range: -40 – 210 °C
$FF Not used
8 8-1 Engine inetercooler thermostat opening (5.2.5.242)
Resolution: 0.4 %/bit gain, 0% offset
Data range: 0 – 100%
$FF Not used

134 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEEF (65,263) Engine Fluid Level/Pressure

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 500ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.29 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:

Byte Bits Parameter

1 8-1 Fuel delivery pressure (5.2.5.27)
Resolution: 4 kPa/bit gain, 0 kPa offset
Data range: 0 – 1000 kPa
$FF Not used
2 8-1 Extended crankcase blow-by pressure (5.3.5.241)
Resolution: 0.05 kPa/bit gain, 0 kPa offset
Data range: 0 – 12.5 kPa
$FF Not used
3 8-1 Engine oil level (5.2.5.72)
Resolution: 0.4%/bit gain, 0% offset
Data range: 0 – 100%
$FF Not used
4 8-1 Engine oil pressure (5.2.5.28)
Resolution: 4 kPa/bit gain, 0 kPa offset
Data range: 0 – 1000 kPa
$FF Not used
5-6 8-1 Crankcase pressure (5.2.5.40)
-3
Resolution: 7.8125 x 10 kPa/bit gain, -250 kPa offset
Data range: -250 – 251.99 kPa
$FFFF Not used
7 8-1 Coolant pressure (5.2.5.38)
Resolution: 2 kPa/bit gain, 0 kPa offset
Data range: 0 – 500 kPa
$FF Not used
8 8-1 Coolant Level (5.2.5.73)
Resolution: 0.4%/bit gain, 0% offset
Data range: 0 – 100%
$FF Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 135
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEF1 (65,265) Cruise Control/Vehicle Speed

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 100ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.31 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: To get the engine Test mode switch & Cruise Pause switch information, the I/O has to be
programmed to one of the J1939 options. It is only supported over J1939. The Cruise Accelerate and Coast
switch functionality is depending on its configuration too. (J1939 or hard wired)

Byte Bits Parameter

1 Measured_SW1
8-5 Not defined
6-5 Cruise Pause switch (????)
00 Cruise Pause switch not set
01 Cruise Pause switch set
11 Not used
4-3 Parking Brake switch (5.2.6.8)
00 Parking Brake switch not set
01 Parking Brake switch set
11 Not used
2-1 Two speed axle switch (5.2.6.1)
00 Low speed range
01 High speed range
11 Not used
2-3 8-1 Wheel base vehicle speed (5.2.1.12)
Resolution: 1/256 km/h/bit gain, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 –250.996 km/h
$FFFF Not unused
4 Measured_CC_SW1
8-7 Clutch switch (5.2.6.12)
00 Clutch pedal released
01 Clutch pedal depressed
11 Not used
6-5 Brake switch (5.2.6.11)
00 Brake pedal released
01 Brake pedal depressed
11 Not used
4-3 Cruise control enable switch (5.2.6.10)
00 Cruise control disabled
01 Cruise control enabled
11 Not used
2-1 Cruise control active (5.2.6.9)
00 Cruise control switch off
01 Cruise control switch on
11 Not used

136 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEF1 (65,265) Cruise Control/Vehicle Speed (continued)

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 100ms Data length: 8 Bytes

5 Measured_CC_SW2
8-7 Cruise control accelerate switch (5.2.6.17)
00 Cruise accelerate switch off
01 Cruise accelerate switch on
6-5 11 Not used
Cruise control resume switch (5.2.6.16)
00 Cruise resume switch off
01 Cruise resume switch on
4-3 11 Not used
Cruise control coast switch (5.2.6.15)
00 Cruise coast switch off
01 Cruise coast switch on
2-1 11 Not used
Cruise control set switch (5.2.6.14)
00 Cruise set switch off
01 Cruise set switch on
11 Not used
6 8-1 Cruise control set speed (5.2.5.47)
Resolution: 1 km/h/bit gain, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 – 250 km/h
$FF Not used
7 8-6 Cruise control state (5.2.2.18)
000 Off/Disabled
001 Hold
010 Accelerate
011 Decelerate/Coast
100 Resume
101 Set
110 Accelerator override
111 Not used
5-1 PTO state (5.2.2.19)
00000 Off/Disabled
00001 Hold
00010 Remote Hold
00011 Standby
00100 Remote Standby
00101 Set
00110 Decelerate/Coast
00111 Resume
01000 Accelerate
01001 Accelerator override
01010 Programmed set speed 1
01011 Programmed set speed 2
01100 Programmed set speed 3
01101 Programmed set speed 4
01110 Programmed set speed 5
01111 Programmed set speed 6
10000 Programmed set speed 7
10001 Programmed set speed 8
10010 – 11110 Not defined
11111 Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 137
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEF1 (65,265) Cruise Control/Vehicle Speed (continued)

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 100ms Data length: 8 Bytes

8 Measured_Idle_SW1
8-7 Engine shutdown override switch (5.2.6.102)
00 Off
01 On
6-5 11 Not used
Engine test mode switch (5.2.6.40)
00 Off
01 On
4-3 11 Not used
Idle decrement switch (5.2.6.41)
00 Off
01 On
2-1 11 Not used
Idle increment switch (5.2.6.42)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used

PGN $FEF2 (65,266) Fuel Economy

Source Address: $0 (0) Priori ty: 6
Repetition rate: 100ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.32 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:

Byte Bits Parameter

1-2 8-1 Fuel rate (5.2.5.63)
Resolution: 0.05 l/h/bit gain, 0 l/h offset
Data range: 0 – 3212.75 l
$FFFF Not used
3-4 8-1 Instantaneous Fuel economy (5.2.5.67)
Resolution: 1/512 km/l/bit gain. 0 km/l offset
Data range: 0 – 125.5 km/l
$FFFF Not used
5-6 8-1 Average Fuel economy (5.2.5.68)
Resolution: 1/512 km/l/bit gain. 0 km/l offset
Data range: 0 – 125.5 km/l
$FFFF Not used
7 8-1 Throttle position (5.2.5.96)
Resolution: 0.4 %/bit gain, 0 % offset
Data range: 0 – 100%
$FF Not used
8 8-1 Not defined

138 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEF6 (65,270) Inlet/Exhaust Conditions

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 500ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.36 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:

Byte Bits Parameter

1 8-1 Particulate trap inlet pressure (5.2.5.41)

2 8-1 Boost pressure (5.2.5.36)

Resolution: 2 kPa/bit gain, 0 kPa offset
Data range: 0 – 500 kPa
$FF Not used
3 8-1 Intake manifold 1 temperature (5.2.5.4)
Resolution: 1 °C/bit gain, -40°C offset
Data range: -40 – 210 °C
$FF Not used
4 8-1 Air inlet pressure (5.2.5.37)
Resolution: 2 kPa/bit gain, 0 kPa offset
Data range: 0 – 500 kPa
$FF Not used
5 8-1 Air filter differential pressure (5.2.5.45)
Resolution: 0.5 kPa/bit gain, 0 kPa offset
Data range: 0 – 125 kPa
$FF Not used
6-7 8-1 Exhaust gas temperature (5.2.5.8)
Resolution: 0.03125 °C/bit gain, -273 °C offset
Data range: -273 – 1735.0 °C
$FFFF Not used
8 8-1 Coolant filter differential pressure (5.2.5.44)
Resolution: 0.5 kPa/bit gain, 0 kPa offset
Data range: 0 – 125 kPa
$FF Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 139
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

J1939 Broadcast Parameters (continued)

PGN $FEF7 (65,271) Vehicle Electrical Power

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 1000ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.37 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:

Byt Bits Parameter

e
1 8-1 Net battery current (5.2.5.78)
Resolution: 1.0 A/bit gain, -125 A offset
Data range: -125 – 125 A
$FF Not used
2 8-1 Alternator current (5.2.5.79)
Resolution: 1.0 A/bit gain, -125 A offset
Data range: -125 – 125 A
$FF Not used
3-4 8-1 Alternator potential (5.2.5.76)
Resolution: 0.05V/bit gain, 0V offset
Data range: 0 – 3212.75 V
$FFFF Not used
5-6 8-1 Electrical potential (5.2.5.77)
Resolution: 0.05V/bit gain, 0V offset
Data range: 0 – 3212.75 V
$FFFF Not used
7-8 8-1 Battery potential (5.2.5.75)
Resolution: 0.05V/bit gain, 0V offset
Data range: 0 – 3212.75 V
$FFFF Not used

140 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

27.0 SAE J1939 Received Messages

The following tables list all J1939 Received messages currently supported. The ECM Powertrain Data Link
Parameter must be programmed to J1939
Notes for Transmission communication:
Torque/Speed Control #1 from Transmission Control to Engine
This message is used by the transmission to control the engine. The three override modes have been implemented
if the request is from a transmission control:
Mode 01: speed control
Mode 10: torque control
Mode 11: speed/torque limit control
There are a few restrictions placed on these override modes and these are:
1) Default to normal engine operation if no message received every 90 milliseconds
2) Accept torque limit commands from -127 to 127, but any negative torque commands is the same as zero.
3) The engine will not drop below programmed low idle engine rpm. If torque limit commands limit torque below what the engine
needs to run at low idle, the engine will run at the higher torque value to keep the engine at low idle.
4) Engine speed limit and engine speed override values outside the low idle to top engine limit range are accepted, but engine
will only go to these limits.
5) During speed override mode, engine power is limited to about 120 horsepower.
6) If an engine speed request is higher than driver requested for five seconds, then the command is ignored until it drops below
driver input desired speed or mode 01 is inactivated.
27.0.1 Torque/Speed Control #1 from Transmission Control to Retarder
Caterpillar engine controls accept this message if our control is broadcasting the ERC1 message which indicates
that an engine retarder is installed. If retarder is installed, then the following control mode has been implemented if
the request comes from a transmission control:
Mode 10: torque control
There are a few restrictions placed on this override mode and these are:
1) Default to normal retarder operation if no message received every 200 milliseconds
2) Engine must not be firing injectors or command will be ignored. An example would be that transmission control is in speed
mode overriding below actual engine speed which means fuel would be shut off.
3) Transmission control must be in an override mode of engine control or engine retarder will not be turned on.
4) The torque request must be between -100% and -20% to get any engine retarder effect.
27.0.2 Electronic Transmission Controller #1: ETC1
Caterpillar uses this message for a service tool to indicate a transmission control exists on the J1939 data link. If a
transmission supplier uses J1939 to communicate to the engine, then Caterpillar requires this message be
supported. This message is also used to indicate via data byte five that the momentary engine overspeed enable is
requested. This status is used by the engine control to allow the transmission to override the top engine limit and
use speed override requests up to override speed of 2700 rpm. Engine defaults to normal operation if the message
has not been received before 300 milliseconds.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 141
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $0000 (0) Torque/Speed Control #1: TSC1

Transmission to Engine

Source Address: Transmission Priority: 3

Repetition rate: 10 ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.1 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: Speed override commands are followed for 25 seconds

Byte Bits Parameter

1 Control bits
8-7 Not defined
6-5 Override control mode priority (5.2.3.3)
00 Highest priority
01 High priority
10 Medium priority
11 Low priority
4-3 Requested speed control conditions (5.2.3.2)
00 Transient optimized for driveline disengage and non-lockup
conditions
01 Stability optimized for driveline disengage and non-lockup
conditions
10 Stability optimized for driveline engage and/or in lockup
condition 1
11 Stability optimized for driveline engage and/or in lockup
condition 2
2-1 Override control modes (5.2.3.1)
00 Override disabled
01 Speed control
10 Torque control
11 Speed limit/Torque limit control
2-3 8-1 Requested speed/Speed limit (5.2.1.19)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
4 8-1 Requested torque/Torque limit (5.2.1.15)
Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% offset
Data range: 0 – 125 %
$FF Not used
5-8 8-1 Not defined

142 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $0000 (0) Torque/Speed Control #1: TSC1

Transmission or ABS to Retarder

Source Address: Transmission or ABS Priority: 3

Repetition rate: 10 ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.1 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:

Byte Bits Parameter

1 Control bits
8-7 Not defined
6-5 Override control mode priority (5.2.3.3)
00 Highest priority
01 High priority
10 Medium priority
11 Low priority
4-3 Requested speed control conditions (5.2.3.2)
00 Transient optimized for driveline disengage and non-lockup conditions
01 Stability optimized for driveline disengage and non-lockup conditions
10 Stability optimized for driveline engage and/or in lockup condition 1
11 Stability optimized for driveline engage and/or in lockup condition 2
2-1 Override control modes (5.2.3.1)
00 Override disabled
01 Speed control
10 Torque control
11 Speed limit/Torque limit control
2-3 8-1 Requested speed/Speed limit (5.2.1.19)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
4 8-1 Requested torque/Torque limit (5.2.1.15)
Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% offset
Data range: 0 – 125 %
$FF Not used
5-8 8-1 Not defined

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 143
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $0000 (0) Torque/Speed Control #1: TSC1

ABS to Engine
Source Address: Transmission or ABS Priority: 3
Repetition rate: 50 ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.1 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: Engine responds to torque limit commands only

Byte Bits Parameter

1 Control bits
8-7 Not defined
6-5 Override control mode priority (5.2.3.3)
00 Highest priority
01 High priority
10 Medium priority
11 Low priority
4-3 Requested speed control conditions (5.2.3.2)
00 Transient optimized for driveline disengage and non-lockup conditions
01 Stability optimized for driveline disengage and non-lockup conditions
10 Stability optimized for driveline engage and/or in lockup condition 1
11 Stability optimized for driveline engage and/or in lockup condition 2
2-1 Override control modes (5.2.3.1)
00 Override disabled
01 Speed control
10 Torque control
11 Speed limit/Torque limit control
2-3 8-1 Requested speed/Speed limit (5.2.1.19)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
4 8-1 Requested torque/Torque limit (5.2.1.15)
Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% offset
Data range: 0 – 125 %
$FF Not used
5-8 8-1 Not defined

PGN $E000 (57344) Cab Message #1 : CM #1

Source Address: $31, $21 or $17 (49, 33 or 23) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 1s Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.58 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: Only used if Fan override switch is programmed to J1939_Cab_controller, J1939_Body_controller
or J1939_Instrument_Cluster.
Byte Bits Parameter
1 Requested Percent Fan speed (5.2.1.61)
8-1 Resolution: 0.4 %/bit gain, 0 % offset
Data range: 0 – 100 %
0 – 94.8% = OFF (00 – ED)
95.2 – 100% = Fan On (EE – FA)
100.4 – 101.6% = DIAG / OFF (FB – FE)
$FF Not unused
2-8 8-1 Not defined

144 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $F001 (61441) Electronic Brake Controller #1: EBC1

Source Address: Brakes Priority: 6

Repetition rate: Depends on sender Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.4 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes:
Byte Bits Parameter
1 Status_EBC1
8-7 EBS brake switch (5.2.6.71)
00 Brake pedal released
01 Brake pedal depressed
11 Not used
6-5 ABS active (5.2.2.9)
00 ABS passive but installed
01 ABS active
11 Not used
4-3 ASR brake control active (5.2.2.8)
00 ASR brake control passive but installed
01 ASR brake control active
11 Not used
2-1 ASR engine control active (5.2.2.7)
00 ASR engine control passive but installed
01 ASR engine control active
11 Not used
2 8-1 Brake pedal position (5.2.1.18)
Resolution: 0.4%/bit gain, 0% offset
Data range: 0 – 100%
$FF Not used
3 Status_EBC2
8-7 Traction control override switch (5.2.6.72)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
6-5 ASR “Hill holder”switch (5.2.2.17)
00 ASR “Hill holder”switch passive
01 ASR “Hill holder”switch active
11 Not used
4-3 ASR off road switch (5.2.2.16)
00 ASR off road switch passive
01 ASR off road switch active
11 Not used
2-1 ABS off road switch (5.2.2.15)
00 ABS off road switch passive
01 ABS off road switch active
11 Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 145
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $F001 (61441) Electronic Brake Controller #1: EBC1 (continued)

Source Address: Brakes Priority: 6

Repetition rate: Depends on sender Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.4 (SAE – J1939-71)

4 Measured_aux_1
8-7 Remote accelerator enable switch (5.2.6.53)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
6-5 Auxiliary engine shutdown switch (5.2.6.54)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4-3 Engine derate switch (5.2.6.55)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2-1 Accelerator interlock switch (5.2.6.56)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
5 8-1 Engine Retarder selection (5.2.1.58)
Resolution: 0.4%/bit gain, 0% offset
Data range: 0 – 100%
Off = 0 – 3E
Low = 3F – 7D
Med = 7E – BB
High = BC – FA
Diag – Off = FB – FE
$FF Not used
6 8-7 Not defined
6-5 ABS/EBS amber warning state (5.2.6.73)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4-3 EBS red warning state (5.2.6.74)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2-1 ABS fully operational (5.2.6.75)
00 Not fully operational
01 Operational
11 Not used
7 8-1 Source address of controlling device (5.2.5.299)
Resolution: 1/bit gain, 0 offset
Data range: 0 – 253
$FF not used
8 8-1 Not defined

146 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $F002 (61442) Electronic Transmission Controller #1: ETC1

Source Address: Transmission Priority: 3
Repetition rate: Depends on sender Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.5 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: Shift in progress message is used to enhance cruise control. The engine Retarder will be disabled if
the status of the Torque converter lockup is disengaged. The output shaft speed isis only used, if the
vehicle speed input is set to J1939_Transmission and the vehicle speed calibration parameter is
programmed.

Byte Bits Parameter

1 Status_ETC1
8-7 Not defined
6-5 Shift in progress (5.2.2.14)
00 Shift not in progress
01 Shift in progress
11 Not used
4-3 Torque converter lockup engaged (5.2.2.13)
00 Torque converter lockup disengaged
01 Torque converter lockup engaged
11 Not used
2-1 Driveline engaged (5.2.2.6)
00 Driveline disengaged
01 Driveline engaged
11 Not used
2-3 8-1 Output shaft speed (5.2.1.14)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
4 8-1 Percent Clutch slip (5.2.1.20)
Resolution: 0.4%/bit gain, 0% offset
Data range: 0 – 100%
$FF Not used
5 Command_ETC1
8-5 Not defined
4-3 Progressive shift disabled (5.2.3.11)
00 Progressive shift is not disabled
01 Progressive shift is disabled
11 not used
2-1 Momentary engine over speed enable (5.2.3.12)
00 Momentary engine over speed disable
01 Momentary engine over speed enable
11 Not used
6-7 8-1 Input shaft speed (5.2.5.55)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 – 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
8 8-1 Source address of controlling device (5.2.5.301)
Resolution: 1/bit gain, 0 offset
Data range: 0 – 253
$FF not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 147
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $F003 (61,443) Electronic Engine Controller #2 : EEC#2

Source Address: $0 (0) Priority: 3

Repetition rate: 50 ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
SAE section: 5.3.6 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes.

Byte Bits Parameter

1 8-7 Not defined
6-5 Road speed limit status (5.2.6.76)
00 active
01 not active
11 Not used
4-3 AP kickdown switch (5.2.2.5)
00 Kickdown passive
01 kickdown active
11 Not used
2-1 AP low idle switch (5.2.2.4)
00 Accelerator pedal not in low idle condition
01 Accelerator pedal in low idle condition
11 Not used
2 8-1 Accelerator pedal (AP) position (5.2.1.8)
Resolution: 0.4%/Bit gain, 0% Offset
Data range: 0 – 100%
$FF Not used
3 8-1 Percent load at current speed (5.2.1.7)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, 0% Offset
Data Range: 0 – 125%
$FF Not used
4 8-1 Remote Accelerator (5.2.1.59)
Resolution: 0.4%/Bit gain, 0% Offset
Data range: 0 – 100%
$FF Not used
5-8 8-1 Not defined

148 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $FE6E (65134 ) High Resolution Wheel Speed

Source Address: ABS ($0b) Priority: 2

Repetition rate: 20 ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.142 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: To use this message, the Vehicle speed input has to be programmed to
J1939_ABS and the corresponding vehicle speed cal has to be set to the right value.

Byte Bits Parameter

1-2 8-1 Front Axle, left wheel speed (5.2.5.278)
Resolution: 1/256 km/h/bit, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 – 250.996 km/h
$FFFF Not used
3-4 8-1 Front Axle, right wheel speed (5.2.5.279)
Resolution: 1/256 km/h/bit, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 – 250.996 km/h
$FFFF Not used
5-6 8-1 Rear Axle, left wheel speed (5.2.5.280)
Resolution: 1/256 km/h/bit, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 – 250.996 km/h
$FFFF Not used
7-8 8-1 Rear Axle, right wheel speed (5.2.5.281)
Resolution: 1/256 km/h/bit, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 – 250.996 km/h
$FFFF Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 149
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $FEF0 (65,264) Power Takeoff Information
Source Address: $31, $21 or $17 (49, 33 or 23) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: Depends on sender (spec: 100ms) Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.30 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: Only used if PTO On/Off Switch is programmed to J1939_Cab_controller,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster or J1939_Body_controller.
Byte 6, bit 4-3 is the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A Input

Byte Bits Parameter

1 8-1 Power takeoff oil temperature (5.2.5.3)
Resolution: 1°C/bit gain, -40°C offset
Data range: -40 to +210°C (-40 to 410°F)
$FFFF Not used
2-3 8-1 Power takeoff speed (5.2.5.56)
Resolution: .125 rpm/bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 to +8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
4-5 8-1 Power takeoff set speed (5.2.5.57)
Resolution: .125 rpm/bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 to +8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
6 Measured_PTO_1
8-7 Not defined
6-5 Remote PTO variable speed control switch (5.2.6.43)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4-3 Remote PTO preprogrammed speed control switch (5.2.6.44)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2-1 PTO enable switch (5.2.6.45)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
7 8-7 PTO accelerate switch (5.2.6.46)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
6-5 PTO resume switch (5.2.6.47)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4-3 PTO coast/decelerate switch (5.2.6.48)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2-1 PTO set switch (5.2.6.49)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
8 Not defined

150 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $FEF1 (65,265) Cruise Control/Vehicle Speed

Source Address: $31, $21 or $17 (49, 33 or 23) Priority: 6

Repetition rate: Depends on sender Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.31 (SAE – J1939-71)
Notes: Only used if one of the following switches are programmed to
J1939_Cab_controller, J1939_Instrument_Cluster or J1939_Body_controller. Clutch,
Brake, Cruise On/Off, Cruise Set, Cruise Resume, Cruise Pause switch or Diagnostic
Enable switch.
Byte Bits Parameter
1 Measured_SW1
8-5 Not defined
6-5 Cruise Pause switch
00 Cruise Pause switch not set
01 Cruise Pause switch set
11 Not used
4-3 Parking Brake switch (5.2.6.8)
00 Parking Brake switch not set
01 Parking Brake switch set
11 Not used
2-1 Two speed axle switch (5.2.6.1)
00 Low speed range
01 High speed range
11 Not used
2-3 8-1 Wheel base vehicle speed (5.2.1.12)
Resolution: 1/256 km/h/bit gain, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 –250.996 km/h
$FFFF Not unused
4 Measured_CC_SW1
8-7 Clutch switch (5.2.6.12)
00 Clutch pedal released
01 Clutch pedal depressed
11 Not used
6-5 Brake switch (5.2.6.11)
00 Brake pedal released
01 Brake pedal depressed
11 Not used
4-3 Cruise control enable switch (5.2.6.10)
00 Cruise control disabled
01 Cruise control enabled
11 Not used
2-1 Cruise control active (5.2.6.9)
00 Cruise control switch off
01 Cruise control switch on
11 Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 151
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $FEF1 (65,265 ) Cruise Control/Vehicle Speed (continued)

Source Address: $31, $21 or $17 (49, 33 or 23) Priority: 6

Repetition rate: Depends on sender Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.31 (SAE – J1939-71)
5 Measured_CC_SW2
8-7 Cruise control accelerate switch (5.2.6.17)
00 Cruise accelerate switch off
01 Cruise accelerate switch on
11 Not used
6-5 Cruise control resume switch (5.2.6.16)
00 Cruise resume switch off
01 Cruise resume switch on
11 Not used
4-3 Cruise control coast switch (5.2.6.15)
00 Cruise coast switch off
01 Cruise coast switch on
11 Not used
2-1 Cruise control set switch (5.2.6.14)
00 Cruise set switch off
01 Cruise set switch on
11 Not used
6 8-1 Cruise control set speed (5.2.5.47)
Resolution: 1 km/h/bit gain, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 – 250 km/h
$FF Not used

152 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Received Messages (Continued)

PGN $FEF1 (65,265) Cruise Control/Vehicle Speed (continued)

Source Address: $31, $21 or $17 (49, 33 or 23) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: Depends on sender Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: 5.3.31 (SAE – J1939-71)

7 8-6 Cruise control state (5.2.2.18)

000 Off/Disabled
001 Hold
010 Accelerate
011 Decelerate/Coast
100 Resume
101 Set
110 Accelerator override
111 Not used
5-1 PTO state (5.2.2.19)
00000 Off/Disabled
00001 Hold
00010 Remote Hold
00011 Standby
00100 Remote Stamdby
00101 Set
00110 Decelerate/Coast
00111 Resume
01000 Accelerate
01001 Accelerator override
01010 Programmed set speed 1
01011 Programmed set speed 2
01100 Programmed set speed 3
01101 Programmed set speed 4
01110 Programmed set speed 5
01111 Programmed set speed 6
10000 Programmed set speed 7
10001 Programmed set speed 8
10010 – 11110 Not defined
11111 Not used
8 Measured_Idle_SW1
8-7 Engine shutdown override switch (5.2.6.102)
00 Off
01 On
6-5 11 Not used
Engine test mode switch (5.2.6.40)
00 Off
01 On
4-3 11 Not used
Idle decrement switch (5.2.6.41)
00 Off
01 On
2-1 11 Not used
Idle increment switch (5.2.6.42)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 153
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Torque/Speed Control #1 from Transmission Control to Engine

This message is used by the transmission to control the engine. The three override modes have been implemented
if the request is from a transmission control:
Mode 01: speed control
Mode 10: torque control
Mode 11: speed/torque limit control
There are a few restrictions placed on these override modes and these are:
1) Default to normal engine operation if no message received every 90 milliseconds
2) Accept torque limit commands from -127 to 127, but any negative torque commands is the same as zero.
3) The engine will not drop below programmed low idle engine rpm. If torque limit commands limit torque below what the engine
needs to run at low idle, the engine will run at the higher torque value to keep the engine at low idle.
4) Engine speed limit and engine speed override values outside the low idle to top engine limit range are accepted, but engine
will only go to these limits.
5) During speed override mode, engine power is limited to about 120 horsepower.
6) If an engine speed request is higher than driver requested for five seconds, then the command is ignored until it drops below
driver input desired speed or mode 01 is inactivated.
27.0.3 Torque/Speed Control #1 from Transmission Control to Retarder
Caterpillar engine controls accept this message if our control is broadcasting the ERC1 message which indicates
that an engine retarder is installed. If retarder is installed, then the following control mode has been implemented if
the request comes from a transmission control:
Mode 10: torque control
There are a few restrictions placed on this override mode and these are:
1) Default to normal retarder operation if no message received every 200 milliseconds
2) Engine must not be firing injectors or command will be ignored. An example would be that transmission control is in speed
mode overriding below actual engine speed which means fuel would be shut off.
3) Transmission control must be in an override mode of engine control or engine retarder will not be turned on.
4) The torque request must be between -100% and -20% to get any engine retarder effect.
27.0.4 Electronic Transmission Controller #1: ETC1
Caterpillar uses this message for a service tool to indicate a transmission control exists on the J1939 data link. If a
transmission supplier uses J1939 to communicate to the engine, then Caterpillar requires this message be
supported. This message is also used to indicate via data byte five that the momentary engine overspeed enable is
requested. This status is used by the engine control to allow the transmission to override the top engine limit and
use speed override requests up to override speed of 2700 rpm. Engine defaults to normal operation if the message
has not been received before 300 milliseconds.

154 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

28.0 Customer Specified Parameters

Customer Specified Parameters allow the truck owner to influence how a driver operates the vehicle. Some
parameters may affect engine operation in ways an inadequately trained driver does not expect. These parameters
may lead to power or performance complaints, even when the engine is performing to specification.
Customer parameters may be changed repeatedly as a customer changes his operation or as new drivers are
assigned to a truck. Customer Passwords are required to change these parameters.
The following is a brief description of the Customer Specified Parameters. Along with each are the available values
for the parameter and the default value. The parameter value shown in bold is programmed setting to disable a
feature.
The tables show values in an approximate range for metric (kilometers, km/h, liters) units, followed by the exact
U.S. (or English) units (miles, mph, quarts). The exact range of the parameter in metric units depends upon the
Service Tool used because each Tool may use slightly different conversion factors.
The “”on page 195 lists each parameter, the default value, the available options and the Parameter Identifier (PID)
used with a Vehicle Electronic Programming Station (VEPS). Refer to the Definition file included with the VCP
(Vendor Component Program) for addition information on the available options / ranges that can be used for VEPS
programming. The parameters and options listed are shown as they appear on the Electronic Service Tool display
screen.

Customer Parameter Lockout

This feature is available to restrict access to changing some available parameters. Locking out a parameter may
require Customer Passwords (if used). Once a parameter is locked out, Factory Passwords are required to change
the parameter or unlock the parameter.
If a “lockable”parameter is not locked out, Factory Passwords are not required to change the programmable
option setting. A locked out parameter restricts the parameter from being changed directly by the customer. This
allows vehicle owners to prevent their operators from tampering with the parameter configuration by obtaining
Customer Passwords.
The following Customer Parameters are available for lockout using an Electronic Service Tool or VEPS:

• A/C Switch Fan On-Time • Top Engine Limit

• Driver Reward Enable • Top Gear Minus One Ratio
• Engine Monitoring Lamps • Top Gear Minus Two Ratio
• Engine Retarder Delay • Top Gear Ratio
• Fan Control Type • Transmission Style
• High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit • Vehicle Speed Calibration (J1939-ABS)
• High Speed Range Axle Ratio • Vehicle Speed Calibration )J1939-Trans)
• Low Speed Range Axle Ratio • Vehicle Speed Calibration
• Multi-Torque Ratio • Vehicle Speed Limit
• Soft Vehicle Speed Limit • VSL Protection

Factory Passwords are required to change a parameter from “locked ”to “unlocked ”. Only one set of Factory
Passwords is required to unlock one or all locked parameters. If the Parameter Lockout screen is exited before
unlocking all parameters, a second set of Factory Passwords will be required to unlock the remaining parameters.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 155
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Selected Engine Rating

Rating Number
Rating number within a power family. The Personality Module defines the power family such as 448 kW (600 hp)
and may contain only one or several ratings. The rating number defines which rating is used within the family.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

Power Family Highest Setting Available 56

Dependent within Power Family

Multi-Torque Ratio
This parameter is used to select the desired Multi-Torque trip point. Multi-Torque ratings allow the engine to
provide additional torque or additional horsepower and torque when the transmission is operating is higher gears.
The additional torque allows the truck to crest a hill without downshifting, increases fuel economy, and reduce
wear. The trip point is determined by a ratio of engine speed versus vehicle speed. The three programmable
options represent the different trip point values listed below:
MT-4 ...turn on ratio is 71.5 rpm/mph & below (Top 4 Gears)
MT-2 ...turn on ratio is 37.6 rpm/mph & below (Top 2 Gears)
MT-1 ...turn on ratio is 27.9 rpm/mph & below (Top 1 Gear)
NOTE: This feature is not used with standard engine ratings, it is only available for Multi-Torque ratings.

Engine Rating Type Alternatives Default VEPS PID

Standard Ratings Unavailable Unavailable

FCB1
Multi-Torque Ratings MT-2, MT-1 MT-4

ECM Identification Parameters

Vehicle ID
Identification of the vehicle assigned by the OEM or customer and used only for customer reference. Not required
by the ECM. Up to seventeen alpha-numeric characters can be entered.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

17 Digits, Available characters all zero’s 60

are Service Tool Dependent

Security Access Parameters

ECM Wireless Communication Enable
This parameter is used to configure the ECM for use with a remote communications device such as a HIGHWAY
MASTER ® wireless network or a QUALCOMM OmniTRAC® satellite network. Remote communications are used
to program parameters and transfer ECM data. This feature can only be enable by a Caterpillar Dealer after the
vehicle is built. Factory Level Passwords are required to enable this feature.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Yes No FC43

156 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Vehicle Speed Parameters

Vehicle Speed Calibration
The ECM uses this value to scale the vehicle speed signal into kilometers per hour (miles per hour). It is
programmed in pulses per kilometer (ppkm) or pulses per mile (ppm). This parameter must be programmed or a
Diagnostic Code 253-02 Check Customer or System Parameters (56) will occur. This parameter affects cruise
control, the ECM speedometer signal, Trip Totals, and can affect PTO and Extended Idle operation.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

2485 ppkm 93226 ppkm 8696 ppkm FC5F

(4000 ppm) (150000 ppm) (14000 ppm)

Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans)

This calibration is used when the ECM is configured to calculate Vehicle Speed based on Transmission Output
Shaft Speed information received via the J1939 datalink (Vehicle Speed Input parameter programmed to
J1939-Trans. This value represents the Transmission Output Shaft revolutions per mile. The ECM uses this value,
and the information received from the Transmission ECU via J1939 datalink (output shaft speed) to calculate
actual vehicle speed. When the J1939 Vehicle Speed option is used (Vehicle Speed Input parameter programmed
to J1939-Trans), this parameter must be programmed or a Diagnostic Code 253-02 Check Customer Or System
Parameters (56) will occur. This parameter affects cruise control, the ECM speedometer signal, Trip Totals, PTO
operation, etc. Refer to “General Requirements for J1939 Transmission Output Shaft Speed Based Vehicle Speed
Source” on page 37 for additional information.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

0 revs per mile 65000 revs per mile Not FCEC

(0 rev to km) (43000 revs per km) Programmed

Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939 ABS)

This calibration is used when the ECM is configured to calculate Vehicle Speed based on ABS wheel speed
information received via the J1939 datalink (Vehicle Speed Input parameter programmed to J1939-ABS). The ABS
manufacturer should be contacted to verify this message is supported. This value represents the ratio to
ASSUMED ABS tire revolutions per mile divided by the ACTUAL tire revolutions per mile. If the assumed tire size
matches the actual tire size, the Vehicle Speed Cal will be equal to 1. If the ABS assumed tire revolution per mile is
not correct, the vehicle speed cal is equal to the ACTUAL Tire Revolutions per mile / ABS ASSUMED Tire
revolutions per mile.
ABS Assumed tire revolutions per mile = 500
Actual Tire revolutions per mile = 400
Vehicle Speed Cal = 400/500 = 0.800
Note: If the Vehicle Speed Input parameter is programmed to J1939-ABS, the Vehicle Speed Cal parameter must
be programmed or a Diagnostic Code 253-02 “Check Customer Or System Parameters” (56) will occur. This
parameter affects cruise control, the ECM speedometer signal, Trip Totals, PTO operation, etc. Refer to “General
Requirements for J1939 Transmission Output Shaft Speed Based Vehicle Speed Source” on page 37 for
additional information.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

0 6.550 Not Programmed FCED

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 157
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Vehicle Speed Limit (VSL)

Top vehicle speed the ECM will permit. The ECM will shut off fuel above this speed. An inexperienced driver may
think something is wrong with the engine, because the engine will not fuel above this vehicle speed limit. Vehicle
speed limiting allows implementation of a gear fast/run slow truck specification to further improve fuel economy
while limiting top vehicle speed.
NOTE: The Driver Incentive Feature can be used to automatically adjust the VSL according to the drivers
operating habits.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

48 km/h 204 km/h 204 km/h 61

(30 MPH) (127 MPH) (127 MPH)

VSL Protection
Maximum engine rpm when there is an ECM detected vehicle speed signal problem. The ECM limits to this engine
rpm when it senses no vehicle speed signal, and the engine is loaded. This is a feature to deter tampering by
running without a Vehicle Speed input to the ECM.
NOTE: When this parameter is programmed to TEL rpm, diagnostic codes 84-01 Loss Of Vehicle Speed Signal
(31) and 84-10 Vehicle Speed Rate of Change (36) are disabled, and the VSL Protection can be exceeded by
disconnecting the Vehicle Speed Sensor.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

1000 rpm TEL rpm TEL rpm 66

Tachometer Calibration
The ECM uses this value to scale the engine speed signal into revolutions per minute for a tachometer. It is
programmed in pulses per revolution (ppr). Programmable range is from 12.0 to 500.0 in 0.1 ppr increments.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

12.0 PPR 500.0 PPR 113.0 PPR C7

Soft Vehicle Speed Limit

This limit operates in conjunction with the Vehicle Speed Limit. It limits the vehicle speed from 4 km/h (2.5 mph)
below the programmed Vehicle Speed Limit at full load, to 4 km/h (2.5 mph) above the selected Vehicle Speed
Limit at no load.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Yes No C2

158 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Low Speed Range Axle Ratio

This parameter must be programmed when a Two-Speed Axle On/Off Switch is used by the ECM in order to adjust
the vehicle speed calibration. When a two-speed axle is used, the change in gear ratios from the high speed range
to the low speed range alters the calibration of the vehicle speed signal, which requires a calibration adjustment to
ensure the ECM driven speedometer and ECM stored information correctly reflect the actual vehicle speed. This
parameter should be programmed to the low speed range axle ratio. This parameter only requires programming
when the Two-Speed Axle Switch parameter is enabled (programmed to J1/P1:7, J1/P1:47, J1/P1:6, or J1/P1:46).

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

1.00 19.99 1.00 FC5E

High Speed Range Axle Ratio

This parameter must be programmed when a Two-Speed Axle On/Off Switch is used by the ECM in order to adjust
the vehicle speed calibration. When a two-speed axle is used, the change in gear ratios from the high speed range
to the low speed range alters the calibration of the vehicle speed signal, which requires a calibration adjustment to
ensure the ECM driven speedometer and ECM stored information correctly reflect the actual vehicle speed. This
parameter should be programmed to the high speed range axle ratio. This parameter only requires programming
when the Two-Speed Axle Switch parameter is enabled (programmed to J1/P1:7, J1/P1:47, J1/P1:6, or J1/P1:46).

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

1.00 9.99 1.00 FC5D

Cruise Control Parameters

Low Cruise Control Speed Set Limit
The lowest vehicle speed at which cruise control can be used. Programming this parameter to the maximum value
disables cruise control.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

24 km/h 204 km/h 204 km/h 63

(15 MPH) (127 MPH) (127 MPH)

High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit

The highest vehicle speed at which cruise control can be set. If a driver attempts to set a vehicle speed higher than
this limit, the High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit will be the cruise set speed. If the High Cruise Control Speed Set
Limit is programmed to a value greater than the Vehicle Speed Limit, the Cruise Switches can be used to exceed
the programmed Vehicle Speed Limit. If the set speed is then terminated using the brake or clutch, the vehicle can
be returned to the set speed by toggling the Resume switch.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

48 km/h 204 km/h 204 km/h 62

(30 MPH) (127 MPH) (127 MPH)

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 159
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Engine Retarder Mode

APPLIED

SERVICE BRAKE RELEASED

ON

ENGINE RETARDER OFF

"COAST" ENGINE RETARDER OPERATION

APPLIED

SERVICE BRAKE RELEASED

ON

ENGINE RETARDER
"LATCH" ENGINE RETARDER OPERATION
Figure 35 - Coast and Latch Engine Retarder Mode

Determines operation of the Auxiliary Retarder Output and Exhaust Retarder Output while the cruise control On/Off
switch is in the ON position, but the engine is not in cruise control. This does not determine, or allow engine
retarder operation while the engine is in cruise control.
Allowable options are Coast, Latch or Manual. When programmed to Coast, the retarder is enabled only while the
service brakes are being applied. When programmed to Latch, the retarder stays enabled after the service brakes
are released. A direct, immediate pressure on the brake pedal latches the retarder ON and it will remain on until the
accelerator pedal is depressed.

If programmed to Manual, the retarder operates the same with the cruise control switch ON (but not in Cruise) as
when it is OFF.

Refer to “17.1 Engine Retarder Control” on page 88 for more information on Engine Retarder operation.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Coast, Latch Manual A1

Engine Retarder Minimum VSL Type

Provides two options, a Hard Limit and Soft Limit for the Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed option. If
programmed to Hard Limit, below the programmed Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed the ECM disables the
Retarder. The Soft Limit option allows the Engine Retarder to initiate activation above the programmed Engine
Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed Limit (just like Hard Limit), but allows Retarder operation to continue below the
programmed minimum Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed Limit. The Soft Limit will not allow the Engine
Retarder to initiate operation below the Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed Limit.
The following diagram illustrates Engine Retarder operation for both Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed
Limit Type options. Engine Retarder parameter is programmed to MANUAL and Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle
Speed parameter is programmed to 30 MPH.

160 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Vehicle Speed Retarder

60 Minimum
Vehicle
MPH Speed
30

0
ON
Eng Retarder
(Hard Limit) OFF

ON
Eng Retarder
(Soft Limit) OFF

NOTE: The Engine Retarder turns OFF when vehicle

speed drops below Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle
Speed if the Type parameter is programmed to Hard,
but remains ON if programmed to Soft.
“Hard Limit / Soft Limit” Engine Retarder Operation

Figure 36 - Limit Type Engine Retarder Operation

If the Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed is programmed to 0 mph, programming this parameter has no
affect on Engine Retarder Operation.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Soft Limit Hard Limit FC3C

Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed

Determines the minimum vehicle speed limit for the engine retarder(s) to turn ON or remain ON. Below this vehicle
speed the ECM will not turn ON the retarder unless the vehicle is stationary (vehicle speed = 0). If the vehicle is not
moving, or if vehicle speed is 0 mph (because of a lost vehicle speed signal) the retarder can still operate. If
programmed to zero the Retarder will operate at all vehicle speeds. This parameter affects both the Engine
Retarder and any Auxiliary Retarder such as a BrakeSaver.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

0 km/h 204 km/h 0 km/h FC16

(0 MPH) (127 MPH) (0 MPH)

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 161
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Auto Retarder in Cruise

Auto Retarder in Cruise (0=OFF) determines the kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph) value above
the cruise set speed the engine retarder (only the retarder driven through the Engine Harness) will come ON
provided the engine retarder switch is ON and the vehicle speed exceeds the cruise set speed. Programming the
parameter to zero disables this feature. This parameter applies while the engine is in cruise control.
Actual braking level is limited by the retarder switch settings. For example, the retarder will not come ON if the
retarder is switched OFF.
The Medium and High braking levels will come on at the programmed Auto Retarder in Cruise Increment (see
below) above the programmed Auto Retarder in Cruise value.
If SoftCruise Control is programmed to YES, the retarder will not come on until the vehicle speed is 5 km/h (3 mph)
above the cruise set speed. An Electronic Service Tool will change an attempt to program 2 or 3 km/h (1 or 2 mph)
for this parameter to 5 km/h (3 mph) if SoftCruise is programmed to YES.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

0 km/h 16 km/h 0 km/h FC00

(0 MPH) (10 MPH) (0 MPH)

Auto Retarder in Cruise Increment

Requires the Auto Retarder in Cruise parameter programmed above 0 (0=OFF). Auto Retarder in Cruise Increment
determines the kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph) increment when the Medium and High Engine
Retarder levels will activate. Programming the parameter to zero will allow the retarder to come ON in the High
mode when the programmed Auto Retarder in Cruise speed (above the cruise set speed) is reached.
This parameter applies while the engine is in cruise control. Actual braking level is limited by the retarder switch
settings. For example, the retarder will not come ON if the retarder is switched OFF.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

0 km/h 8 km/h 3 km/h FC1B

(0 MPH) (5 MPH) (2 MPH)

Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration

The configuration defines the function of Set/Resume Switch for ACCEL and DECEL modes. This parameter
applies to cruise control, idle, and PTO modes.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Set/Decel - Res/Accel Set/Accel - Res/Decel 3C

162 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Soft Cruise Control

5 MPH
100% Off

Available
HP
On

0 Cruise Set
Speed
Vehicle Speed Or VSL

Figure 37 - SoftCruise Control and Soft Vehicle Speed Limit

Soft Cruise Control provides a 8 km/h (5 mph) operating range around the cruise control set speed to provide a
smoother cruise control. It controls the cruise speed from 4 km/h (2.5 mph) below the set vehicle speed at full load
to 4 km/h (2.5 mph) above the set vehicle speed at no load.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

No Yes C5

Idle Parameters
Idle Vehicle Speed Limit
Maximum vehicle speed for setting or maintaining a set engine rpm in idle mode. Idle mode is entered if the engine
rpm is set using the cruise control On/Off switch along with Set/Resume. If the vehicle speed signal exceeds this
value, the engine will not maintain the set engine rpm.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

2 km/h 24 km/h 2 km/h 64

(1 mph) (15 mph) (1 mph)

Idle RPM Limit

Maximum engine rpm in idle mode. Idle mode occurs if the engine rpm is set using the cruise control On/Off switch
and the Set/Resume switch. The actual high limit of this parameter is determined by the programmed Top Engine
Limit. The lower limit is determined by the programmed Low Idle Engine RPM.

Programming this parameter to 600 rpm will prevent the engine from idling at a constant rpm above the
programmed Low Idle rpm.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

600 rpm TEL rpm TEL rpm 65

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 163
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Idle/PTO RPM Ramp Rate

This parameter determines engine rpm rate of increase/decrease. This parameter determines Accel, Decel, and
Resume Idle or PTO Engine rpm rates of increase/decrease. The parameter can be set to a value between 5 rpm
and 1000 rpm inclusively in one rpm increments.

NOTE: The parameter applies to both idle control (rpm set using cruise control On/Off switch and Set/Resume)
and PTO control (rpm set using PTO On/Off switch and Set/Resume).

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

5 rpm/sec 1000 rpm/sec 50 rpm/sec C4

Idle/PTO Bump RPM

Determines the rpm increment/decrement when the Accel/Decel switches are briefly toggled. It also applies to both
dedicated PTO and idle. If a PTO Engine RPM Set Speed has been programmed the Idle/PTO Bump RPM applies
only to engine rpm control initiated using the Cruise Control On/Off circuit not the PTO On/Off circuit.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

5 rpm 500 rpm 20 rpm F1

Dedicated PTO Parameters

PTO Configuration
Determines the features available and inputs used for Dedicated PTO applications. OFF (default) indicates the
application does not use PTO. The remaining PTO programmable options require a PTO On/Off circuit connected
to ECM Input #1. A PTO Switch On Lamp must also be connected to Output #1 (ECM J1/P1, terminal-30).
If programmed to Cab Switches the ECM will use the Cab Set (J1/P1, terminal-35) and Resume (J1/P1, terminal-
44) switch inputs for PTO control and Cruise Control.
If programmed to Remote Switches the ECM will monitor programmed inputs such as the Remote Set and Remote
Resume inputs. Inputs from the cab controls (brake, clutch, accelerator, cruise switches) will be ignored when the
PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
If programmed to Remote Throttle, the ECM will monitor J1/P1, terminal-68 for the remote accelerator pedal. The
ECM will monitor programmed inputs and ignore all cab controls when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Cab Switches, Remote Switches, Remote Throttle Off F3

PTO Top Engine Limit

The top engine limit available using a PTO On/Off circuit connected to Input # 1 of ECM Connector J1/P1. This
parameter is limited by the programmed Top Engine Limit (TEL) parameter.
NOTE: PTO Configuration must be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches, or Remote Throttle before
this parameter can be programmed.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

600 TEL rpm TEL rpm F0

164 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

PTO Engine RPM Set Speed

The engine rpm the ECM will control the engine to when the PTO On/Off circuit is turned ON (if PTO to Set Speed
is programmed to the “Yes”option) or, after PTO is turned ON and the Set Switch is toggled (if PTO to Set Speed
is programmed to the “NO” option).

If the PTO to Set Speed parameter is programmed to YES, the engine will automatically proceed to this speed
whenever the PTO On/Off circuit is turned ON and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A & B Switches (if used)
are OFF.

NOTE: PTO Configuration must be programmed to Cab Switches or Remote Switches for this parameter to
function, it is not available for the Remote Throttle configuration.

This parameter must be programmed higher than the programmed Low Idle. If programmed to a higher value than
the PTO Top Engine Limit, the Set Speed will be limited by the lower PTO Top Engine Limit.

For one rpm set speed operation above low idle, (low idle and PTO Engine RPM Set Speed) the PTO Top
Engine Limit should be programmed to the same rpm as the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed.

For two rpm set speeds above low idle, program this parameter to some intermediate value between the low idle
and the PTO Top Engine Limit. Place the PTO On/Off switch in the ON position. Toggle the Set switch once to
cause rpm to advance from the Low Idle speed to the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed. Toggle the Set Switch again,
and the engine advances to the PTO Top Engine Limit speed. Toggling the Resume Switch decreases the engine
rpm to the previous set speed.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

Low Idle rpm PTO TEL rpm 0 rpm F2

PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A

The engine rpm the ECM will control the engine to when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON and the PTO Engine RPM
Set Speed Input A switch is ON. The RPM can be programmed to operate from Low Idle up to the PTO Top Engine
Limit RPM. While operating at this set speed, all other speed control inputs are ignored (Cab and Remote Throttle,
and the Set/Accel and Resume/Decel switches). This feature will override a PTO Set Speed, throttle and PTO
Engine RPM Set Speed B.

Any time the PTO On/Off circuit is ON and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A switch is ON, the engine will
only operate at this programmed speed, unless a condition is present to kickout PTO operation (brake or clutch
pedal depressed, PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit exceeded, etc.). In the event that the PTO operation is kicked
out, the engine will return to low idle.

NOTE: The PTO Configuration parameter must be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote
Throttle and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A parameter must be programmed to a dedicated switch input
(J1/P1:6, J1/P1:46, J1/P1:58, or J1/P1:60) for this feature to function.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

Low Idle rpm PTO TEL rpm 0 rpm FC8B

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 165
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B

The engine rpm the ECM will control the engine to when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON, the PTO Engine RPM Set
Speed Input B switch is ON and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A switch if OFF. The RPM can be programmed
to operate from Low Idle up to the PTO Top Engine Limit RPM. While operating at this set speed, all other speed
control inputs are ignored (Cab and Remote Throttle, and the Set/Accel and Resume/Decel switches) except PTO
Engine RPM Set Speed A. This feature will override a PTO Set Speed and throttle position.

Any time the PTO On/Off circuit is ON, the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B switch is ON and the PTO Engine
RPM Set Speed A switch if OFF, the engine will only operate at this programmed speed, unless a condition is
present to kickout PTO operation (brake or clutch pedal depressed, PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit exceeded,
etc.). In the event that the PTO operation is kicked out, the engine will return to low idle.

NOTE: The PTO Configuration parameter must be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote
Throttle and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B parameter must be programmed to a dedicated switch input
(J1/P1:6, J1/P1:46, J1/P1:58, or J1/P1:60) for this feature to function.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

Low Idle rpm PTO TEL rpm 0 rpm FC8C

PTO to Set Speed

This parameter causes the ECM to proceed to the programmed PTO Engine RPM Set Speed when the PTO
On/Off switch is ON. PTO Configuration must be programmed to Cab Switches or Remote Switches before this
parameter can be programmed.
NOTE: This parameter is not available for PTO Configuration Remote Throttle.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Yes No F6

Maximum PTO Enable Speed

Maximum engine speed that PTO mode will engage. PTO mode will engage when the engine rpm is at or below
the programmed limit.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

700 to TEL (rpm) TEL FCF6

166 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

PTO Cab Controls RPM Limit

PTO Cab Controls Limit determines the engine rpm limit of the Cab Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor and Cab
Set/Resume Switch when PTO Configuration is programmed to Cab Switches and the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
This parameter is intended to prevent engine overspeed while using dedicated PTO.

• If programmed to Low Idle, the Cab Controls are ignored.

• If programmed to TEL, the engine will operate to the programmed Top Engine Limit.
• If programmed to PTO TEL, the engine will operate to the programmed PTO Top Engine Limit.
NOTE: PTO Configuration must be programmed to Cab Switches for this parameter to take effect. If PTO
Configuration is programmed to Remote Switches or Remote Throttle, the ECM will always ignore the Cab
Controls when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Low Idle, TEL, PTO TEL TEL F4

PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit

PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit is the maximum vehicle speed for setting or maintaining a set engine rpm in PTO
mode. PTO mode is entered if the PTO On/Off switch is ON (uses Input #1). If the vehicle speed signal exceeds
this value, the engine will not maintain the set engine rpm.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

2 km/h 204 km/h 2 km/h FC17

(1 mph) (127 mph) (1 mph)

Torque Limit

Programmed Torque Limit

Torque

Engine Speed (rpm)

Figure 38 - Torque Limit Operation

Torque limit of the engine applies when the Torque Limit Switch circuit is ON, and the vehicle speed is less than
the programmed Idle/PTO Kickout vehicle speed limit.

NOTE: This feature may not be programmed unless PTO Configuration has been programmed to other than OFF.

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 167
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

The maximum value is the Rated Torque of the engine. Programmable to N •m (lb-ft) of torque. Programming a
value higher than the Rated Torque is limited by the ECM to Rated Torque. The torque limit is indicated by the
dashed line in Figure 38.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

270 N •m 3400 N •m 3400 N •m F7

(200 lb-ft) (2500 lb-ft) (2500 lb-ft)

PTO Shutdown Time

PTO Shutdown Time is the time (in minutes) the engine will operate with the PTO On/Off circuit ON with no vehicle
speed before shutting down. The timer will only count with no vehicle speed and the PTO On/Off circuit ON. The
PTO Shutdown Timer will not begin counting if the engine is in Cold Mode. This parameter requires PTO
Configuration programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches, or Remote Throttle for the timer to function.
NOTE: This feature does not shut down vehicle power, the ECM and vehicle remain powered.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

3 minutes 1440 minutes 0 minutes FC14

PTO Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM

PTO Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM can be used to reset the PTO Shutdown Timer. Programming this parameter
to 2120 rpm disables this feature and will not allow the PTO Shutdown Timer to be overridden by increasing engine
rpm. If programmed to a value below 2120 rpm, the timer will be reset whenever engine RPM exceeds this
programmed value.

PTO Shutdown
Timer Reset
Engine
RPM Programmed
PTO Shutdown Timer
Maximum RPM
PTO Shutdown
Timer Counting

Figure 39 - PTO Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM Graph

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

600 rpm 2120 rpm 2120 rpm FCB0

168 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

PTO Activates Cooling Fan

The PTO Activates Cooling Fan parameter may be used to turn an ECM controlled cooling fan ON continuously
when the engine is in PTO mode. This is useful to reduce changes in load while being used for dedicated PTO
applications. Setting this parameter to Normal (default) indicates the fan will operate the independently of PTO
mode (dependent upon coolant temperature, etc.). The PTO Configuration must be programmed to Cab Switches,
Remote Switches, or Remote Throttle before this parameter can be programmed. The Fan Control Type must also
be programmed to On-Off or Three Speed Fan.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

Continuous Normal F5

Engine/Gear Parameters
Lower Gears Engine RPM Limit
The engine will accelerate at a slower rate when this limit is exceeded under normal driving conditions. This is to
encourage the driver to shift to the next highest gear. This parameter should remain at the factory default value
when using an Automatic or Autoshift transmission, with the exception of the Eaton Top 2.
Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID
1100 rpm TEL rpm TEL rpm 6C

Lower Gears Turn Off Speed

Vehicle Speed where “Lower Gears Engine RPM Limit” is shut off. This must be matched with “Lower Gears
Engine RPM Limit” to the specific drive train for best performance.This parameter should remain at the factory
default value when using an Automatic or Autoshift transmission, with the exception of the Eaton Top 2.
Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID
5 km/h 48 km/h 5 km/h 69
(3 mph) (30 mph) (3 mph)

Intermediate Gears Engine RPM Limit

Similar to “Lower Gears Engine RPM Limit”. The engine will accelerate at a slower rate when this limit is exceeded
under normal driving conditions. Typically programmed to slightly higher rpm than the Lower Gears Engine RPM
Limit. This parameter should remain at the factory default value when using an Automatic or Autoshift
transmission, with the exception of the Eaton Top 2.
Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID
1100 rpm TEL rpm TEL rpm 6D

Intermediate Gears Turn Off Speed

Similar to “Lower Gears Turn Off Speed”. Typically programmed to a slightly higher vehicle speed than Low Gears
Turn Off Speed. This parameter should remain at the factory default value when using an Automatic or Autoshift
transmission, with the exception of the Eaton Top 2.
Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID
8 km/h 80 km/h 8 km/h 6A
(5 mph) (50 mph) (5 mph)

Gear Down Protection RPM Limit

Engine RPM Limit when vehicle speed is above “Gear Down Protection Turn On Speed. This is a “hard” limit. The

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 169
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

ECM will not allow fuel to the engine above this limit. This is to encourage the driver to shift into overdrive or top
gear. This parameter should remain at the factory default value when using an Automatic or Autoshift transmission,
with the exception of the Eaton Top 2.
Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID
1300 rpm TEL rpm TEL rpm 6E

Gear Down Protection Turn On Speed

Vehicle Speed where “Gear Down Protection RPM Limit”is ON. This must be matched to the specific drive train for
best performance. Above this vehicle speed limit the engine rpm will be limited by the Gear Down Protection RPM
Limit.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

48 km/h 204 km/h 204 km/h 6B
(30 mph) (127 mph) (127 mph)

Top Engine Limit (TEL)

Maximum engine rpm when the engine is under load. This parameter no longer programmable. The TEL rpm is
fixed at 2120 rpm.

Default VEPS PID

2120* 67

*Excludes special ratings that offer 2150 Top Engine Limit.

Top Engine Limit with Droop

This parameter no longer provides the droop option. No is the fixed parameter value.

Default VEPS PID

No C1

Low Idle Engine RPM

Minimum engine rpm.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

600 rpm 750 rpm 600 rpm 6F

170 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Transmission Style

Indicates to the ECM the type of transmission configuration installed in the vehicle. It is used by the ECM to
determine how to read inputs (brake switch #2, clutch, and neutral switches).
If an automatic transmission is installed, this parameter should be programmed to Automatic Option 1, Automatic
Option 2, Automatic Option 3, or Automatic Option 4.
The Manual selection requires a clutch pedal position switch connected to ECM Connector J1/P1, terminal 22. The
transmission selections with a neutral switch require a transmission neutral switch connected to ECM Connector
J1/P1, terminal-62 (Input #12).The transmission selections with two brake switches require a second brake switch
connected to ECM Connector J1/P1 terminal-64 (Input #13). Refer to “Transmission Style Parameter Switch Input
Table” on page 104 for additional information.

The Eaton Top 2 transmission is a manual transmission and requires a clutch switch. The ECM operates two
outputs to control shifting between the top two gears of an Eaton Top 2 transmission. A total of four parameters
must be programmed for the system to operate correctly.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Automatic Option 1, Automatic Option 2, Manual Option 1 7B

Automatic Option 3, Automatic Option 4,
Eaton Top 2

Eaton Top 2 Override with Cruise Switch

If this parameter is programmed to YES the Cruise Control On/Off switch can be used to disable Top 2 mode.
Turning the Cruise Control On/Off switch to the OFF position when the transmission is not in Top 2 mode will
disable Top 2 mode (manual operation only). Turning the Cruise Control On/Off Switch to the ON position will
enable the Top 2 mode and allow for automatic shifting in the Top 2 gears. When operating in one of the Top 2
gears and Top 2 mode is enabled, switching the Cruise Control On/Off switch to the OFF position will place the
transmission in Hold mode (will not shift out of currently selected gear). Returning the switch to the ON position will
return to Top 2 mode. Depressing the Clutch while in Hold mode will result in Manual mode (Top 2 disabled).

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Yes No FC89

Top Gear Ratio

Identifies the highest gear ratio for an Eaton Top 2 Transmission. For example, 10th gear for an Eaton Super 10
Top 2 transmission is the Top Gear. Programmable range is 0.000 to 3.750 in 0.001 increments. Default is 0.000.
Refer to “Eaton Top 2 Transmission Gear Ratios Table” on page 172 for programmable values for each Eaton Top
2 transmission.
Note: This parameter must be precisely programmed to three decimal places to ensure proper operation of the
Eaton Top 2 and Caterpillar engine drivetrain in the top two gears.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

0.000 3.750 0.000 FC3D

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 171
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Top Gear Minus One Ratio

Identifies the next to highest gear ratio for an Eaton Top 2 Transmission. For example, 9th gear for an Eaton Super
10 Top 2 transmission is Top Gear Minus One. Programmable range is 0.000 to 3.750 in 0.001 increments. Default
is 0.000. Refer to “Eaton Top 2 Transmission Gear Ratios Table” on page 172 for programmable values for each
Eaton Top 2 transmission.
Note: This parameter must be precisely programmed to three decimal places to ensure proper operation of the
Eaton Top 2 and Caterpillar engine drivetrain in the top two gears.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

0.000 3.750 0.000 FC3E

Top Gear Minus Two Ratio

Identifies the second to highest gear ratio for an Eaton Top 2 Transmission. For example, 8th gear for an Eaton
Super 10 Top 2 transmission is Top Gear Minus Two. Programmable range is 0.000 to 3.750 in 0.001 increments.
Default is 0.000. Refer to “Eaton Top 2 Transmission Gear Ratios Table”on page 172 for programmable values for
each Eaton Top 2 transmission.
Note: This parameter must be precisely programmed to three decimal places to ensure proper operation of the
Eaton Top 2 and Caterpillar engine drivetrain in the top two gears.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

0.000 3.750 0.000 FC3F

Eaton Top 2 Transmission Gear Ratios Table

Transmission Top Top Top

Model Gear Gear Gear
Minus Minus Ratio
Two One
Ratio Ratio

RTLO-XX610B-T2 1.352 1.000 0.741

RTLO-XX710B-T2 1.825 1.351 1.000

RTLO-XX713A-T2 1.000 0.856 0.730

RTLO-XX718B-T2 1.000 0.856 0.730

NOTE: XX appearing in Transmission Model number refers to (x) 100 = Nominal Torque Capacity. For example,
RTLO-14613A has a Nominal Torque Capacity of 14 (x) 100 or 1400 lb ft.
Transmission model designation and other transmission identification information are stamped on the transmission
tag. The tag is located on the lower left side near the front of the transmission.
Governor Type
Indicates to the ECM the type of Governor that controls the engine. Select Full range for manual transmissions and
electronically shifted manual transmission. Select Min/Max governor for automatic transmissions. Refer to
“19.0 Governor Type” on page 96 for additional information.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

Min/Max Full Range FE06

172 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Timer Parameters
Idle Shutdown Time
Time (in minutes) that engine will idle before shutting down. Engine will only shut down if the ECM senses low
engine load and no vehicle speed. The Idle Shutdown Timer will not begin counting if the engine is in Cold Mode. If
this parameter is programmed to zero, this feature is disabled and the engine will idle until the ignition key switch is
in the OFF position.
NOTE: This feature does not shut down vehicle power. The ECM and vehicle remain powered.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

3 minutes 1440 minutes 0 minutes FC13

Idle Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM

This parameter can be used to reset of the Idle Shutdown Timer if engine speed goes above the programmed Idle
Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM. Programming this parameter to 2120 rpm disables this feature and will not allow
the Idle Shutdown Timer to be overridden by increasing engine rpm. If programmed to a value below 2120 rpm and
the PTO Shutdown Timer is used, the timer will be reset whenever engine RPM exceeds the programmed value.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

600 rpm 2120 rpm 2120 rpm FCAF

Allow Idle Shutdown Override

Determines if the clutch or service brake can be used to override the idle shutdown timer during the driver alert (in
the last 90 seconds when the Check Engine Lamp begins flashing). Requires Idle Shutdown Time (0=OFF) to be
programmed to 3 or more minutes to take affect This parameter also provides the Outside Temperature Based
option to Allow Idle Shutdown Override or the J1587 Outside Temperature Based to Allow Idle Shutdown Override.
If programmed to Outside Temperature Based or J1587 Outside Temperature Based, depressing the clutch or
service brake in the last 90 seconds when the Check Engine Lamp begins flashing will override the timer (the
engine will not shutdown) if the outside temperature is below the programmed Minimum Idle Shutdown Outside
Temperature or above the Maximum Idle Shutdown Outside Temperature.
If the outside temperature is in between the Minimum Idle Shutdown Outside Temperature and the Maximum Idle
Shutdown Outside Temperature the timer is not overridden and the engine will shutdown. If the Outside
Temperature Based option is programmed, an Air Temperature Sensor must be installed to measure the outside
temperature. If the sensor is not installed a 171-03 Outside Air Temperature Sensor Open Circuit diagnostic code
will be active. If the J1587 Outside Temperature Based option is programmed and an active 171-11 No Ambient Air
Temperature Data diagnostic code exists, the idle shutdown timer will be disabled.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

No, Outside Yes 4F

Temperature Based,
J1587 Outside
Temperature Based

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 173
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Minimum Idle Shutdown Outside Temp

Determines the lower outside temperature limit if the Allow Idle Shutdown Override parameter is programmed to
Outside Temperature Based or J1587 Temperature Based.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

-40°C 49°C 49°C FC11

(-40°F) (120°F) (120°F)

Idle Shutdown Override Allowed

Outside Temperature

Maximum Idle Shutdown

Outside Temperature
Idle Shutdown Override Not Allowed
Minimum Idle Shutdown
Outside Temperature
Idle Shutdown Override Allowed

0 90
Time (seconds)

Illustration 40 - Allow Idle Shutdown Override Programmed to Outside Temperature Based or J1587 Temperature Based

Maximum Idle Shutdown Outside Temp

Determines the upper outside temperature limit if the Allow Idle Shutdown Override parameter is programmed to
Outside Temperature Based or J1587 Temperature Based. “Illustration 40 - Allow Idle Shutdown Override
Programmed to Outside Temperature Based or J1587 Temperature Based”on page 174 indicates the Idle
Shutdown Override is allowed only during the final 90 seconds of timer counting with the outside temperature
below the Minimum Idle Shutdown Outside Temperature or above the Maximum Idle Shutdown Outside
Temperature.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

-40°C 49°C 49°C FC12

(-40°F) (120°F) (120°F)

A/C Switch Fan On-Time

Input #11 to the ECM can be used for connection of a normally closed high pressure A/C switch. The ECM has a
timer built in to prevent excessive cycling of the cooling fan clutch due to successive cycling of the A/C switch input.
Programming this parameter to 0 disables the function. Programming depends upon refigerant and A/C system
design as well use of the input. Program the timer to 1 second for connection of this input to another system also
providing a time delay. This feature requires Fan Control Type programmed to On-Off or Three Speed Fan.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

1 seconds 600 seconds 0 seconds C0

Fan with Engine Retarder in High Mode

Fan with Engine Retarder in High Mode determines if the Cooling Fan will come ON when the Engine Brake has
been active for at least two seconds. This feature requires the Fan Control Type programmed to On-Off or Three
Speed Fan with an On-Off or Three Speed fan installed in order to function.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

Yes No 4E

174 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Engine Retarder Delay

Engine Retarder Delay parameter provides a programmable delay after conditions to turn the retarder or brake ON
are met.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

0 seconds 3.0 seconds 0 seconds FC3B

Smart Idle Parameters

Battery Monitor and Engine Control Voltage
This parameter is used to determine the voltage trip point below which the Battery Monitor and Engine Speed
Control System will automatically elevate engine idle in order to maintain ideal battery system voltage. This feature
is used to promote additional battery life. The engine idle will only be increased if the vehicle is stopped and the
transmission is out of gear. If these conditions are not met, the engine idle will not be adjusted. This feature will not
function when the engine is operating in dedicated PTO mode (PTO On/Off switch in the ON position).
The recommended setting is 12.2 Volts for a 12 Volt system, and 24.5 Volts for a 24 Volt system.

The elevated speed is 1000 rpm or less if the Idle RPM Limit is less than 1000 rpm.
NOTE: This feature requires the installation of a Neutral Switch on J1/P1 terminal-62 (Input #12). Engine speed will
only be elevated when the transmission is in Neutral. Refer to “13.13 Transmission Neutral Switch ” on page 56 for
details.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

0 volts 25.5 Volts 0 Volts FC8D

Engine Monitoring Parameters

Engine Monitoring Mode
Determines the level of action taken by the ECM in response to a potential engine damaging condition. The ECM
reads the Caterpillar Coolant Temperature Sensor, and the OEM installed Coolant Level Sensor (if programmed).

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Derate, Shutdown Warning 7F

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 175
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Engine Monitoring Lamps

This parameter determines the lamp requirements for the Engine Monitoring System. If programmed to the
Warning Lamp option, J1/P1 terminal-29 is available for connection of a red Warning Lamp. The Warning Lamp is
used to alert the operator that an engine problem is occurring, and indicate when the engine is being derated or
shutdown is impending.
If programmed to Option 1, up to three discrete lamp outputs are available to indicate specific engine problems.
Option 1 configures J1/P1 terminal-29 for connection of a Low Oil Pressure Warning Lamp and J1/P1 terminal-31
for connection of a High Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp. If the Coolant Level Sensor parameter is
programmed to the 4-Pin option, then J1/P1 terminal-30 will also be available for connection of a Low Coolant
Level Warning Lamp. If the Coolant Level Sensor parameter is programmed to OFF, then J1/P1 terminal-30 can be
used to connect a PTO Switch On Lamp.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Option 1 Warning Lamp FCD2

Note: This Engine Monitoring System must be programmed to Warning, Derate or Shutdown in order for the
Warning Lamp(s) to function.
Coolant Level Sensor
Determines if the ECM monitors the Coolant Level Sensor inputs. This feature requires Engine Monitoring Mode
programmed to Warning, Derate, or Shutdown

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

4-Pin No 7E

Maintenance Parameters
Maintenance Indicator Mode
The ECM records data related to vehicle maintenance. If Distance is selected (Manual - Distance or Automatic -
Distance), then all maintenance indications (PM1, PM2, Coolant Flush/Fill) on the service tool will be displayed in
Distance.

If Hours is selected (Manual - Hours or Automatic - Hours), then all maintenance indications (PM1, PM2, Coolant
Flush/Fill) on the service tool will be in Hours. The ECM provides PM1 maintenance interval and last maintenance
information.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Man - Distance, Off C9

Man- Hour,
Auto - Distance,
Auto - Hour

176 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

PM1 Interval (for Manual Maintenance Indicator Mode)

PM1 Interval allows a user-specified PM1 maintenance interval. This parameter (PM1 Interval) must be
programmed only if Maintenance Indicator Mode is programmed to Manual - Distance or Manual - Hours.

Manual - Distance

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

8050 km 56325 km 24140 km C8

(5000 miles) (35000 miles) (15000 miles) CA

Manual - Hours

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

100 750 300 C8

CB

Engine Oil Capacity (for Automatic Maintenance Indicator Mode)

PM1 Interval can be determined by the ECM based on fuel usage. This parameter must be programmed only if
Maintenance Indicator Mode is programmed to Automatic - Distance or Automatic - Hours. Sump Capacity
influences the Maintenance Interval.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

19 liters 57 liters see table C8

(20 quarts) (60 quarts) below CC

Engine Model Default

C-10, C-12 34 liters

(36 quarts)

C-15, C-16 38 liters

(40 quarts)

C-15, C-16 w/Rear 38 liters

Sump BrakeSaver (40 quarts)

C-15, C-16 w/Front 38 liters*

Sump BrakeSaver (40 quarts)

*C-15 & C-16 w/Front Sump BrakeSaver engines

should be programmed to 49 liters (52 quarts).

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 177
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Trip Parameters
Fuel Correction Factor
The fuel correction factor is available to fine tune all fuel data stored in the future by the ECM. Caterpillar
recommends this factor be changed only after a significant operating interval with a comparison of actual tank fuel
economy compared to ECM recorded fuel economy. The operating interval should also reflect a typical route. The
Factor is a percentage, programmable in 0.5 percent increments.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

-63.5 +63.5 0 D5

• Calculating Fuel Correction Factor

The following formula should be used to determine the new Fuel Correction Factor (NEW FCF).

error = E C M – TANK 
-------------------------------------
TANK 

new fcf = ( ( 100 + old fcf )error ) + old fcf

Where OLD FCF is the Fuel Correction Factor currently in ECM, TANK is the actual fuel economy, and ECM is the
fuel economy indicated in the ECM Trip Data.
Example
The Actual TANK fuel economy is determined to be 7.1 mpg, but the ECM Trip Data economy is 7.0 mpg over the
same distance with an OLD FCF of -2.5.

error = 
7.0 – 7.1 
----------------------
= –0.0141
7.1 
new fcf = ( ( 100 + -2.5 ) × [–0.0141 ]) + ( –2.5 )= -3.9

-3.9 rounded off to the nearest 0.5, NEW FCF = -4.0

The following parameters (Change Fuel Correction Factor, PM1 Reset, and Fleet Trip Reset) establish security
access for the Caterpillar Driver Information Display. These parameters require a Caterpillar Driver Information
Display for access.

Dash - Change Fuel Correction Factor

Allows the driver to adjust the Fuel Correction Factor. An owner-operator would want driver access to this
information, but a fleet operation might not.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Yes No E0

Dash - PM1 Reset

Determines access for the driver to reset the PM1 Maintenance, when performed. Maintenance Indicator Mode
cannot be programmed to OFF for the PM1 Reset parameter to take effect.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Yes No E0

178 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Dash - Fleet Trip Reset

Fleet Trip Reset sets access for the driver to reset the Fleet Trip Information

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Yes No E0

Dash - State Selection

Program to NO to disable this function of the Cat ID. The Cat ID will not show state selection as an option to the
driver. If programmed to Yes (default) the Cat ID will provide the State Selection feature.
Programming this parameter to NO eliminates state crossing selection and therefore storage of State tagged trip
data.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

No Yes E0

Theft Deterrent System Control

This feature can prevents the engine from starting or prevent vehicle use until the correct password has been
entered via the CAT ID dash display. A Theft Deterrent Password must be programmed to use this feature.
If programmed to the YES option, the operator must first enter the password before the engine shuts off in order to
enable the system, preventing engine starting without reentering the password on the next attempted start.
If programmed to the Auto-Enable option, the system will automatically enable each time the engine is shut down.
The operator must then enter the password in order to start the engine.
The Secure Idle mode can be entered by bringing the engine to an idle condition and entering the password. If the
engine is not shut down, it will only run at low idle until the password is reentered.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

Yes, Auto-Enable No FC08

Theft Deterrent Password

The password required by the ECM to disable the Theft Deterrent feature. The characters must all be upper case.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

Four Characters, 0000 FC09

A-Z & 0-9

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 179
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Quick Stop Rate

Determines the rate of vehicle speed change the ECM uses to record a Quick Stop Event Code and Quick Stop
Snapshot. Programmable from 5-24 km/h/s (3-15 mph/s) (0 = default = OFF). Each Quick Stop Snapshot contains
60 frames of information; frame 45 is the Quick Stop occurrence, 44 frames before, 15 frames following the code.
Each frame is separated by 1.0 second.
ECM Snapshot Frame Data

Engine rpm Vehicle Speed

Throttle Position Cruise Status
Clutch Switch Brake Switch

The most recent Quick Stop Snapshot is stored in the ECM memory. Each time another Quick Stop occurs the
ECM replaces the old Snapshot with the new one. The ECM also logs a diagnostic event code (maximum of 255
occurrences stored) for each Quick Stop Occurrence.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

5-24 km/h/s 0 km/h/s FC0C

(3-15 mph/s) 0 mph/s

NOTE: Programming the Quick Stop Rate too low will cause an excessive number of Quick Stop Event Codes.
The vehicle will be able to stop much more quickly without a load or trailer than with a heavy load. If too many
Quick Stop Event Codes are being logged, the Quick Stop Rate should be increased to better detect the
exceptions when they occur.

Vehicle Activity Report

Minimum Idle Time
The Vehicle Activity Report provides a chronological log of engine operation that records vehicle starts, stops, idle
time, driving time and PTO time. The Minimum Idle Time parameter can be used to adjust the recorded idle time to
filter out time spent stopped in traffic, switching in and out of PTO mode, and other brief periods of time the engine
is operated at an idle condition. If the Minimum Idle Time is programmed to a value above 0 minutes (default), the
previous mode of operation will be logged until the idle time exceeds the programmed limit.

Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID

0 minutes 1440 minutes 0 minutes FCB3

Driver Reward
Driver Reward Enable
Driver Reward is a feature that allows a truck owner to place weighting factors on desired operating habits. If the
vehicle is operated in a manner that exceeds the owner’s specifications, the maximum vehicle speed limit can be
automatically increased to a specified value as a reward to the driver. The Driver Reward Enable parameter
provides a means to Disable and Lockout the Driver Reward feature using an Electronic Service Tool, for those
areas with regulations that require a fixed maximum Vehicle Speed Limit.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

Disabled Enabled FCA9

180 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Input Selections
Fan Override Switch
The Fan Override Switch parameter can be programmed to one of the Hard Wired options (J1/P1:7, J1/P1:47, J1/
P1:6, or J1/P1:46) or to one of the SAE J1939 sourced inputs. This switch allows the operator or a J1939
command to turn ON the cooling fan at any time for improved engine retarding/braking and engine cooling.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:7, J1/P1:47, None FD01

J1/P1:6, J1/P1:46
J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch

Input #5 to the ECM can be used for connection of a Brake/Clutch Disable Switch for applications requiring mobile
use of the vehicle with a set PTO engine rpm that does NOT require the Brake or Clutch to disengage the engine
PTO operation. The Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch parameter must be programmed to J1/P1:47 to enable this
feature.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:47 None FD05

J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

Torque Limit Switch

Input #4 to the ECM can be used for connection of a Torque Limit Switch to limit engine torque to a programmable
value. Program PTO Configuration to other than ‘Off’in order to make this parameter available for programming.
The Torque Limit Switch parameter must be programmed to J1/P1:7 to enable this feature.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:7 None FD09

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 181
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Diagnostic Enable Switch

Input #7 can be used for connection of a diagnostic enable switch.The Diagnostic Enable Switch parameter must
be programmed to J1/P1:46. Diagnostic flash codes can be prompted using the Diagnostic Enable switch. To
initiate the flash codes, depress the momentary Diagnostic Enable switch until the Check Engine Lamp begins to
flash. The codes should flash out as indicated above.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:46 None FD08

J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

Remote PTO Set Switch

The Remote PTO Set Switch is used when the PTO Configuration is programmed to Remote Switches or Remote
Throttle.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

None J1/P1:58 FD0F

J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

Remote PTO Resume Switch

The Remote PTO Resume Switch is used when the PTO Configuration is programmed to Remote Switches or
Remote Throttle.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

None J1/P1:60 FD11

J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A

The switch is used to control engine speed during PTO operation. The PTO Configuration parameter must be
programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote Throttle and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A
parameter must be programmed to a valid speed. Refer to “PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A”on page 165 for
additional information.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:6, J1/P1:46, J1/P1:58, J1/P1:60 None FD11

J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

182 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B

The switch is used to control engine speed during PTO operation. The PTO Configuration parameter must be
programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote Throttle and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B
parameter must be programmed to a valid speed. Refer to “PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B”on page 166 for
additional information.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:6, J1/P1:46, J1/P1:58, J1/P1:60 None FD13

Starting Aid On/Off Switch

The Starting Aid System does not require a switch for Automatic operation. A switch can be installed to allow the
operator to override or disable the Automatic Starting Aid. If a switch is installed and the Starting Aid On/Off Switch
parameter is programmed to the corresponding switch input, the switch will control the Starting Aid System. When
the switch is in the ON position, the Starting Aid System will automatically enable the Starting Aid Output when
conditions require the use of a starting aid. When the switch is in the OFF position, the Starting Aid System will not
function.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:6, J1/P1:7, J1/P1:46, J1/P1:47 None FD21

Two Speed Axle Switch

Input #6 to the ECM can be used for connection of a Two-Speed Axle On/Off Switch. When a two-speed axle is
used, the change in gear ratios from the high speed range to the low speed range alters the calibration of the
vehicle speed signal. When the Two-Speed Axle On/Off Switch parameter is programmed to J1/P1:6 and the
switch is in the ON position the ECM automatically adjusts the vehicle speed calibration. This will ensure the ECM
driven speedometer and ECM stored information correctly reflect the actual vehicle speed. The High Speed Range
Axle Ratio and Low Speed Range Axle Ratio must also be programmed for this feature to function correctly.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:6 None FD23

J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

Cruise Control On/Off Switch

The Cruise Control On/Off Switch Input may be programmed to ECM Connector J1/P1 terminal-59 or one of the
SAE J1939 data link sources. This switch is used to enable Cruise Control when the vehicle is moving or to control
engine idle rpm when the vehicle is stationary.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1939 Body Controller, J1/P1:59 FD25

J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 183
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Cruise Control Set/Resume Switch

The Set and Resume Switch Inputs may be programmed to J1/P1:35 & 44 or one of the SAE J1939 data link
sources. If hard wired, the Set input should be connected to J1/P1 terminal-35 and the Resume input to J1/P1
terminal-44. These switch inputs are used in conjunction with the Cruise Control On/Off Switch to control cruise
control operation while the vehicle is moving, to adjust engine idle rpm while the vehicle is stationary, and to enable
Diagnostic Flash Codes on the Check Engine Lamp. The Cruise Control Set/Resume switch is also used with the
PTO On/Off Switch (when the PTO Configuration is programmed to Cab Switches) to control engine rpm in PTO
Mode operation.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1939 Body Controller, J1/P1:35 & 44 FD27

J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

Cruise Control Pause Switch

The Cruise Pause Switch is only available from the J1939 Datalink (J1939 PGN 65,265, Byte 1, Bits 6-5). Refer to
“25.0 SAE J1939 Data Link” on page 121 and “15.0 J1939 Based Switch Messages”on page 58 for details.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1939 Cab Controller, None FD7F

J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

Clutch Pedal Position Switch

The Clutch Pedal Position Switch Input may be programmed to J1/P1:22 or one of the SAE J1939 data link
sources. This input is used when the Transmission Style is programmed to Manual Option 1, which requires an
input to determine the position of the clutch pedal.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1939 Body Controller, J1/P1:22 FD29

J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

184 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Retarder Off/Low/Medium/High Switch

The Retarder Solenoid Lo/Med/Hi Switch input may be programmed to J1/P1:23 & 40 or one of the SAE J1939
data link sources. If hard wired the Lo/Hi Input should be connected to ECM Connector J1/P1 terminal- 23 and the
Med/Hi Input to J1/P1 terminal-40. This switch controls the operation of the Engine Retarder Solenoids.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1939 Body Controller, J1/P1:23 & 40 FD2B

J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #1

The Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #1 Input may be programmed to J1/P1: 45 or one of the SAE J1939 data
link sources. If hard wired, the switch should be connector to ECM Connector J1/P1 terminal-45. The input is used
to determine the position of the service brake pedal, which can affect Cruise, Idle, PTO, and Idle Shutdown
operation.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1939 Body Controller, J1/P1:45 FD2D

J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster

Accelerator Pedal Position

The Accelerator Pedal Position Input is available for connection of an Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor. The
Sensor signal line should be connected to ECM Connector J1/P1:66. The Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
parameter must be programmed to J1/P1:66. The input is used to determine the position of the Accelerator Pedal.

Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:66 FD35

Vehicle Speed Input

The ECM has an input circuit that can be used to connect a hardwired vehicle speed sensor (mag pick-up)
producing a differential input signal, or a single ended signal from an electronic control. To utilize this option, the
Vehicle Speed Input parameter must be programmed to the J1/P1:32 & 33 (default) option. The ECM can also be
configured to receive Vehicle Speed information from an Electronic Transmission Control Unit via the J1939
datalink, if the Transmission is capable of supporting the J1939 ETC1 Broadcast Message (PGN 61,442 Bytes
2&3) protocol. The J1939-Trans option must be selected if this method is used. Refer to Wiring Diagram 42 -
“J1939 Data Link Circuit” on page 121 for additional information. If the ABS is capable of supporting the J1939
High Resolution Wheel Speed Broadcast Message (PGN 65,134), which provides individual wheel speed. Refer to
“7.6 J1939 ABS Wheel Speed Based Vehicle Speed Source” on page 37.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1939-Trans J1/P1:32 & 33 FD76

J1939-ABS

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 185
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Output Selections
Engine Running Output
The Engine Running Output Relay is used to prevent starter engagement while the engine is running. The Engine
Running Output comes ON when the engine is running and turns OFF when the engine rpm = 0. The relay is
normally closed so cranking can be achieved immediately at power up. During cranking, the ECM energizes the
Engine Running Output once engine low idle rpm has been achieved. The relay is de-energized if engine speed
falls 100 RPM below the programmed low idle (600-750 rpm is low idle range).

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:10, J1/P1:12, J1/P1:13 None FD37

Engine Shutdown Output

The Engine Shutdown Output Relay is used to shutdown the vehicle electrical system after the idle timer has
expired. The Engine Shutdown Output comes ON after the engine is running for more than 3 seconds and turns
OFF when the engine rpm is at least 100 rpm below low idle for more than 3 seconds.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:10, J1/P1:12, J1/P1:13 None FD4D

Auxiliary Brake
The Auxiliary Brake Output is for use with a BrakeSaver or other Aftermarket braking devices. Operation of the
auxiliary brake and relay is inhibited during undesirable engine operating conditions (such as while the engine is
being fueled).

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:12 None FD39

Starting Aid Output

The Starting Aid Output may be programmed to allow the engine to automatically control a starting aid system
when operating conditions require the use of a Starting Aid. If the optional Staring Aid On/Off Switch parameter is
programmed and a switch connected to the corresponding switch input, the Starting Aid Output will not function
when the switch is in the OFF position.)

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:10, J1/P1:12, J1/P1:13 None FD4F

Fan Control Type

If the ECM is used to operate a cooling fan, this parameter must be programmed to On-Off or Three Speed Fan.
This parameter should be programmed to NONE if the ECM is not controlling the cooling fan relay (or solenoid).
Refer to “20.0 Cooling Fan”on page 97.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

On-Off, None FC18

Three Speed Fan

186 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

PTO Active Output Configuration

High Side Driver capable of 1.0 Amp while in PTO mode.

Alternative Default VEPS PID

J1/P1:19 None FD6D

Data Link Parameters

Powertrain Data Link
The data link parameter Powertrain Data Link determines if the ECM will communicate to any device using the
SAE J1939 data link. If the vehicle is not using the data link for communication with data link based gauges,
switches or the powertrain (traction control systems, anti-lock brake systems, electronically controlled
transmissions) this parameter should be programmed to NONE.

NOTE: J1922 will no longer be supported for all engines or ratings. Do not program the this parameter unless the
ECM is equipped with J1922 support.
NOTE: A diagnostic code 231-11 J1939 Data Link Fault (58) may occur if the Powertrain Data Link parameter is
set to J1939 without another J1939 source on the vehicle to communicate with the engine ECM.

Alternatives Default VEPS PID

J1939 Off FC0D

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 187
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

28.1 Customer Specified Parameter Table

HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM and CUSTOMER
PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETERS TABLE, Jan. 2002
VEPS Parameter Available VEPS Range /Options Default
PID Range/Option **This column includes alternative
(As displayed On options included in the VCP
Caterpillar ET) database. The alternate options are
for VEPS programming use only.
Selected Engine Rating:
56 Rating Number Engine Power Engine Power Dependent Factory
Dependent Programmed
5A Rating Type Read Only Read Only Factory
Programmed
FCB1 *Multi-Torque Ratio Unavailable Unavailable (Standard Unavailable
(Standard Rating) Ratings) (Standard
MT-1, MT-2, MT-4 MT-1, MT-2, MT-4 (Multi- Rating)
(Multi-Torque Torque Ratings) MT-4
(Multi-Torque)
N/A Advertised Power Read Only Not Applicable to VEPS Factory
Programming Programmed
N/A Governed Speed Read Only Not Applicable to VEPS Factory
Programming Programmed
N/A Rated Peak Torque Read Only Not Applicable to VEPS Factory
Programming Programmed
N/A Top Engine Speed Read Only Not Applicable to VEPS Factory
Programming Programmed
N/A Test Spec Read Only Not Applicable to VEPS Factory
Programming Programmed
N/A Test Spec With Read Only Not Applicable to VEPS Factory
Brake Saver Programming Programmed
ECM Identification Parameters
60 Vehicle ID 17 Characters 17 Characters Available 000000000000
Available 00000
51 Engine Serial Read Only Read Only Factory
Number Programmed
0F ECM Serial Number Read Only Read Only Factory
Programmed
11 Personality Part Read Only Read Only Factory
Number Programmed
0A Personality Module Read Only Read Only Factory
Release Date Programmed
Security Parameters
N/A Total Tattletale Read Only Not Applicable to VEPS 0
Programming
57 Last Tool to Change Read Only Read Only Not Programmed
Customer Parameters
58 Last Tool to Change Read Only Read Only Not Programmed
System Parameters
FC43 ECM wireless No Not Applicable to VEPS No
Communications Yes Programming
Enable

188 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM and CUSTOMER

PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETERS TABLE, Jan. 2002
VEPS Parameter Available VEPS Range /Options Default
PID Range/Option **This column includes alternative
(As displayed On options included in the VCP
Caterpillar ET) database. The alternate options are
for VEPS programming use only.

Vehicle Speed Parameters:

FC5F *Vehicle Speed 4000 to 150000 4000 to 150000 Not Programmed
Calibration (pulses per mile) (pulses per mile)
FCEC *Vehicle Speed Cal 0 to 65000 (output 0 to 65000 (output shaft revs Not Programmed
(J1939-Trans) shaft revs per mile) per mile)
FCED *Vehicle Speed Cal 0-6.550 0-6.550 Not Programmed
(NEW) (J1939-ABS)
61 *Vehicle speed Limit 30 to 127 (mph) 30 to 127(mph) 127
66 *VSL Protection 1000 to TEL TEL
C7 Tachometer 12.0 to 500.0 12.0 to 500.0 (pulse / 113.0
Calibration (pulses / revolution) revolution)
C2 *Soft Vehicle Speed No No - Off, Disable No
Limit Yes Yes - On, Enable
FC5E *Low Speed Range 1.00 to 19.99 1.00 to 19.99 1.00
Axle
FC5D *High Speed Range 1.00 to 9.99 1.00 to 9.99 1.00
Axle
Cruise Control Parameters
63 Low Cruise Control 15 to 127 (mph) 15 to 127 (mph) 127
Speed Set Limit
62 *High Cruise Control 30 to 127 (mph) 30 to 127 (mph) 127
Speed Set Limit
A1 Engine Retarder Coast Coast - C Manual
Mode Latch Latch - L
Manual Manual - M
FC3C Engine Retarder Hard Limit Hard Limit - Hard_Limit, Hard Hard Limit
Minimum VSL Type Soft Limit Soft Limit - Soft_Limit, Soft
FC16 Engine Retarder 0 to 127 (mph) 0 to 127 (mph 0
Minimum Vehicle
Speed
FC00 Auto Retarder in 0 to 10 (mph) 0 to 10 (mph) 0
Cruise
FC1B Auto Retarder in 0 to 5 (mph) 0 to 5 (mph) 2
Cruise Increment
3C Cruise/Idle/PTO Set/Acce/- Set/Accel, Accel/Set, Accel, Set/Accel-
Switch Configuration Res/Decel Acc, A, Set_Accel Res/Decel
Set/Decel, Decel/Set,
Set/Decel-
Decel, Dec, D, Set_Decel
Res/Accel
C5 Soft Cruise Control Yes Yes - On, Enable Yes
No
No - Off, Disable
Idle Parameters
64 Idle Vehicle Speed 1 to 15 (mph) 1 to 15 (mph) 1
Limit
65 Idle RPM Limit 600 to TEL (rpm) 600 to TEL (rpm) TEL
C4 Idle/PTO RPM Ramp 5 to 1000 (rpm 5 to 1000 (rpm change per 50
Rate change per second) second)
F1 Idle/PTO Bump Rate 5 to 500 (rpm) 5 to 500 (rpm) 20

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 189
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM and CUSTOMER

PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETERS TABLE, Jan. 2002
VEPS Parameter Available VEPS Range /Options Default
PID Range/Option **This column includes alternative
(As displayed On options included in the VCP
Caterpillar ET) database. The alternate options are
for VEPS programming use only.

Dedicated PTO Parameters

F3 PTO Configuration Off, Off - None, O, N, Off
Cab Switches Cab Switches - Cab, C,
Remote Switches Cab_Switches
Remote Throttle Remote Switches - Remote, R,
Remote_Switches
Remote Throttle - Throttle, T,
Remote_Throttle
F0 PTO Top Engine Low Idle - TEL 600 - TEL (rpm) TEL
Limit (rpm)
F2 PTO Engine RPM Low Idle - PTO Low Idle - PTO TEL (rpm 0
Set Speed TEL (rpm
FC8B PTO Engine RPM Low Idle - PTO Low Idle - PTO TEL (rpm) 0
Set Speed A TEL (rpm)
FC8C PTO Engine RPM Low Idle - PTO Low Idle - PTO TEL (rpm) 0
Set Speed B TEL (rpm)
F6 PTO to Set Speed No No - Off, Disable No
Yes Yes - On, Enable
FCF6 Maximum PTO Low Idle - TEL Low Idle - TEL (rpm) TEL
Enable Speed (rpm)
F4 PTO Cab Controls TEL TEL - T TEL
RPM Limit Low Idle
Low Idle - L, Low, Low_Idle
PTO TEL
PTO TEL - P, PTO,
PTO_TEL
FC17 PTO KICKOUT 1 to 127 (mph) 1 to 127 (mph) 1
Vehicle Speed Limit
F7 Torque Limit 200 - Rated Torque 200 - Rated Torque (lb-ft) 2500
(lb-ft)
FC14 PTO Shutdown Time 3 to 1440 (minutes) 3 to 1440 (minutes) 0
FCB0 PTO Shutdown 600 - 2120 (rpm) 600 - 2120 (rpm) 2120
Timer Maximum
RPM
F5 PTO Activates Normal Normal - N, A Normal
Cooling Fan Continuous
Continuous - C, B

190 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM and CUSTOMER

PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETERS TABLE, Jan. 2002
VEPS Parameter Available VEPS Range /Options Default
PID Range/Option **This column includes alternative
(As displayed On options included in the VCP
Caterpillar ET) database. The alternate options are
for VEPS programming use only.
Engine Gear Parameters
6C Lower Gears engine 1100 to TEL (rpm) 1100 to TEL (rpm) 2120
RPM Limit
69 Lower Gears Turn 3 to 30 (mph) 3 to 30 (mph) 3
Off Speed
6D Intermediate Gears 1100 – TEL (rpm) 1100 – TEL (rpm) 2120
Engine RPM Limit
6A Intermediate Gears 5 to 50 (mph) 5 to 50 (mph) 5
Turn Off Speed
6E Gear Down 1300 to TEL (rpm) 1300 to TEL (rpm) 2120
Protection RPM
Limit
6B Gear Down 30 to 127 (mph) 30 to 127 (mph) 127
Protection Turn On
Speed
67 *Top Engine Limit 2120 RPM Not Applicable to VEPS
Programming
C1 Top Engine Limit No Not Applicable to VEPS No
with Droop Programming
6F Low Idle engine 600 to 750 (rpm) 600 to 750 (rpm) 600
RPM
7B *Transmission Style Manual Manual - A Manual
Automatic Option 1
Automatic Option 2 Auto Option 1,
Automatic Option 3 Auto_Option1
Automatic Option 4 Auto Option 2,
Eaton Top 2 Auto_Option2
Auto Option 3,
Auto_Option_3
Auto Option 4,
Auto_Option_4
Eaton Top 2 - Eaton_Top_2
FC89 Eaton Top 2 Override No Yes No
with Cruise Switch

FC3D *Top Gear Ratio 0.000 to 3.750 0.000 to 3.750 0.000

FC3E *Top Gear Minus 0.000 to 3.750 0.000 to 3.750 0.000
One Ratio
FC3F *Top Gear Minus 0.000 to 3.750 0.000 to 3.750 0.000
Two Ratio
FE06 Governor Type Full Range Full Range Full Range
Min/Max Min/Max, Min_Max

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 191
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM and CUSTOMER

PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETERS TABLE, Jan. 2002
VEPS Parameter Available VEPS Range /Options Default
PID Range/Option **This column includes alternative
(As displayed On options included in the VCP
Caterpillar ET) database. The alternate options are
for VEPS programming use only.

Timer Parameters
FC13 Idle Shutdown Time 3 to 1440 Minutes 3 to 1440 Minutes 0
FCAF Idle Shutdown Timer 600 to 2120 (rpm) 600 to 2120 (rpm) 2120
Maximum RPM
4F Allow Idle Shutdown Yes Yes
Yes - Enable, C
Override
No No - Disable, A
Outside Temp Based -
Outside Temp Outside, Outside Temp,
Based Outside_Temp,
Outside_Temp_Based, B
J1587 Outside
Temp Based J1587 Temp Based,
J1587_Temp_Based, D
FC11 Minimum Idle -40 to 120 ( oF) -40 to 120 ( oF) 120
Shutdown Outside
Temp

FC12 Maximum Idle -40 to 120 ( oF -40 to 120 ( oF) 120

Shutdown Outside
Temp

C0 *A/C Switch Fan On- 1 to 600 (seconds) 1 to 600 (seconds) 0

Time

4E Fan with Engine No No

No - Off, Disable
Retarder in High Yes
Mode Yes - On, Enable
FC3B *Engine Retarder 0.0 to 3.0 (seconds) 0.0 to 3.0 (seconds) 0.0
Delay
Smart Idle Parameters
FCD8 Battery Monitor and 0 - 25.5 (volts) 0 - 25.5 (volts) 0
Engine Speed
Control Voltage
Engine Monitoring Parameters
7F Engine Monitoring Warning Warning
Off - O
Mode
Derate Warning - W
Derate - D
Shutdown
Shutdown - S
FCD2 *Engine Monitoring Warning Lamp Warning Lamp - Warning Lamp
Lamps Warning_Lamp, A
Option 1 Option 1 - Option_1, B
7E Coolant Level Sensor No No
No - Off, Disable, None
4-Pin 4-Pin - 4_Pin, 4 Pin, 4Pin

192 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM and CUSTOMER

PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETERS TABLE, Jan. 2002
VEPS Parameter Available VEPS Range /Options Default
PID Range/Option **This column includes
(As displayed On alternative options included in
Caterpillar ET) the VCP database. The
alternate options are for VEPS
programming use only.
Maintenance Parameters
C8 Maintenance Off Off
Off - Reset Mode, O,
Indicator Mode Man - Distance
Reset_Mode,
C9 Man - Hour
Disable_Mode
(Refer to VEPS Auto - Distance
*.DEF and example Auto - Hour Man-Distance, MD
.PAR files for spe- Man-Hours, MH
cific programming
information) Auto-Distance, AD
Auto-Hours, AH
CA PM1 Interval:
(Manual
Maintenance Indi-
CB cator)

Manual Distance 5000 to 35000 (miles) 5000 to 35000 (miles) 15000

Manual Hours 100 to 750 (hours) 100 to 750 (hours) 300

Engine Oil Capacity 36 (C-10 & C-12)
CC (Auto Maintenance 20 to 60 (quarts) 20 to 60 (quarts) 40 (3406E)
Indicator) 40 (C-15 & C-16)
Trip Parameters
D5 Fuel Correction -63.5 to 63.5 Not VEPS Applicable 0
Factors
E0 Dash- Change Fuel No D No
Correction Factor Yes F
E0 Dash- PM1 Reset No D No
Yes P
E0 Dash- Fleet Trip No D No
Reset Ye T

E0 Dash- State Selection No S Yes

Yes D

FC08 Theft Deterrent No Yes - On, Enable No

System Controls Yes No - Off, Disable
Auto-Enable Auto-Enable, AutoEnable,
AE
FC09 Theft Deterrent Four Characters Four Characters
Password
FC0C Quick Stop Rate 3 – 15 (mph/second) 3 – 15 (mph/second) 0
Vehicle Activity Report

FCB3 Minimum Idle Time 0-1440 (minutes) 0-1440 (minutes) 0

Driver Reward
FCA9 *Driver Reward Enabled Enabled - Yes, On Enabled
Enable Disabled Disabled - No, Off

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 193
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM and CUSTOMER

PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETERS TABLE, Jan. 2002
VEPS Parameter Available VEPS Range /Options Default
PID Range/Option **This column includes
(As displayed On alternative options included
Caterpillar ET) in the VCP database. The
alternate options are for
VEPS programming use
only.
Input Selections
FD01 Fan Override Switch None None None
J1/P1:7 J1/P1:7
J1/P1:47 J1/P1:47
J1/P1:6 J1/P1:6
J1/P1:46 J1/P1:46
J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD05 Ignore Brake/Clutch None None None
Switch J1/P1:47 J1/P1:47
FD09 Torque Limit Switch None None None
J1/P1:7 J1/P1:7
FD0B Diagnostic Enable None None None
J1/P1:46 J1/P1:46
J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD0D PTO On/Off J1/P1:56 J1/P1:56 J1/P1:56
Switch J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD0F Remote PTO Set None None J1/P1:58
Switch J1/P1:58 J1/P1:58

194 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM and CUSTOMER

PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETERS TABLE, Jan. 2002
VEPS Parameter Available VEPS Range /Options Default
PID Range/Option **This column includes
(As displayed On alternative options included in
Caterpillar ET) the VCP database. The
alternate options are for VEPS
programming use only.

Input Selections (continued)

FD11 Remote PTO Resume None None J1/P1:60
Switch J1/P1:60 J1/P1:60

FD13 PTO Engine RPM None None None

Set Speed Input A J1/P1:6 J1/P1:6
J1/P1:46 J1/P1:46
J1/P1:58 J1/P1:58
J1/P1:60 J1/P1:60

FD15 PTO Engine RPM None None None

Set Speed Input B J1/P1:6 J1/P1:6
J1/P1:46 J1/P1:46
J1/P1:58 J1/P1:58
J1/P1:60 J1/P1:60

None None
J1/P1:7 J1/P1:7
Starting Aid On/Off
FD21 J1/P1:47 J1/P1:47 None
Switch
J1/P1:6 J1/P1:6
J1/P1:46 J1/P1:46
None
J1/P1:6
None J1939 Body Controller,
J1/P1:6 J1939_Body
Two Speed Axle
FD23 J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Cab Controller, None
Switch
J1939 Body Controller J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD25 Cruise Control J1/P1:59 J1/P1:59 J1/P1:59
On/Off Switch J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 195
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM and CUSTOMER

PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETERS TABLE, Jan. 2002
VEPS Parameter Available VEPS Range /Options Default
PID Range/Option **This column includes
(As displayed On alternative options included in
Caterpillar ET) the VCP database. The
alternate options are for VEPS
programming use only.
Input Selections (continued)
FD27 Cruise Control J1/P1:35 & 44 J1/P1:35 & 44 J1/P1:35 & 44
Set/Resume Switch J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD7F Cruise Control None None None
Pause Switch J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD29 Clutch Pedal Position J1/P1:22 J1/P1:22 J1/P1:22
Switch J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD2B Retarder J1/P1:23 & 40 J1/P1:23 & 40 J1/P1:23 & 40
Off/Low/Medium/ J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller,
High Switch J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD2D Service Brake J1/P1:45 J1/P1:45 J1/P1:45
Pedal Position J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller,
Switch #1 J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD35 Accelerator Pedal J1/P1:66 J1/P1:66 J1/P1:66
Position

FD76 Vehicle Speed Input J1/P1:32 & 33 J1/P1:32&33, A J1/P1:32 & 33

J1939 - Trans J1939 Trans, J1939Trans,
J1939 - ABS B, JTSS
J1939 ABS, J1939_ABS,
C, ABS_Axle_Speed

196 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

HEAVY DUTY SYSTEM and CUSTOMER

PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETERS TABLE, Jan. 2002
VEPS Parameter Available VEPS Range /Options Default
PID Range/Option **This column includes
(As displayed On alternative options included
Caterpillar ET) in the VCP database. The
alternate options are for
VEPS programming use
only.
Output Selections
FD37 Engine Running None, None, None
Output J1/P1:10 J1/P1:10
J1/P1:12 J1/P1:12
J1/P1:13 J1/P1:13
FD4D Engine Shutdown None None None
Output J1/P1:10 J1/P1:10
J1/P1:12 J1/P1:12
J1/P1:13 J1/P1:13
FD39 Auxiliary Brake None None None
J1/P1:12 J1/P1:12
FD4F Starting Aid None None None
Output J1/P1:10 J1/P1:10
J1/P1:12 J1/P1:12
J1/P1:13 J1/P1:13
FC18 *Fan Control Type None None -A None
On-Off - On/Off, Simple
On/Off On/Off, Simple_On/Off, B
Three Speed Fan -
Three Speed Fan Three_Speed_Fan, 3
Speed Fan, 3_Speed_Fan,
3 Spd Fan, 3_Spd_Fan, C

FD6D PTO Active Output None None None

J1/P1:19 J1/P1:19
Passwords
45 Customer 8 Characters Available 8 Characters Available
Password #1
46 Customer 8 Characters Available 8 Characters Available
Password #2
Data Link Parameters
FC0D Powertrain Data None None - Off, A None
Link J1922 J1922 - C
J1939 J1939 - B
J1922 & J1939 -
J1922 & J1939
J1922_&_J1939, Both, D
System Parameters
5B Personality Module Engine Power Read Only Factory
Code Dependent Programmed
N/A FLS Read Only Not Applicable to VEPS Factory
Programming Programmed
N/A FTS Read Only Not Applicable to VEPS Factory
Programming Programmed

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 197
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

An * denotes parameters available for Lockout using an Electronic Service Tool or VEPS. Factory Passwords are
required to unlock a locked parameter.
In some instances, the parameter option (as displayed on ET) cannot be used with VEPS programming due to
Character Length limitations. In these instances, one of the VEPS alternative options must be used as specified
in the VEPS documentation. Contact Caterpillar Inc. for information on VEPS programming options.
New Parameters or Changes for NOV01 (1.84) software are highlighted in Red Text in the table above (in the
electronic copy of this document only).

198 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

29.0 Customer Parameter Worksheet

Customer Parameter Worksheet page #1
Selected Engine Rating
Rating Number....................................................................................................................... ____________________________
Multi-Torque Ratio ................................................................................................................. ____________________________
ECM Identification Parameters
Vehicle ID .............................................................................................................................. ____________________________
Security Access Parameters
ECM Wireless Communication Enable .................................................................................. ____________________________
Vehicle Speed Parameters
Vehicle Speed Calibration...................................................................................................... ____________________________
Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans).......................................................................................... ____________________________
Vehicle Speed Cal)J1939 ABS) ............................................................................................ ____________________________
Vehicle Speed Limit ............................................................................................................... ____________________________
VSL Protection ....................................................................................................................... ____________________________
Tachometer Calibration.......................................................................................................... ____________________________
Soft Vehicle Speed Limit ........................................................................................................ ____________________________
Low Speed Range Axle Ratio ................................................................................................ ____________________________
High Speed Range Axle Ratio ............................................................................................... ____________________________
Cruise Control Parameters
Low Cruise Control Speed Set Limit ...................................................................................... ____________________________
High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit ..................................................................................... ____________________________
Engine Retarder Mode ........................................................................................................... ____________________________
Engine Retarder Minimum VSL Type .................................................................................... ____________________________
Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed ............................................................................. ____________________________
Auto Retarder in Cruise ......................................................................................................... ____________________________
Auto Retarder in Cruise Increment ........................................................................................ ____________________________
Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration ................................................................................... ____________________________
Soft Cruise Control................................................................................................................. ____________________________
Idle Parameters
Idle Vehicle Speed Limit ........................................................................................................ ____________________________
Idle RPM Limit........................................................................................................................ ____________________________
Idle/PTO RPM Ramp Rate .................................................................................................... ____________________________
Idle/PTO Bump RPM ............................................................................................................. ____________________________
Dedicated PTO Parameters
PTO Configuration ................................................................................................................. ____________________________
PTO Top Engine Limit............................................................................................................ ____________________________
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed................................................................................................. ____________________________
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A ............................................................................................. ____________________________
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B ............................................................................................. ____________________________

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 199
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Customer Parameter Worksheet page #2

PTO to Set Speed.................................................................................................................. ____________________________

Maximum PTO Enable Speed ............................................................................................... ____________________________
PTO Cab Controls RPM Limit ................................................................................................ ____________________________
PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit .......................................................................................... ____________________________
Torque Limit ........................................................................................................................... ____________________________
PTO Shutdown Time.............................................................................................................. ____________________________
PTO Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM ................................................................................... ____________________________
PTO Activates Cooling Fan.................................................................................................... ____________________________
Engine/Gear Parameters
Lower Gears Engine RPM Limit............................................................................................. ____________________________
Lower Gears Turn Off Speed ................................................................................................. ____________________________
Intermediate Gears Engine RPM Limit .................................................................................. ____________________________
Intermediate Gears Turn Off Speed....................................................................................... ____________________________
Gear Down Protection RPM Limit .......................................................................................... ____________________________
Gear Down Protection Turn On Speed .................................................................................. ____________________________
Top Engine Limit .................................................................................................................... ____________________________
Top Engine Limit with Droop .................................................................................................. ____________________________
Low Idle Engine RPM ............................................................................................................ ____________________________
Transmission Style................................................................................................................. ____________________________
Eaton Top 2 Override with Cruise.......................................................................................... ____________________________
Top Gear Ratio ...................................................................................................................... ____________________________
Top Gear Minus One Ratio .................................................................................................... ____________________________
Top Gear Minus Two Ratio .................................................................................................... ____________________________
Governor Type ....................................................................................................................... ____________________________
Timer Parameters
Idle Shutdown Time (0=OFF) ................................................................................................ ____________________________
Idle Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM .................................................................................... ____________________________
Allow Idle Shutdown Override ................................................................................................ ____________________________
Minimum Idle Shutdown Outside Temp ................................................................................. ____________________________
Maximum Idle Shutdown Outside Temp ................................................................................ ____________________________
A/C Switch Fan On-Time ....................................................................................................... ____________________________
Fan with Engine Retarder in High Mode ................................................................................ ____________________________
Engine Retarder Delay........................................................................................................... ____________________________
Smart Idle Parameters
Battery Monitor and Engine Control Voltage.......................................................................... ____________________________
Engine Monitoring Parameters
Engine Monitoring Mode ........................................................................................................ ____________________________
Engine Monitoring Lamps ...................................................................................................... ____________________________
Coolant Level Sensor ............................................................................................................ ____________________________

200 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Customer Parameter Worksheet page #3

Maintenance Parameters
Maintenance Indicator Mode.................................................................................................. ____________________________
PM1 Interval ........................................................................................................................... ____________________________
Engine Oil Capacity ............................................................................................................... ____________________________
Trip Parameters
Fuel Correction Factor ........................................................................................................... ____________________________
Dash - Change Fuel Correction Factor .................................................................................. ____________________________
Dash - PM1 Reset.................................................................................................................. ____________________________
Dash - Fleet Trip Reset.......................................................................................................... ____________________________
Dash - State Selection ........................................................................................................... ____________________________
Theft Deterrent System Control ............................................................................................. ____________________________
Theft Deterrent Password ...................................................................................................... ____________________________
Quick Stop Rate ..................................................................................................................... ____________________________
Vehicle Activity Report
Minimum Idle Time................................................................................................................. ____________________________
Driver Reward
Driver Reward Enable ............................................................................................................ ____________________________
Input Selections
Fan Override Switch .............................................................................................................. ____________________________
Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch.................................................................................................... ____________________________
Torque Limit Switch ............................................................................................................... ____________________________
Diagnostic Enable .................................................................................................................. ____________________________
Remote PTO Set Switch ........................................................................................................ ____________________________
Remote PTO Resume Switch ................................................................................................ ____________________________
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A .................................................................................... ____________________________
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B .................................................................................... ____________________________
Starting Aid On/Off Switch ..................................................................................................... ____________________________
Two Speed Axle Switch ......................................................................................................... ____________________________
Cruise Control On/Off Switch ................................................................................................. ____________________________
Cruise Control Set/Resume Switch........................................................................................ ____________________________
Cruise Control Pause Switch ................................................................................................. ____________________________
Clutch Pedal Position Switch ................................................................................................. ____________________________
Retarder Off/Low/Medium/High Switch .................................................................................. ____________________________
Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #1 ................................................................................ ____________________________
Accelerator Pedal Position ..................................................................................................... ____________________________
Vehicle Speed Input............................................................................................................... ____________________________

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 201
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Customer Parameter Worksheet page #4

Output Selections
Engine Running Output ......................................................................................................... ____________________________
Engine Shutdown Output ....................................................................................................... ____________________________
Auxiliary Brake ....................................................................................................................... ____________________________
Starting Aid Output ................................................................................................................ ____________________________
Fan Control Type ................................................................................................................... ____________________________
PTO Active Output ................................................................................................................. ____________________________
Passwords
Customer Password #1.......................................................................................................... ____________________________
Customer Password #2.......................................................................................................... ____________________________
Data Link Parameters
Powertrain Data Link.............................................................................................................. ____________________________

202 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

30.0 ECM Date/Time Clock

The ECM date & time can be programmed using an Electronic Service Tool or VEPS. The Electronic Service Tool
will display the programmed Date in Month/Day/Year format and the programmed Time in Hour:Minute:Second
format. The Electronic Service Tool has the option to program any date/time or automatically select the date/time
stored in the PC real time clock. The date and time will remain in the ECM and will not reset even if the Unswitched
Battery connections are removed.
The real time clock is used to date/time stamp the following critical event codes: 84-00 Vehicle Overspeed
Warning, 190-00 Engine Overspeed Warning, 110-11 Very High Coolant Temperature, 100-11 Very Low Oil
Pressure, and 111-11 Very Low Coolant Level. ECM diagnostic snapshots, Quick Stop snapshots, and snapshots
triggered using the Set/Resume switch are also time stamped.
30.0.1 Clock Accuracy
The ECM real time clock is accurate to within four minutes per month worst case. Typically the accuracy is similar
to a personal computer real time clock.

Date Time VEPS PID

Month Day Year hour:minute:second FC1D

31.0 ECM Diagnostic Clock

The Diagnostic Clock should not be confused with the ECM Date/Time clock. The Diagnostic Clock records actual
hours that the ECM has been powered (ignition key switch ON). The diagnostic clock information is used to log
diagnostic code and event code occurrences. Logged diagnostic codes and event codes display the diagnostic
clock hour of the first and last occurrence and the total number of occurrences. The Diagnostic Clock does not
represent actual Engine Hours, it increments any time the ECM is powered regardless of whether the engine is
running or not. Actual Engine Running hours (Total Time) can be obtained from the Current Totals menu of ET
(Electronic Technician).

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 203
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

32.0 ECM Vehicle Harness Connector Terminal Assignments and Loads

Terminal Wire ID Wire Signal Assignment Voltage Current

1* E721-WH 18 AWG Data Link J1922 Data Link per J1922

2 G897-OR 18 AWG Supply +5V: 5 VDC 40 mA
4-Pin Coolant Level Sensor Supply
3 993-BR 18 AWG Common Gnd Input Sensor Common #2:
Used for PTO Applications
4 C985-BU 18 AWG Supply +8V: 8 VDC 40 mA
Accelerator Pedal Sensor Supply
5 H795-PK 18 AWG Common Gnd AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common:
Cruise, Brake, Clutch, Fast Idle,
A/C High Pressure, and Diagnostic
Enable Switches, Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor, etc.
6* G843-OR 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Input #6: 13 VDC 6.5 mA
Two Speed Axle Switch
Fan Override Switch
PTO Engine Set Speed A Switch
PTO Engine Set Speed B Switch
Starting Aid On/Off Switch
7* G841-GN 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Input #4: 13 VDC 6.5 mA
Torque Limit Switch
Fan Override Switch
Starting Aid On/Off Switch
8 E794-YL 18 AWG Data Link J1587 Data Link Positive 5 VDC 100 mA
9 E793-BU 18 AWG Data Link J1587Data Link Negative 5 VDC 100 mA
10* E718-PK 18 AWG High Side Output #2: Battery 1.5A
Engine Running Output Driver
Engine Shutdown Output Driver
Starting Aid Output
11* G837-YL 18 AWG High Side Output #5: Battery 1.5A
On-Off Cooling Fan Driver
3 Speed Fan - Slip Mode Driver
12* E991-GY 18 AWG High Side Output #3: Battery 1.5A
Engine Running Output Driver
Engine Shutdown Output Driver
Auxiliary Brake Driver
Starting Aid Output
13* G836-WH 18AWG High Side Output #4: Battery 1.5A
Engine Running Output Driver
Engine Shutdown Output Driver
3 Speed Fan - Brake Mode Driver
Starting Aid Output

14* E720-PK 18 AWG Data Link J1922 Data Link per J1922
15 Not Used (Analog Input)
16 Not Used (Analog Input)
17 Not Used (Analog Input)

18 L901-GY 18 AWG Common Gnd Input Sensor Common #1

204 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Terminal Wire ID Wire Signal Assignment Voltage Current

19* G838-BR 18AWG Output #6:

Eaton Top 2 Lockout Solenoid
PTO Active Output
20* G839-BU 18 AWG High Side Output #7 13 VDC 1.0 A
Eaton Top 2 Shift Solenoid
21 Output #8 (Not Used)
22* C977-BU 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Clutch Pedal Position Switch 13 VDC 6.5 mA
23 E716-GY 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Retarder Solenoid Low/Hi Switch 13 VDC 6.5 mA
24 Not Used (Passive Speed+)
25 Not Used (Passive Speed-)
26* C453-YL 18 AWG Analog Input Ambient Air Temp Sensor 13 VDC 0.6 mA
27 Not Used (Passive/Active Analog Input)
28 L994-YL 18 AWG Low Side Check Engine Lamp Battery 0.3 A
29* 659-PK 18 AWG Low Side Warning Lamp Battery 0.3 A
Low Oil Pressure Lamp
30* K998-BU 18 AWG Low Side Output #1: Battery 0.3 A
PTO Switch On Lamp
Low Coolant Level Lamp
31* G880-PK 18 AWG Low Side Output #9: Battery 0.3 A
High Coolant Temperature Lamp
32 G808-BU 18 AWG Differential Input Vehicle Speed In +
33 G809-GN 18 AWG Differential Input Vehicle Speed In -
34* K990-GN 18 AWG Data Link J1939 Data Link Negative per J1939
35 C978-BR 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Cruise Set 13 VDC 6.5 mA
36 C974-PU 18 AWG Complementary Speedometer+ 10 Volts 4 mA
37 C973-GN 18 AWG Complementary Speedometer- 10 Volts 4 mA
38 450-YL 18 AWG Complementary Tachometer + 10 Volts 4 mA
39 451-BR 18 AWG Complementary Tachometer - 10 Volts 4 mA
40 E717-GN 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Retarder Solenoid Med/Hi Switch 13 VDC 6.5 mA
41* E971-GN 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Input #11: 13 VDC 6.5 mA
A/C High Pressure Switch
42* A249-BK 18 AWG Data Link J1939 Data Link Shield per J1939
43 Not Used
44 C979-OR 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Cruise Resume 13 VDC 6.5 mA
45 C992-PU 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Service Brake Position Switch #1 13 VDC 6.5 mA
46* G844-PK 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Input #7: 13 VDC 6.5 mA
Diagnostic Enable
Fan Override Switch
PTO Engine Set Speed A Switch
PTO Engine Set Speed B Switch
Starting Aid On/Off Switch

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 205
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

Terminal Wire ID Wire Signal Assignment Voltage Current

47* G842-GY 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Input #5: 13 VDC 6.5 mA

Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch
Fan Override Switch
Starting Aid On/Off Switch
48 Not Used (+Battery)
49* C983-WH 18 AWG Analog Input Coolant Level Normal (4-Pin Sensor) 13 VDC 0.6 mA
50* K900-YL 18 AWG Data Link J1939 Data Link Positive per J1939
51 Not Used (PWM Output -)
52 101-RD 14 AWG Supply Unswitched +Battery Battery 20 A
53 101-RD 14 AWG Supply Unswitched +Battery Battery 20 A
54* C984-YL 18 AWG Analog Input Coolant Level Low (4-Pin Sensor) 13 VDC 0.6 mA
55 Not Used (+Battery)
56* K999-GN 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Input #1: 13 VDC 6.5 mA
PTO ON/OFF Switch
57 Not Used (+Battery)
58* K980-PK 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Input #2: 13 VDC 6.5 mA
Remote PTO Set Switch
PTO Engine Set Speed A Switch
PTO Engine Set Speed B Switch

59 C975-WH 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Cruise Control On/Off Switch 13 VDC 6.5 mA
60* K982-YL 18 AWG Switch to Gnd Input #3: 13 VDC 6.5 mA
Remote PTO Resume Switch
PTO Engine Set Speed A Switch
PTO Engine Set Speed B Switch
61 Not Used (-Battery)
62* G881-BU 18 AWG Switch to +Battery Input #12: Battery 6.0 mA
Neutral Switch
63 Not Used (-Battery)
64* G882-WH 18 AWG Switch to +Battery Input #13: Battery 6.0 mA
Service Brake Position Switch #2
65 229-BK 14 AWG Supply - Battery Battery 20 A
66 C986-BR 18 AWG PWM Input Accelerator Pedal Position 5 VDC 40 mA
67 229-BK 14 AWG Supply -Battery Battery 20 A
68* G845-PU 18 AWG PWM Input Input #8: 5 VDC 40 mA
Remote PTO Accelerator Position
69 Not Used
70 J906-BR 18 AWG Switch to +Battery Ignition Key Switch Battery 1.2 mA

*Indicates items that are dependent upon Customer Parameter Programming

206 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

33.0 Diagnostic Code Quick Reference:

Refer to Troubleshooting Manual for Recommended Service Procedures.

PID/SID - FMI Diagnostic Code Description Flash Code

0-00 No Faults Active or Logged 55
1-11 Cylinder #1 Fault 72
2-11 Cylinder #2 Fault 72
3-11 Cylinder #3 Fault 73
4-11 Cylinder #4 Fault 73
5-11 Cylinder #5 Fault 74
6-11 Cylinder #6 Fault 74
22-13 Cam to Crank Sensor Calibration 42
30-08 Invalid PTO Throttle Signal 29
30-13 PTO Throttle Sensor Calibration 29
41-03 8 Volt Supply Above Normal 21
41-04 8 Volt Supply Below Normal 21
43-02 Ignition Key Switch Fault 71
54-05 Output #6 (Top 2 Lockout Solenoid) Open Circuit 66
54-06 Output #6 (Top 2 Lockout Solenoid) Short Circuit 66
55-05 Output #7 (Top 2 Shift Solenoid) Open Circuit 67
55-06 Output #7 (Top 2 Shift Solenoid) Short Circuit 67
64-12 Loss of Engine Cam Sensor RPM Signal 34
71-00 Idle Shutdown Timer Override 01
71-01 Idle Shutdown Timer Occurrence 47
71-14 PTO Shutdown Timer Occurrence 47
84-00 Vehicle Overspeed Warning 41
84-01 Loss of Vehicle Speed Signal 31
84-02 Invalid Vehicle Speed Signal 36
84-08 Vehicle Speed Out of Range 36
84-10 Vehicle Speed Rate of Change 36
84-14 Quickstop Occurrence 00
91-08 Invalid Throttle Pedal Position Signal 32
91-13 Throttle Pedal Position Sensor Calibration 28
100-01 Low Oil Pressure Warning 46
100-03 Oil Pressure Sensor Open Circuit 24
100-04 Oil Pressure Sensor Short Circuit 24
100-11 Very Low Oil Pressure 46
102-03 Boost Pressure Sensor Open Circuit 25
102-04 Boost Pressure Sensor Short Circuit 25
105-00 High Intake Manifold Air Temperature Warning 64
105-03 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Open Circuit 38

C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 207
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE

PID/SID - FMI Diagnostic Code Description Flash Code

105-04 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Short Circuit 38
105-11 Very High Intake Manifold Air Temperature 64
108-03 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Open Circuit 26
108-04 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Short Circuit 26
110-00 High Coolant Temperature Warning 61
110-03 Coolant Temperature Sensor Open Circuit 27
110-04 Coolant Temperature Sensor Short Circuit 27
110-11 Very High Coolant Temperature 61
111-01 Low Coolant Level Warning 62
111-02 Coolant Level Sensor Fault 12
111-11 Very Low Coolant Level 62
121-05 Retarder Solenoid Low/High Open Circuit 14
121-06 Retarder Solenoid Low/High Short Circuit 14
122-05 Retarder Solenoid Med/High Open Circuit 14
122-06 Retarder Solenoid Med/High Short Circuit 14
171-03 Outside Air Temp Sensor Open Circuit 00
171-04 Outside Air Temp Sensor Short Circuit 00
171-11 No Outside Air Temp Data 00
174-00 High Fuel Temp Warning 65
174-03 Fuel Temp Sensor Open Circuit 13
174-04 Fuel Temp Sensor Short Circuit 13
190-00 Engine Overspeed Warning 35
190-12 Loss of Engine Crank Sensor RPM Signal 34
191-07 Transmission Not Responding 68
224-11 Theft Deterrent Enabled 00
224-14 Engine Cranking with Theft Deterrent Enabled 00
231-02 J1939 Device Sending Incorrect Data 00
231-12 J1939 Device Not Responding 00
232-03 5 Volt Supply Above Normal 21
232-04 5 Volt Supply Below Normal 21
246-11 Service Brake Switch #1 Fault 00
247-11 Service Brake Switch #2 Fault 00
249-11 J1922 Datalink Fault 58
252-11 Incorrect Engine Software 59
253-02 Check Customer or System Parameters 56
253-14 Truck Manufacturer Parameter Not Programmed 56

208 Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__2002 Model Yea r
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE
INDEX
A Clutch Pedal Position Switch 20, 49, 51, 76, 171,
A/C High Pressure Switch ..20, 98, 99, 101, 102 184
A/C Pressure Switch Fan-On Time ......102, 174 Clutch Switch with Automatic Transmissions52
ABS ........................................... 89, 95, 108, 121 Coast ............................................................... 89
ABS and Auxiliary Brake ............................... 95 Coast Mode ............................................. 89, 160
ABS and Traction Control ............................ 108 Cold Mode ...................................................... 15
ABS Engine Brake Relay ............................... 90 Cold Mode, SAE J1587 ................................ 118
Accel ............................................................... 51 Component Identification ............................. 117
Accelerator Pedal Position ............................ 185 Connector Seal ................................................ 26
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 20, 28, 29, 76 Connector Sealing Plugs ................................. 24
Air Starter Equipped Vehicles ........................ 20 Coolant Flush/Fill ......................................... 113
Allison AT/MT/HT Series Transmissions ....105 Coolant Level Low ......................................... 46
Allison ATEC Series Transmissions ....104, 105 Coolant Level Sensor ............ 6, 44, 45, 175, 176
Allison WTEC Series Transmission ............. 104 Coolant Level Sensor Diagnostic ................... 46
Allison WTEC Series Transmissions ........... 105 Coolant Level Sensor Outputs ........................ 46
Allow Idle Shutdown Override 47, 48, 51, 168, 173 Coolant Level Sensor Response Time ............ 46
Ambient Air Temperature ............................. 115 Coolant Temperature ................................ 15, 97
Ambient Air Temperature Sensor ................... 48 Coolant Temperature Sensor .............. 6, 98, 100
ATA data link ............................................... 108 Coolant Temperature, SAE J1587 ................ 115
Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ......................... 15 Cooling Fan Driver ......................................... 98
Atmospheric Pressure, SAE J1587 ............... 116 Crankshaft Position Sensor ............................. 17
Auto Retarder in Cruise .............. 89, 90, 95, 162 Cruise Control ............................................... 164
Auto Retarder in Cruise Increment ......... 89, 162 Cruise Control On/Off Switch ....50, 51, 89, 183
Automatic Transmissions ............................. 104 Cruise Control Pause Switch Configuration ...71
Auxiliary Brake ........................... 90, 91, 94, 186 Cruise Control Set Speed, SAE J1587 ..115, 116
Average Fuel Economy, SAE J1587 ............ 116 Cruise Control Set/Resume Switch ............... 184
Average Load Factor ..................................... 111 Cruise Control Status, SAE J1587 ................ 115
B Cruise On/Off Switch ............................... 49, 76
Battery Connections ........................................ 24 Cruise Pause Switch ........................................ 59
Battery Monitor and Engine Speed Cruise Resume ................................................ 49
Control Voltage ............................................. 175 Cruise Set ........................................................ 49
Boost Pressure Sensor ..................................... 15 Cruise Switches ............................................... 20
Boost Pressure, SAE J1587 .......................... 115 Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration 71, 75, 78,
BrakeSaver 94, .............................................. 177 162
C Current Draw .................................................. 22
Cab Switches ................. 61, 66, 75, 89, 164, 167 Current Totals ............................................... 203
Cab Switches Operation .................................. 66 Customer Access Connector........................... 65
Cab Switches Programmable Options ............ 71 Customer Parameter Cross Check ................ 113
Cab Switches with Torque Limiting ............... 69 Customer Parameter Lockout ....................... 155
Camshaft Position Sensor ............................... 17 Customer Parameter Worksheet ................... 199
CAT ID ......................................................... 113 Customer Passwords ..................................... 155
Caterpillar Driver Information Display ........ 111 Customer Specified Parameter Table ........... 188
Change Fuel Correction Factor ..................... 178 D
Check Engine Lamp.............................. 6, 8, 173 Data Link Parameters .................................... 187
Circuit Protection ...................................... 22, 54 Data Links ..................................................... 108

Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year ___ 209
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE
INDEX
Decel ............................................................... 51 Engine Rated RPM Speed, SAE J1587 ........116
Derate Mode ..................................................... 8 Engine Retarder .................. 61, 66, 89, 121, 163
Diagnostic Clock ........................................... 203 Engine Retarder Delay .................................... 89
Diagnostic Code Quick Reference ................ 207 Engine Retarder Minimum Vehicle Speed89, 161
Diagnostic Enable ........................................... 52 Engine Retarder Minimum VSL Type....89, 160
Diagnostic Enable Switch ............................. 182 Engine Retarder Mode .................................. 160
Diagnostic Flash Codes .................................. 43 Engine Retarder Solenoid ............................... 95
Diagnostics .................................................... 110 Engine Retarder Solenoid Driver .................... 88
Driver ID ....................................................... 111 Engine Retarder Solenoid Switches ................ 20
Driver Reward ....................................... 113, 180 Engine Retarder Status, SAE J1587 ............. 115
Driver Reward Enable ................................... 180 Engine Retarder Switches ............................... 89
Driver Trip Data ............................................ 111 Engine Running Hours.................................. 203
Driver Trip Segment ..................................... 111 Engine Running Output.......................... 91, 186
Dual Coil Speed Sensor .................................. 36 Engine Shutdown.......................................... 118
Duty Cycle ................................................ 30, 31 Engine Shutdown Output.................. 47, 91, 186
E Engine Snapshot Recorder ............................ 114
Eaton Autoshift Transmission ...................... 105 Engine Speed, SAE J1587 ............................ 115
Eaton CEEMAT Transmission ..................... 105 Engine Status, SAE J1587 ............................ 115
Eaton Top 2 Override with Cruise Switch ....171 Engine Totals ................................................ 111
Eaton Top 2 Transmission ............................ 106 Engine/Gear Parameters ............................... 169
Eaton Top 2 Transmission Gear Ratios ........ 172 ET .................................................................. 110
ECAP ............................................................ 110 F
ECM Battery Voltage, SAE J1587 ............... 115 Factory Passwords ........................................ 155
ECM Connector .............................................. 24 Fan Control Type .......................................... 186
ECM Connector Screw Torque ....................... 24 Fan Control Type Programmed to On-Off .....98
ECM Date/Time Clock ................................. 203 Fan Control Type Programmed to Three
ECM Identification Parameters .................... 156 Speed Fan ........................................................ 99
ECM Vehicle Harness Connector Terminal Fan Override Switch ............................... 59, 181
Assignments .................................................. 204 Fan with Engine Retarder in High Mode ......174
ECM Wireless Communication Enable 113, 156 Flash Codes ..................................................... 43
Economy Model ............................................ 113 Fleet Segment Custom.................................. 111
Electronic Technician ................................... 110 Fleet Segment Custom Data ................. 111, 112
EMI/RFI Testing ............................................. 21 Fleet Trip Data .............................................. 111
Engine ..................................................... 11, 176 Fleet Trip Data Histograms ........................... 111
Engine Component Diagrams......................... 11 Fleet Trip Histograms ................................... 112
Engine Diagnostic Switch ............................... 60 Fleet Trip Reset ............................................. 179
Engine Diagnostic, SAE J1587 ..................... 115 Fleet Trip Segment ................................ 111, 112
Engine Idle RPM Speed, SAE J1587 ............ 116 Fuel Correction Factor .................................. 178
Engine Monitoring ............................ 6, 9, 15, 43 Fuel Correction Factor, Calculating .............. 178
Engine Monitoring Lamps ...................... 41, 176 Fuel Rate, SAE J1587 ................................... 115
Engine Monitoring Mode .............................. 175 Fuel Temperature .......................................... 115
Engine Monitoring Parameters ..................... 175 Fuel Temperature Sensor ................................ 17
Engine Monitoring System ........................... 176 G
Engine Oil Capacity ...................................... 177 Gear Down Protection RPM Limit ............... 169
Engine Oil Pressure ...................................... 115 Gear Down Protection Turn On Speed ......... 170

210 ___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines __ 2002 Model Year___
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE
INDEX
Governor Type ........................................ 97, 172 J1939 Broadcast messages ............................ 122
Ground Stud .............................................. 18, 20 J1939 Received ............................................. 141
Grounding ....................................................... 18 L
Grounding, Speedometer ................................ 40 Latch Mode ..................................................... 89
H Latch, Engine Retarder ........................... 89, 160
High Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp...41, Lockout Solenoid .......................................... 106
176 Low and Very Low Coolant Level Graph ........8
High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit 51, 116, 159 Low Coolant Level Warning Lamp ........ 41, 176
High Intake Manifold Air Temperature Low Cruise Control Speed Set Limit ....116, 159
Warning .......................................................... 17 Low Idle Engine RPM .................................. 170
High Speed Range Axle Rati ........................ 159 Low Oil Pressure .......................................... 118
High Speed Range Axle Ratio ...................... 158 Low Oil Pressure Warning Lamp ........... 41, 176
I Low Speed Range Axle Ratio ....................... 159
Idle RPM Limit ............................................. 163 Lower Gears Engine RPM Limit .................. 169
Idle Shutdown ........................................... 48, 61 Lower Gears Turn Off Speed ........................ 169
Idle Shutdown Status, SAE J1587 ................ 115 M
Idle Shutdown Time ...................................... 173 Maintenance Indicator .................................. 111
Idle Shutdown Timer .......................... 42, 47, 51 Maintenance Indicator Data .......................... 113
Idle Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM...47, 173 Maintenance Indicator Mode ........................ 176
Idle Vehicle Speed Limit .............................. 163 Maintenance Parameters ............................... 176
Idle/PTO Bump RPM ................. 71, 75, 78, 164 Manual ............................................................ 89
Idle/PTO RPM Ramp Rate .........71, 75, 78, 164 Manual, Engine Retarder ................................ 89
Ignition Key .................................. 18, 22, 54, 55 Manual, Engine Retarder Mode .................... 160
Ignore Brake and Clutch ................................. 64 Maximum Current Draw................................. 22
Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch .............. 70, 71, 181 Maximum Idle Shutdown Outside Temp48, 174
Input #11 ....................................................... 103 Maximum PTO Enable Speed ........................ 63
Input #2 ........................................................... 80 Meritor ESS Transmission ............................ 107
Input #3 ........................................................... 80 Meritor SureShift Transmission .................... 107
Input #4 ................................................... 74, 181 Minimum Idle Shutdown Outside Temp........ 48
Input #5 ................................................... 70, 181 Minimum Idle Shutdown Outside
Input #6 ................................................... 53, 183 Temperature .................................................. 174
Input #7 ................................................... 52, 182 Minimum Idle Time ...................................... 180
Input Selections ............................................. 181 Minimum Voltage Requirements.................... 22
Instantaneous Fuel Economy, SAE J1587....115 MPSI Pro-Link .............................................. 110
Intake Manifold Air Temperature ................... 97 Multiple Speed PTO ....................................... 79
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Engine Multi-Torque Ratio ....................................... 156
Monitoring Operation ..................................... 17 N
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor ...6, 17 Neutral Switch ...................................... 171, 175
Intake Manifold Temperature, SAE J1587 ...115 O
Intermediate Gears Engine RPM Limit ........ 169 OEM Installed Switch Inputs .......................... 49
Intermediate Gears Turn Off Speed .............. 169 Oil Pressure ............................................. 15, 115
J Oil Pressure Sensor ..................................... 6, 15
J1939 ABS Wheel Speed Based Vehicle Speed Output #1 ............................................ 44, 62, 80
Source ............................................................. 37 Output #2 ........................................................ 91
J1939 Based Switch Messages ....................... 58 Output #3 ........................................................ 91

Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year ___ 211
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE
INDEX
Output #4 .................................................. 91, 97 PTO Engine Shutdown ................................... 64
Output #5 ........................................................ 97 PTO Interlock ................................................. 65
Output #6 ...................................................... 106 PTO Interlocks ................................................ 65
Output #7 ...................................................... 106 PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit 71, 75, 78, 167
Output #9 ........................................................ 44 PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed limit .................. 64
Output Selections .......................................... 186 PTO On/Off ............................ 71, 72, 75, 76, 78
Outside Air Temperature Sensor .................... 48 PTO ON/Off Switch ....................................... 62
P PTO On/Off Switch 54, 63, 79, 89, 164, 165, 166,
Parameter Lockout ........................................ 155 167
Parking Brake Switch ..................................... 52 PTO On/Off Switch Circuit .................. 164, 165
Percent Accelerator Pedal Position, PTO Parameter and Switch Function.............. 62
SAE J1587 .................................................... 115 PTO Remote Throttle Position Sensor ............ 54
Percent Engine Load, SAE J1587 ................. 115 PTO Set Speed .......................................... 61, 62
PM1 ............................................................... 113 PTO Set Speed A ............................................ 54
PM1 Interval ................................................. 177 PTO Set Speed B ............................................ 54
PM1 Maintenance ......................................... 113 PTO Set Speed Input A ....................... 71, 75, 78
PM1 Reset ..................................................... 178 PTO Set Speed Input B ....................... 71, 75, 78
PM2 ............................................................... 113 PTO Set/Resume Switch ................................. 54
Power Take Off Set Speed, SAE J1587 115, 116 PTO Shut Down Time .................................... 64
Power Take Off Status, SAE J1587 .............. 115 PTO shut Down Timer Maximum RPM......... 64
Powertrain Data Link ............................ 118, 187 PTO Shutdown Time .................. 71, 75, 78, 168
Programmable Outputs ................................... 91 PTO Shutdown Timer Maximum RPM71, 75, 78,
Pro-Link ........................................................ 110 168
PTO ......................................................... 54, 164 PTO Switch On Lamp ................... 54, 62, 72, 76
PTO Accelerator Position Sensor ................... 76 PTO Switches ................................................. 54
PTO Activates Cooling Fan ..64, 71, 75, 78, 169 PTO to Set Speed ....63, 71, 75, 78, 79, 165, 166
PTO Active Output ....................... 64, 71, 75, 78 PTO Top Engine Limit 61, 63, 66, 71, 75, 78, 164,
PTO Active Output Configuration................ 187 165, 167
PTO Cab Controls Limit ............................... 167 PTO Vehicle Speed Limit ............................. 167
PTO Cab Controls RPM Limit ............... 63, 167 PTO, multiple engine speeds 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
PTO Cab Throttle RPM Limit ....71, 75, 78, 167 87
PTO Configuration ................................. 89, 164 PWM Signals .................................................. 30
PTO Configuration - Cab Switches with Ignore Q
Brake/Clutch Switch ....................................... 70 Quick Stop Rate ............................................ 180
PTO Configuration - Remote Switches ....72, 75 Quick Stop Recorder ..................................... 114
PTO Configuration - Remote Throttle ......76, 78 Quick Stop Snapshot..................................... 180
PTO Configuration Cab Switches ................... 71 R
PTO Configurations .................................. 61, 66 Rated Horsepower, SAE J1587 .................... 116
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed63, 66, 71, 75, 78, 165 Rating Number .............................................. 156
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A 71, 75, 78, 79, 80 Real Time Clock ........................................... 116
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A and B ............ 79 Remote Communications.............................. 113
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A Input............. 60 Remote PTO Resume Switch ................. 63, 182
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B 63, 71, 75, 78, 80 Remote PTO Set Switch ......................... 63, 182
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A.....79, 182 Remote Switches ....... 61, 66, 67, 72, 75, 89, 164
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B63, 79, 183 Remote Switches Operation ............................ 67

212 ___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines __ 2002 Model Year___
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE
INDEX
Remote Switches with Torque Limiting ......... 74 Starting Aid On/Off Switch .................... 93, 183
Remote Throttle ........ 61, 66, 67, 76, 78, 89, 164 Starting Aid Output................... 91, 93, 183, 186
Remote Throttle Operation ............................. 67 State crossing ................................................ 111
Retarder Delay Time ..................................... 175 State Selection ............................................... 179
Retarder Off/Low/Medium/High Switch ......185 T
Ring Terminals ............................................... 27 Tachometer ..................................................... 38
Road Speed Limit Status, SAE J1587 .......... 115 Tachometer Calibration ................................ 158
Road Speed Limit, SAE J1587 ............. 116, 118 Tachometer Outputs........................................ 39
Road Speed, SAE J1587 ............................... 115 Tachometer Signal Accuracy .......................... 40
RobertShaw Coolant Level Sensor ................. 45 Theft Deterrent .............................................. 179
S Theft Deterrent Password ............................. 179
SAE J1455 ...................................................... 21 Throttle Position Sensor for Remote PTO
SAE J1587 Data Link ................................... 111 Applications .................................................... 31
SAE J1587 Data Link Broadcast Parameters 115 Timer Parameters .......................................... 173
SAE J1587/J1708 Data Link ......................... 108 Top Engine Limit (TEL) ............... 118, 167, 170
SAE J1922 .............................................. 89, 121 Top Engine Limit with Droop ...................... 170
SAE J1922 Data Link ................................... 119 Top Gear Minus One Ratio ........................... 172
SAE J1922 Status Definitions ....................... 120 Top Gear Minus Two Ratio .......................... 172
SAE J1922/J1708 Data Link ......................... 119 Top Gear Ratio .............................................. 171
SAE J1939 .................................................... 121 Torque Limit ......................... 64, 71, 75, 78, 167
Sealing Plugs ............................................. 24, 26 Torque Limit Switch ............. 71, 74, 75, 78, 181
Sealing Splices ................................................ 27 Torque Limt Switch ........................................ 64
Security Access Parameters .......................... 156 Total Engine Hours, SAE J1587 ................... 116
Selected Engine Rating ................................. 156 Total Engine PTO Hours, SAE J1587 .......... 116
Sensor Common............................ 20, 49, 61, 62 Total Fuel Consumption ............................... 116
Service Brake Pedal Position Switch 20, 49, 51, 76, Total Idle Fuel Consumption, SAE J1587 ....116
185 Total Idle Hours, SAE J1587 ........................ 116
Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #2 ......... 55 Total Miles, SAE J1587 ................................ 116
Service Tools ................................................ 110 Traction Control .................................... 108, 121
Set/Resume ....................... 51, 66, 67, 71, 76, 78 Transmission Style ................................ 104, 171
Set/Resume switch .......................................... 50 Trip Data ....................................................... 111
Shift Solenoid ............................................... 106 Trip Parameters ............................................. 178
Shutdown ...................................................... 8, 9 Twisted Pair Wiring ........................................ 35
Single Coil Speed Sensor ................................ 36 Two Speed Axle Switch ............................... 183
Smart Idle Parameters ................................... 175 Two-Speed Axle Switch ................................. 53
Socket Contacts ............................................... 25 V
Socket Terminals ............................................ 25 Vehicle Activity Report Minimum Idle Time 180
Soft Vehicle Speed Limit .............................. 158 Vehicle Harness .............................................. 25
SoftCruise Control ................................ 162, 163 Vehicle Harness Wiring Diagram ................... 13
Software Identification (Cat P/N) ................. 116 Vehicle ID ..................................................... 156
Speed/Timing Sensors .................................... 17 Vehicle Identification, SAE J1587 ............... 116
Speedometer Calibration ................................. 38 Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939 ABS) ................... 157
Speedometer Outputs...................................... 39 Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) ........... 37, 157
Speedometer Signal Accuracy ........................ 40 Vehicle Speed Calibration ............................ 157
Spicer Automate-2 Transmission .................. 104 Vehicle Speed Circuit ..................................... 34

Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines__ 2002 Model Year ___ 213
 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE
INDEX
Vehicle Speed Input ...................................... 185
Vehicle Speed Limit ....................................... 51
Vehicle Speed Limit (VSL) .......................... 158
Vehicle Speed Parameters ............................. 157
Vehicle Speed Requirements .......................... 34
VEPS (Vehicle Electronic Programming
Station) .......................................................... 155
Very High Intake Manifold Air Temperature .17
Voltage Transients .......................................... 21
VSL Protection ............................................. 158
W
Warning Lamp .......................... 6, 8, 43, 44, 176
Warning Lamp Derate Mode .......................... 43
Warning Lamp Warning Mode....................... 43
Warning, Engine Monitoring ............................ 6
Welding ........................................................... 23

214 ___ Caterpillar Pub# LEBT9010-03 ___ C-10, C-12, C-15 & C-16 Truck Engines __ 2002 Model Year___